OFFICIAL BALLOT
SPECIAL ELECTION FOR
COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT NO. 2004-1
OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS
COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
October 18, 2022
To vote, mark a cross (+ or X) in the voting square after the word “YES” or after the word “NO”. All marks otherwise made are forbidden. All distinguishing marks are forbidden and make the ballot void.
If you wrongly mark, tear, or deface this ballot, return it to the City Clerk of the City of Redlands and obtain another.
PROPOSITION A: Shall Proposition A
authorizing the annual levy of special taxes
on taxable property in the territory proposed
to be annexed to Community Facilities
District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands,
County of San Bernardino, State of
California, to pay the costs of the
maintenance public trails and trail fences
adjacent to Planned Development No. 4,
including but not limited to, landscape
maintenance in the area of the Property and
the Community Facilities District, and to
pay costs associated with the determination
of the amount of and the levy and collection
of the special taxes at the special tax rates
provided for Special Tax Rate Category
“A”, as set forth in Exhibit “B” to
Resolution No. 8382 and for Fiscal Year
2022-23, and each Fiscal Year thereafter,
assessed at the rate set forth in Table 2 in
Exhibit “B” to Resolution No. 8382, subject
to annual increases beginning in Fiscal Year
2023-24 by the greater of 2% or the
percentage increase in the Consumer Price
Index as determined pursuant to the method
of apportioning such special taxes set forth
in said Exhibit “B” be approved?
YES
NO
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 247 of 1815
17942.00056\40686996.1
CERTIFICATION
I certify that I am the authorized representative of Duke Realty Limited Partnership, an Indiana limited partnership, the owner of property to be annexed and included within the boundaries of Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California, (the “Owner”) and that I am authorized to vote the Official Ballot to which this certification is attached. I further certify that in voting said ballot it was my intent, as well as the intent of the Owner, to vote all votes to which the Owner is entitled on Proposition A set forth in said ballot as marked in the voting square opposite such proposition. I further certify that the Owner is the owner of approximately 22.57 acres of land proposed to be included within said community facilities district, and that in voting said ballot I intended to vote each vote to which such acreage would entitle the Owner in the manner marked on said ballot.
I certify that this certification was executed on ________________, 2022, at __________________________, California.
DUKE REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
an Indiana limited partnership
By: Duke Realty Corporation,
an Indiana corporation,
Its: General Partner
______________________________________
By: Nancy Schultz
Its: Regional President, West Region
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 248 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 249 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 250 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 251 of 1815
ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NUMBERS 0292-032-048, 0292-032-36, AND 0292-032-31 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 252 of 1815
1 L:\ca\Reso\8394 Resolution Calling Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx RESOLUTION NO. 8394
RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
REDLANDS CALLING SPECIAL ELECTION AND
SUBMITTING TO THE QUALIFIED ELECTORS OF
TERRITORY PROPOSED TO BE ANNEXED TO
COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT NO. 2004-1 OF THE
CITY OF REDLANDS THE QUESTION OF LEVYING
SPECIAL TAXES WITHIN THAT TERRITORY
(ANNEXATION 27)
WHEREAS, the City Council (the "City Council") of the City of Redlands (the "City") has heretofore conducted proceedings for the establishment of and has established Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California (the "Community Facilities District"), and the Community Facilities District has been authorized to annually levy special taxes to pay the costs of the maintenance of parks, parkways and open space, including, but not limited to, the maintenance of street trees and landscape, within the Community Facilities District and in the surrounding area, the costs associated with the determination of the amount of and levy and collection of special taxes which will be levied to provide the services, and costs otherwise incurred in order to carry out the authorized purposes of the Community Facilities District; and WHEREAS, the City Council is authorized by Article 3.5 (commencing with Section 53339) of Chapter 2.5 of Part 1 of Division 2 of Title 5 of the California Government Code, commonly known as the "Mello-Roos Community Facilities Act of 1982," to annex territory to the Community Facilities District; and
WHEREAS, on September 6, 2022, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 8382, a resolution of intention to annex territory to the Community Facilities District pursuant to Section 53339.2 of the California Government Code, determining that the public convenience and necessity require that certain property, consisting of approximately 22.57 acres, be annexed to the Community Facilities District and containing all of the matters prescribed by Section 53339.3 of said Code, and fixing 6:00 p.m., or as soon thereafter as the matter may be heard, on October 18, 2022, in the meeting room of the City Council, or via teleconference as directed by the City due to COVID-19 social distancing guidelines as the time and place for a hearing upon said resolution; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to said resolution, the City Clerk has published and mailed notice of the time and place of said hearing as required by Section 53339.4 of said Code; and WHEREAS, on October 18, 2022, at the time and place of said hearing, the City Council afforded all interested persons for or against the annexation of said property to the Community Facilities District an opportunity to present testimony and to protest against the proposed annexation of said property to the Community Facilities District, and no protests, either oral or in writing, were received; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 53339.7 of said Code, the City Council may now submit the question of levying a special tax within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District to the qualified electors within that territory; Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 253 of 1815
-2-
L:\ca\Reso\8394 Resolution Calling Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, DETERMINED AND ORDERED
BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Findings. The City Council finds that: (i) the foregoing recitals are correct; (ii) less than 12 persons have been registered to vote within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District during the 90 days preceding the close of the public hearing held on October 18, 2022, and no persons are registered to vote therein; (iii) pursuant to Section 53326 of the California Government Code, as a result of the findings set forth in clause (ii) above, the vote in the special election called by this resolution shall be by the landowners of the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District whose property would be subject to the special taxes if they were levied at the time of the election, and each landowner shall have one vote for each acre, or portion thereof, which he or she owns within said territory which would be subject to the proposed special taxes if they were levied at the time of the election; and (iv) pursuant to said Section 53326, the special election must be held at least 90 days, but not more than 180 days following the date of the adoption of this resolution, unless such time periods are waived with the unanimous waiver of the qualified electors. All of the qualified electors in the territory to be annexed waived the time limits and election formalities of the special election.
Section 2. Special Election. A special election is called for and shall be held on Tuesday, October 18, 2022, for the purpose of submitting to the qualified electors of the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District the question of whether special taxes shall annually be levied within said territory to pay the costs of the maintenance of public trails and trail fences adjacent to Planned Development No. 4, including but not limited to, landscape maintenance in the area of the Property and the Community Facilities District, the costs associated with the determination of the amount of and levy and collection of special taxes which will be levied to provide the services, and costs otherwise incurred in order to carry out the authorized purposes of the Community Facilities District pursuant to the Rates and Method of Apportionment of the Special Taxes, attached as Exhibit "B" to Resolution No. 8382.
Section 3. Ballot Proposition. The proposition to be submitted on October 18, 2022, to the qualified electors of the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District shall be as follows:
First Proposition
PROPOSITION A: Shall Proposition A authorizing the annual levy of special taxes on taxable property in the territory proposed to be annexed to Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California, to pay the costs of the maintenance public trails and trail fences adjacent to Planned Development No. 4, including but not limited to, landscape maintenance in the area of the Property and the Community Facilities District, and to pay costs associated with the determination of the amount of and the levy and collection of the special taxes at the special tax rates provided for Special Tax Rate Category “A”, as set forth in Exhibit “B” to Resolution No. 8382 and for Fiscal Year 2022-23, and each Fiscal Year thereafter, assessed at the rate set forth in Table 2 in Exhibit “B” to Resolution No. 8382, subject to annual increases beginning in Fiscal Year 2023-24 by the greater of 2% or the percentage increase in the Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 254 of 1815
-3-
L:\ca\Reso\8394 Resolution Calling Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx Consumer Price Index as determined pursuant to the method of apportioning such special taxes set forth in said Exhibit “B” be approved?
Section 4. Conduct of Election. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 hereof, said election shall be conducted by the City Clerk (the "City Clerk") pursuant to the provisions of the California Elections Code governing elections of cities, and the provisions of Division 4 (commencing with Section 4000) of said Code, insofar as they may be applicable.
Section 5. Election Procedures. The procedures to be followed in conducting said election shall be as follows:
(a) Pursuant to Section 53326 of the California Government Code, ballots for the election shall be distributed to the qualified electors by the City Clerk by mail with return postage prepaid.
(b) Pursuant to applicable sections of the aforementioned provisions of the California Elections Code governing the conduct of mail ballot elections, including in particular Division 4 (commencing with Section 4000) of said Code, the City Clerk shall mail or deliver to each qualified elector an official ballot in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "A," and shall also mail or deliver to all such qualified electors a ballot pamphlet and instructions to voter, including a sample ballot identical in form to the official ballot but identified as a sample ballot, a return identification envelope with prepaid postage thereon addressed to the City Clerk for the return of voted official ballots, and a copy of Resolution No. 8382. (c) The official ballot to be mailed by the City Clerk to each landowner-voter shall have printed or typed thereon the name of the landowner-voter and the number of votes to be voted by the landowner-voter and shall have appended to it a certification to be signed by the person voting the official ballot which shall certify that the person signing the certification is the person who voted the official ballot, and if the landowner-voter is other than a natural person, that he or she is an officer of or other person affiliated with the landowner-voter entitled to vote such official ballot, that he or she has been authorized to vote such official ballot on behalf of the landowner-voter, that in voting such official ballot it was his or her intent, as well as the intent of the landowner-voter, to vote all votes to which the landowner-voter is entitled based on its land ownership on the proposition set forth in the official ballot as marked thereon in the voting square opposite such proposition, and further certifying as to the acreage of the landowner-voter's land ownership within the Community Facilities District.
(d) The return identification envelope delivered by the City Clerk to each landowner-voter shall have printed or typed thereon the following: the name of the landowner, the address of the landowner, a declaration under penalty of perjury stating that the voter is the landowner or the authorized representative of the landowner entitled to vote the enclosed ballot and is the person whose name appears on the identification envelope, the printed name and signature of the voter, the address of the voter, the date of signing and place of execution of said declaration, and a notice that the envelope contains an official ballot and is to be opened only by the City Clerk.
(e) The information-to-voter form to be mailed by the City Clerk to the landowner-voters shall inform them that the official ballots shall be returned to the City Clerk Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 255 of 1815
-4-
L:\ca\Reso\8394 Resolution Calling Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx properly voted as provided thereon and with the certification appended thereto properly completed and signed in the sealed return identification envelope with the certification thereon completed and signed and all other information to be inserted thereon properly inserted by five (5) o'clock p.m. on the date of the election.
(f) Upon receipt of the return identification envelopes which are returned prior to the voting deadline on the date of the election, the City Clerk shall canvass the votes cast in the election, and shall file a statement with the City Council as to the results of such canvass and the election on the proposition set forth in the official ballot.
ADOPTED this 18th day of October, 2022.
________________________________________
Paul T. Barich, Mayor
ATTEST:
_____________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 256 of 1815
5 L:\ca\Reso\8394 Resolution Calling Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx EXHIBIT "A"
OFFICIAL BALLOT
SPECIAL ELECTION FOR
COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT NO. 2004-1
OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS
COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
October 18, 2022
To vote, mark a cross (+ or X) in the voting square after the word "YES" or after the word "NO". All marks otherwise made are forbidden. All distinguishing marks are forbidden and make the ballot void.
If you wrongly mark, tear, or deface this ballot, return it to the City Clerk of the City of Redlands and obtain another.
PROPOSITION A: Shall Proposition A
authorizing the annual levy of special taxes
on taxable property in the territory proposed
to be annexed to Community Facilities
District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands,
County of San Bernardino, State of
California, to pay the costs of the
maintenance public trails and trail fences
adjacent to Planned Development No. 4,
including but not limited to, landscape
maintenance in the area of the Property and
the Community Facilities District, and to pay
costs associated with the determination of the
amount of and the levy and collection of the
special taxes at the special tax rates provided
for Special Tax Rate Category “A”, as set
forth in Exhibit “B” to Resolution No. 8382
and for Fiscal Year 2022-23, and each Fiscal
Year thereafter, assessed at the rate set forth
in Table 2 in Exhibit “B” to Resolution No.
8382, subject to annual increases beginning
in Fiscal Year 2023-24 by the greater of 2%
or the percentage increase in the Consumer
Price Index as determined pursuant to the
method of apportioning such special taxes set
forth in said Exhibit “B” be approved?
YES
NO
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 257 of 1815
-6-
L:\ca\Reso\8394 Resolution Calling Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx
CERTIFICATION
I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk of the City of Redlands, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution was regularly adopted by the City Council of said City at a regular meeting of said Council duly held on the 18th day of October, 2022 by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAINED:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ______ day of October, 2022.
_______________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 258 of 1815
1 L:\ca\Reso\8395 Resolution Declaring Results of Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx RESOLUTION NO. 8395
RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS
DECLARING THE RESULTS OF THE SPECIAL ELECTION FOR
COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT NO. 2004-1 OF THE CITY OF
REDLANDS ON THE PROPOSITION OF THE ANNUAL LEVY OF
SPECIAL TAXES WITHIN THE TERRITORY PROPOSED TO BE
ANNEXED TO SAID COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT TO PAY
THE COSTS OF CERTAIN SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE
COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT, DETERMINING THAT THE
TERRITORY PROPOSED TO BE ANNEXED IS ADDED TO AND PART
OF SAID COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT WITH FULL LEGAL
EFFECT, AND ORDERING THE RECORDING OF A MAP OF THE
BOUNDARIES OF SAID COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT
INCLUDING THE TERRITORY ANNEXED THERETO (ANNEXATION
NO. 27)
WHEREAS, the City Council (the "City Council") of the City of Redlands (the "City") has heretofore conducted proceedings for the annexation of approximately 22.57 acres of land to Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California (the "Community Facilities District"), including conducting a public hearing pursuant to Section 53339.5 of the Government Code; and WHEREAS, at the conclusion of said public hearing, the City Council adopted a resolution calling a special election for October 18, 2022 and submitting to the qualified electors of the territory to be annexed to the Community Facilities District the question of levying special taxes within that territory to pay the costs of the maintenance of public trails and trail fences adjacent to Planned Development No. 4, including but not limited to, landscape maintenance in the area of the Property and the Community Facilities District and the costs associated with the determination of the amount of and levy and collection of special taxes which will be levied to provide the services and costs otherwise incurred in order to carry out the authorized purposes of the Community Facilities District (the "Election Resolution"); and WHEREAS, the City Council has received a statement from the City Clerk (the "City Clerk"), who pursuant to the Election Resolution was authorized to conduct such special election and act as the election official therefor, with respect to the canvass of the ballot returned in and the results of said special election, certifying that at least two-thirds of the votes cast upon the proposition submitted to the qualified electors in said special election were in favor of such proposition.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, DETERMINED AND ORDERED
BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Findings. The City Council finds that: (i) there are no registered voters residing within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District (the Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 259 of 1815
2 -
L:\ca\Reso\8395 Resolution Declaring Results of Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx "Territory") at the time of the close of the public hearing on October 18, 2022 and pursuant to Section 53326 of the Government Code, the vote in said special election was, therefore, to be by the landowners owning land within the Territory, with each landowner having one vote for each acre or portion thereof of land that he or she owned within the Territory; (ii) pursuant to said Section 53326 and the Election Resolution, the City Clerk caused to be delivered an official ballot for the special election to the owner of the land within the Territory, with return postage prepaid; (iii) said special election has been properly conducted in accordance with all statutory requirements and the provisions of the Election Resolution; (iv) pursuant to said Section 53326, Duke Realty Limited Partnership, the owner of all the land within the Territory, was entitled to twenty-three (23) votes; (v) said landowner returned its ballot to the City Clerk prior to the time set by the City Clerk for the close of the election on October 18, 2022; (vi) the ballot returned to the City Clerk by said landowner voted all votes of said landowner in favor of the proposition set forth therein; (vii) at least two-thirds of the votes cast in such special election on said proposition were in favor thereof, and pursuant to Sections 53328 and 53329 of the Government Code, said proposition carried; (viii) pursuant to Section 53339.8 of the Government Code, the City Council is authorized to determine that the Territory to be annexed has been added to and become a part of the Community Facilities District with full legal effect; and (ix) the City Council is also authorized, pursuant to said Section 53339.8, to annually levy special taxes within the Territory to pay the costs of the services to be provided by the Community Facilities District.
Section 2. Declaration of Results. At least two-thirds of the votes voted in the special election on the proposition of the annual levy of special taxes within the Territory to pay the costs of the services to be provided by the Community Facilities District were voted in favor thereof, and such proposition carried.
Section 3. Annexation. The Territory is annexed and added to and is a part of the Community Facilities District with full legal effect, and the City Council shall annually levy special taxes within the Territory at the rates provided for Special Tax Rate Category “A”, as specified in Resolution No. 8382 adopted by the City Council on September 6, 2022, to pay costs of certain services to be provided by the Community Facilities District. The boundaries of the Territory are shown on the map entitled, Annexation Map No. 27, Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California, which was recorded on September 15, 2022 in the office of the County Recorder of the County of San Bernardino as Document No. 2022-0315152.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 260 of 1815
-3-
L:\ca\Reso\8395 Resolution Declaring Results of Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx Section 4. Pursuant to Section 53339.8 of the Government Code and Section 3117.5 of the Streets and Highways Code, the City Clerk shall cause to be filed with the County Recorder of the County of San Bernardino an amendment of the notice of special tax lien and a map of the amended boundaries of the Community Facilities District including the Territory.
ADOPTED this 18th day of October, 2022.
________________________________________
Paul T. Barich, Mayor
ATTEST:
_____________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 261 of 1815
L:\ca\Reso\8395 Resolution Declaring Results of Election-CFD 2004-1 ANNEX 27.docx
CERTIFICATION
I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk of the City of Redlands, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution was regularly adopted by the City Council of said City at a regular meeting of said Council duly held on the 18th day of October, 2022 by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAINED:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ______ day of October, 2022.
_______________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 262 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
NOTICE OF HEARING ON RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF REDLANDS DECLARING INTENTION TO ANNEX TERRITORY TO COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT NO. 2004-1 OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS (ANNEXATION 27)
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that on September 6, 2022, the City Council of the City of Redlands adopted Resolution No. 8382, declaring the intention of the City Council to annex territory to Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California, and fixing the time and place of a public hearing thereon for 6:00 p.m., or as soon thereafter as the matter may be heard, on October 18, 2022 in the Council Chambers at the City of Redlands Civic Center, 35 Cajon Street, Redlands, California, or via teleconference as directed by the City due to COVID-19 social distancing guidelines, at which time the City Council will hear the testimony of all interested persons for or against the annexation of said territory to the Community Facilities District or the levying of special taxes within such territory to pay the costs of providing certain services which are necessary to meet increased demands placed upon the City as a result of the development of said real property.
Resolution No. 8382 provides in summary as follows:
1. The City Council declared its intention to conduct proceedings for the annexation to the Community Facilities District of the territory described in Exhibit “A” to Resolution No. 8382. The City Council determined that the public convenience and necessity require that such territory be annexed to the Community Facilities District.
2. The territory which is included in the Community Facilities District is described on the map of the Community Facilities District recorded on May 18, 2004 in Book 76 of Maps of Assessment and Community Facilities Districts, page 94, and as Instrument No 2004- 0347327 in the official records of the County of San Bernardino. The territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District is described on the map thereof entitled “Annexation Map No. 27, Community Facilities District No. 2004-1 of the City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino, State of California,” which is on file with the City Clerk of the City of Redlands.
3. The types of public services to be provided within the Community Facilities District are as follows:
The services to be provided and financed by the Community Facilities District are the maintenance of public trails and trail fences adjacent to Planned Development No. 4, including but not limited to, landscape maintenance in the area of the Property and the Community Facilities District. The Community Facilities District shall also finance costs associated with the determination of the amount of and the levy and collection of special taxes which are levied to provide such services and costs otherwise incurred in order to carry out its authorized purposes. The services described above shall be provided, as needed, throughout the Community Facilities District and the territory proposed to be annexed thereto for the benefit of all owners of property and residents of the Community Facilities District and the territory proposed to be annexed thereto. All owners of taxable parcels of property within the Community Facilities District and the territory proposed to be annexed thereto shall pay special taxes to finance the annual cost of providing such services. The services to be provided and financed by the Community Facilities District, are necessary to meet increased demands placed upon the City Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 263 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
-2 -
as a result of development occurring within the Community Facilities District and the territory to be annexed thereto.
4. Special taxes sufficient to pay the costs of the services described in Section 3 above and the annual administrative expenses of the City and the Community Facilities District in determining, apportioning, levying and collecting such special taxes, shall be annually levied within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District. The special taxes shall be collected in the same manner as ordinary ad valorem property taxes are collected and shall be subject to the same penalties and the same procedure, sale, and lien priority in case of delinquency as is provided for ad valorem taxes. The rates and method of apportionment of said special taxes shall be as set forth in Exhibit “B” to Resolution No. 8382.
The property within the territory proposed to be annexed shall be assigned at the rate set forth for Special Tax Rate Category A as set forth in said Exhibit “B”, and for Fiscal Year 2022-23, and each Fiscal Year thereafter, assessed at the rate set forth in Table 2 in said Exhibit “B”, subject to annual increases beginning in Fiscal Year 2023-24 by the greater of 2% or the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index as determined pursuant to the method of apportioning such special taxes set forth in said Exhibit “B”.
The maximum amounts of special taxes which may be annually levied are as follows:
ASSIGNMENT TO LAND USE CATEGORY
Parcels of Taxable Property in a Development shall be assigned to the appropriate Land Use Category contained in Table 1. Such Parcels shall also be assigned to the appropriate Special Tax Rate Category contained in Table 2, based on the estimated cost for providing the Additional Maintenance, if any, to the Development. The Special Tax shall be levied upon and collected from each such Parcel for each Fiscal Year based on the Benefit Units which are assigned to the Parcel as a result of its assignment to the appropriate Land Use Category and Special Tax Rate Category, as provided in Sections C and D.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 264 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
-3 -
TABLE 1
Land Use Category
Land Use Category Description Benefit Unit(s)
1 Single-family
Residential
One (1) / Residence
2 Commercial Five (5) / Acre
3 Industrial Two (2) / Acre
4 Multi-family
Residential
Six tenths (0.6) / Residential Unit
5 Religious Property Two (2) / Acre
MAXIMUM SPECIAL TAX RATES
The Maximum Special Tax Rate per Benefit Unit for each Parcel for each Fiscal Year shall be the total of the Base Rate Per Benefit Unit plus the Additional Maintenance Rate Per Benefit Unit for the Special Tax Rate Category to which the Parcel is assigned. For Fiscal Year 2004-05 the Base Rate Per Benefit Unit and the Additional Maintenance Rate Per Benefit Unit for each Special Tax Category shall be the amounts set forth in Table 2 for such Special Tax Rate Category. The Base Rates Per Benefit Unit and the Additional Maintenance Rates Per Benefit Unit for all Parcels in all Special Tax Rate Categories shall be increased by the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index (All Items) for Los Angeles – Riverside – Orange County (1982-84 = 100) since the beginning of the preceding Fiscal Year, or by two percent (2%), whichever is greater, on July 1, 2005 for Fiscal Year 2005-06 and on each subsequent July 1 for the Fiscal Year then commencing.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 265 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
-4 -
TABLE 2
Maximum Special Tax Rates
Maximum Rates Per Benefit Unit
Special Tax Additional
Rate Category Base Rate Maintenance Rate
A $250 $0
B $250 $100
C $250 $200
D $250 $300
E $250 $400
F $250 $500
G $250 $600
H $250 $700
I $250 $800
J $250 $900
K $250 $1,000
L $250 $1,100
M $250 $1,200
N $250 $1,300
O $250 $1,400
P $250 $1,500
Q $250 $1,600
R $250 $1,700
S $250 $1,800
T $250 $1,900
U $250 $2,000
V $250 $2,100
W $250 $2,200
X $250 $2,300
Y $250 $2,400
Z $250 $2,500
The Parcels which are to be included in the District at the time of its formation and which are identified in Table 3 shall be assigned to the Land Use Category and the Special Tax Rate Category specified in Table 3.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 266 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
-5 -
TABLE 3
Assignment to Land Use Category
and Special Tax Rate Category
Land Use Special Tax Rate
Tract No. Category Category
16408 One (1) K
METHOD OF APPORTIONMENT AND LEVY OF ANNUAL SPECIAL TAX
For each Fiscal Year, commencing with Fiscal Year 2004-05, the Council shall (a) determine the cost of providing the Basic Maintenance in the District and the amount of the Base Rate Per Benefit Unit to be levied on Parcels of Taxable Property in the District to pay the cost of the Basic Maintenance; (b) determine the cost of providing the Additional Maintenance, if any, for each Special Tax Rate Category, as then applicable, and the amount of the Additional Maintenance Rate Per Benefit Unit, if any, to be levied on Parcels of Taxable Property in each Special Tax Rate Category to pay the cost the Additional Maintenance therefor; and (c) levy the Special Tax on all Parcels of Taxable Property in each Special Tax Rate Category, as then applicable. The amount of the Special Tax to be levied on any Parcel of Taxable Property in any Fiscal Year shall be determined by multiplying the Benefit Units for the Parcel, depending on the Land Use Category to which it is assigned, by the Base Rate Per Benefit Unit and the Additional Maintenance Rate Per Benefit Unit, if any, determined pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above, for the Special Tax Rate Category to which the Parcel is assigned.
No Special Tax shall be levied on property which, at the time of adoption of the Resolution of Formation for the District, is Exempt Property.
5. A public hearing on the annexation of said territory to the Community Facilities District shall be held at 6:00 p.m., or as soon thereafter as the matter may be heard, on October 18, 2022, in the Council Chambers at the City of Redlands Civic Center, 35 Cajon Street, Redlands, California, or via teleconference as directed by the City due to COVID-19 social distancing guidelines.
6. The City Clerk shall publish a notice of the time and place of said hearing and shall also give notice of the time and place of said hearing by first-class mail to each registered voter and landowner within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District. Said notice shall be published at least seven (7) days and mailed at least 15 days before the date of the hearing.
7. The voting procedures to be followed in conducting the election on the proposition with respect to the levy of special taxes within the territory proposed to be annexed Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 267 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
-6 -
to the Community Facilities District to pay the costs of services to be financed by the community facilities district shall be as follows:
(a) If at the time of the close of the public or protest hearing at least 12 persons are registered to vote within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District, the election shall be conducted by the City Clerk, and shall be held on a date selected by the City Council, and the ballots for the election shall be distributed to the qualified electors of the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District by mail with return postage prepaid and the election shall be conducted as a mail ballot election.
(b) If at the time of the close of the protest hearing, and for at least the preceding 90 days, less than 12 persons have been registered to vote within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District, and the vote is therefore to be by the landowners of that territory, with each landowner of record at the close of the protest hearing having one vote for each acre or portion of an acre of land that he or she owns, the election shall be conducted by the City Clerk as follows:
(1) The election shall be held on the earliest date following the conclusion of the protest hearing upon which it can be held which may be selected by the City Council, or such earlier date as the owners of land within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District and the City Clerk agree and concur is acceptable.
(2) The election may be held earlier than 90 days following the close of the protest hearing if the qualified electors of the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District waive the time limits for conducting the election by unanimous written consent and the City Clerk concurs in such earlier election date as shall be consented to by the qualified electors. (3) Ballots for the election shall be distributed to the qualified electors by the City Clerk by mail with return postage prepaid.
(4) The City Clerk shall mail to each qualified elector an official ballot, and shall also mail to all such qualified electors other required election documents, including a return identification envelope with prepaid postage thereon addressed to the City Clerk for the return of voted official ballots. (5) The information-to-voter form to be mailed by the City Clerk to the landowner-voters shall inform them that the official ballots shall be returned to the City Clerk properly voted as provided thereon and with the certification appended thereto properly completed and signed in the sealed return identification envelope with the certification thereon completed and signed and all other information to be inserted thereon properly inserted by 5:00 o’clock p.m. on the date of the election.
(6) Upon receipt of the return identification envelopes which are returned prior to the voting deadline on the date of the election, the City Clerk Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 268 of 1815
17942.00056\40677830.1
-7 -
shall canvass the votes cast in the election, and shall file a statement with the City Council at its next regular meeting regarding the results of such canvass and the election.
Resolution No. 8382 contains other provisions which are not summarized above.
A copy of Resolution No. 8382 may be reviewed or obtained at the office of the City Clerk of the City of Redlands located at 35 Cajon Street, Redlands, California.
NOTICE IS FURTHER GIVEN that at the time and place of said hearing, all persons interested for or against the annexation of said territory to the Community Facilities District or the levying of special taxes within such territory to pay the costs of providing certain services within the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District will be heard. At the hearing, protests against the proposals described in Resolution No. 8382 may be made by any interested person. Any protests pertaining to the regularity or sufficiency of the proceedings shall be in writing and shall clearly set forth the irregularities or defects to which objection is made. All written protests shall be filed with the City Clerk prior to the time fixed for the hearing. The City Council may waive any irregularities in the form or content of any written protests and at the hearing may correct minor defects in the proceedings. Written protests may be withdrawn in writing at any time before the conclusion of the hearing.
If the owners of one-half or more of the area of land in the territory included in the existing district, or if the owners of one-half or more of the area of land in the territory proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District file written protests against the proposed annexation of such territory to the Community Facilities District, and protests are not withdrawn so as to reduce the protest to less than a majority, no further proceedings shall be undertaken for a period of one year from the date of decision of the City Council on the issues discussed at the hearing.
The hearing may be continued from time to time, but shall be completed within 30 days. At the conclusion of the hearing, the City Council may abandon the proceedings or may, after passing upon all protests, submit the question of levying the special tax within the area proposed to be annexed to the Community Facilities District to the qualified electors of the area proposed to be annexed.
DATED: September 6, 2022
/s/
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
City of Redlands, County of San Bernardino
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 269 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 270 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 271 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 272 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 273 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 274 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 275 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 276 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 277 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 278 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 279 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 280 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 281 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 282 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 283 of 1815
CFD 2004-1 Annexations List
In August 2004 Council approved the establishment of community facilities district (CFD) No. 2004-1, for Tract No. 16408, the Centex tract located at the southwest corner of Fifth Avenue and Wabash Avenue in the City of Redlands. The CFD was developed to cover the ongoing cost of maintenance of street trees, citrus groves landscaping and other appurtenances located along Fifth Avenue and Wabash Avenue.
In May 2006 Council approved Annexation No. 1 (Tract No. 16287) to the CFD, located at Occidental Drive and Crystal Court for the maintenance of landscaping and water quality treatment devices in the open space lots. During this last year, Annexation No. 1 subdivided the properties on site from two lots to twelve lots.
Annexation No. 2 (Tentative Tract No. 16586), located north of I-10 and both sides of the proposed Wabash Street alignment has been on hold since October 2006.
In July 2006 Council approved Annexation No. 3 (Tentative Tract No. 17253) to the CFD, located at the southwest corner of Lugonia Avenue and Church Street for the maintenance of the landscape and the associated irrigation equipment on Lugonia Avenue parkway frontages. This project has not yet begun construction.
In October 2008 Council approved Annexation No. 4 (Parcel Map No. 17353) to the CFD, located at Ford Street and Interstate 10 for the maintenance of the landscape in the median island and the associated irrigation equipment.
In October 2008 Council approved Annexation No. 5 (Commission Review and Approval No. 826) to the CFD, located at California Street and Orange Tree Lane for the maintenance of the landscape in the median island and the associated irrigation equipment on California Street and the parkway frontages along both streets.
Annexation No. 6 (Tract No 14790-1), located adjacent to Sunset Hills Lane, west of Alessandro Road did not receive sufficient votes needed to annex into the CFD in June 2009.
Annexation No. 7 (Parcel 2 of Parcel Map No. 15573), located at the northeast corner of San Bernardino Avenue and Mountain View Avenue, has been on hold since February 2011.
In February 2011 Council approved Annexation No. 8 (Tract No. 16806) to the CFD, located at southeast corner of Pennsylvania Avenue and Texas Street for the maintenance of the landscape and the associated irrigation equipment on Pennsylvania Avenue and Texas Street parkway frontages. This project has not yet begun construction.
In November 2012 Council approved Annexation No. 9 (Parcel Map No, 18208) to the CFD located at the southeast corner of Redlands Boulevard and Nevada Street for the maintenance of landscaping and the associated irrigation equipment on Redlands Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 284 of 1815
Boulevard and Nevada Street parkway frontages and the Redlands Boulevard raised center median.
Annexation No. 10 (Tract No. 18762-1), located at the northeast corner of Orange Street and Lugonia Avenue, has been completed since July 2016. Annexation No. 10 is dormant because the property owners have agreed to be responsible for all landscaping and irrigation efforts themselves; therefore the annexations are not being assessed.
In June 2014 Council approved Annexation No. 11 (Parcel Map No. 19371) to the CFD located at the northwest corner of Lugonia Avenue and Wabash Avenue for the maintenance of landscaping and the associated irrigation equipment on Lugonia Avenue and Wabash Avenue Street parkway frontages. Annexation No. 11 is dormant because the property owners have agreed to be responsible for all landscaping and irrigation efforts themselves; therefore the annexations are not being assessed.
In June 2014 Council approved Annexation No. 12 (Tract Map Nos. 16465 and 16627) to the CFD located at the southwest and southeast corners of Pioneer Avenue and Judson Street, respectively, for the maintenance of landscaping and the associated irrigation equipment on Pioneer Avenue and Judson Street parkway frontages, maintenance of landscaping and water quality treatment devices in the open space lots, and for the maintenance of landscaping and the associated irrigation equipment on the common area lots. Annexation No. 12a (Tract No. 16465) is nearly complete. A 50% assessment is being proposed to establish a reserve fund. Annexation No. 12b was completed in July 2016 and is being assessed. Annexation No. 12c (Tract Map Nos. 18979 and 19975) located east of Tract Map No. 16627 and between Pioneer Avenue and Pennsylvania Avenue was approved by City Council in June 2016. A 50% assessment is being proposed to establish a reserve fund. Annexation No. 12d (Tract Map No. 20079) was approved by Council in May 2018. A 50% assessment is being proposed to establish a reserve fund.
In June 2014 Council approved Annexation No. 13 (Tract Map No. 18882) to the CFD located at the southwest corner of San Bernardino Avenue and Dearborn Street, respectively, for the maintenance of landscaping and the associated irrigation equipment on San Bernardino Avenue and Dearborn Street parkway frontages and for the maintenance of landscaping and the associated irrigation equipment on the common area lots with the exception of Lot B. Annexation No. 13 is dormant because the property owners have agreed to be responsible for all landscaping and irrigation efforts themselves; therefore the annexation is not being assessed.
In September 2015 Council approved Annexation No. 14 (Parcel Map No. 19496) to the CFD located at the northeast corner of California Street and Lugonia Avenue for the maintenance of landscaping and associated irrigation equipment on the California Street center median. The maintenance of landscaping and associated irrigation equipment on California Street and Lugonia Avenue parkway frontages will be maintained by the property owner and will not be assessed.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 285 of 1815
In December 2017 Council approved Annexation No. 15 (Parcel Map No. 18535-1) to the CFD located at the northwest corner of Eureka Street and Stuart Avenue for the maintenance of street trees, landscaping and irrigation in the rights-of-way and landscape maintenance along the property frontage. Annexation No. 15 will be dormant because the property owners have agreed to be responsible for all landscaping and irrigation efforts themselves; therefore the annexation is not being assessed.
In April 2017 Council approved Annexation No, 16 (Tract Map No. 18988) to the CFD located on the north side of Pioneer Avenue, east of Texas Street for the maintenance of parks, slopes, parkways, median, open space, shade and seating structures, and monuments within and adjacent to said tract.
In July 2017 Council approved Annexation No. 17 (Tract Map No. 17022) to the CFD located at the northeast corner of Pioneer Avenue and Texas Street for the maintenance of slopes, parkways, open space and citrus trees within and adjacent to the tract. This project has not yet begun construction.
In May 2018 Council approved Annexation No. 18 (Parcel Map No. 19465) to the CFD located at the southeast corner of Alabama Street and Park Avenue for the maintenance of street trees, landscaping and irrigation in the rights-of-way and landscape maintenance easement along the property frontage within and in the parcel map. The maintenance of landscaping and associated irrigation equipment on Alabama Street and Park Avenue parkway frontages and landscape maintenance easement will be maintained by the property owner and will not be assessed.
In January 2020 Council approved Annexation No. 19 (Tract Map No.19942) to the CFD located at the northeast corner of Wabash Avenue and Sylvan Boulevard for the maintenance of parks, slopes, parkways, and open space within and adjacent to the tract.
In May 2019 Council approved Annexation No. 20 (Tract Map No. 19956) to the CFD located at the southeast corner of Wabash Avenue and Citrus Avenue for the maintenance of slopes, parkways, and open space within and adjacent to the tract.
In September 2019 City Council approved Annexation No. 21 (Tract Map No. 20126) to the CFD located on the north side of Lugonia Avenue, south of Pennsylvania Avenue, east of Judson Street for the maintenance of parks, slopes, parkways, open space, and citrus groves within and adjacent to the tract.
In September 2020 City Council approved Annexation No. 22 (Parcel Map No. 19981) to the CFD located at the northwest corner of Alabama Street and Park Avenue for the maintenance of parkways.
In April 2021 City Council approved Annexation No. 23 (Parcel Map No. 18536) to the CFD located at the southwest Corner of Stuart Avenue and Eureka Street for maintenance of parkways.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 286 of 1815
In January 2021 City Council approved Annexation No. 24 (CUP No. 1129) to the CFD located at the southeast corner of Eureka Street and Stuart Avenue for the maintenance of parkways.
Annexation No. 25 (Tract Map No. 20065) located on the south side of East Highland Avenue and west of Redlands Street is anticipated to request Council action in early 2023.
In March 2022 City Council approved Annexation No. 27 (Tract Map No. 20257) to the CFD located at the northwest corner of San Bernardino Avenue and Texas Street for the maintenance of perimeter lettered lots, retention basins, and street trees.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 287 of 1815
City Council Meeting K. 2.
DATE: 10/18/2022
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Public Hearing to consider the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 65) project and the proposed General Plan Transit Village District consisting of the following items:
(Mayor to declare meeting open as a public hearing)
Resolution No. 8399 - A request to certify the Final Environmental Impact Report prepared for the proposed project described below, adopt the Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Considerations, and approve and adopt the Mitigation Monitoring & Reporting Program, in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).
a.
Resolution No. 8401 (General Plan Amendment No. 146) - A request to amend certain General Plan maps, exhibits, and policies pertaining to land uses and street segments to ensure the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 65) is consistent with the General Plan. The General Plan Land Use Map (Figure 4-1) would be amended to include and identify the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan area as a Transit Village District" in Figure 4-1.
b.
Resolution No. 8400 for adoption of the Transit Villages Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 65) and rescind the existing Downtown Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 45) - The proposed Specific Plan would provide the development standards and design regulations for future development of up to:
265,000 square-feet of retail and commercial floor area; 238,000 square-feet of office area; up to 2,400 dwelling units (e.g., apartments, condominiums, and townhomes); up to 220 hotel rooms and 110,000 square-feet of hotel space; and approximately 280,000 square-feet of parks and open space. Public realm improvements are also anticipated, to include pedestrian, bicycle, and transit improvements within the plan area. The project area covers approximately 947 acres (or approximately 1.48 square miles) and is generally bounded to the west by Kansas Street, Redlands Boulevard, Alabama Street, and Tennessee Street; to the north by Interstate 10, Colton Avenue, and Sylvan Boulevard; to the east by Judson Street; and to the south by Citrus Avenue, Central Avenue, Redlands Boulevard, Olive Avenue, Brookside Avenue, Ash Street, Pine Avenue, Tennessee Street, and State Street. The Project area also includes the parcels fronting both sides of the Orange Street corridor between Colton Avenue and Lugonia Avenue. The proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan includes the entire area currently governed by the Downtown Specific Plan, and would replace the existing Downtown Specific Plan.
c.
Ordinance No. 2947 (Zone Change No. 475) - A request to amend the city's Zone Map to include and identify the Transit Villages Specific Plan (Specific d.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 288 of 1815
Plan No. 65) area as a new zoning designation on the Zone Map. (Development Services Director Desatnik)
PROCEDURE FOR PUBLIC HEARING:
1. Mayor declares the meeting open as a public hearing.
2. Mayor calls upon Department Director for report.
3. Mayor calls for questions/comments from members of the City Council.
Mayor calls for comments/questions/testimony from members of the public (3 minutes per speaker).
4. 5. Mayor calls upon City Clerk to note any written comments received.
6. Mayor closes the public hearing.
7. City Council considers the motion and votes.
MOTION(S):
If the City Council determines that the Planning Commission’s recommendations are appropriate, the following motions are provided:
Motion for Environmental Determination:
"I move that the City Council approve Resolution No. 8399 adopting the Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Considerations in accordance with Sections 15091, 15092, and 15093 of the California Environmental Quality Act, certify the Final Environmental Impact Report prepared for the Transit Villages Specific Plan project, and approve and adopt the Mitigation Monitoring & Reporting Program."
Motion for General Plan Amendment:
"I move that the City Council approve Resolution No. 8401 adopting the General Plan amendments for the Transit Villages Specific Plan."
Motion for Transit Villages Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 65):
"I move that the City Council approve Resolution No. 8400 adopting the Transit Villages Specific Plan and rescinding the existing Downtown Specific Plan."
Motion for Zone Change:
Mayor requests the City Clerk to read the title of Ordinance No. 2947; "I move to waive further reading of Ordinance No. 2947 and to introduce Ordinance No. 2947." RECOMMENDATION:
At the public hearing on October 5, 2022, the Planning Commission reviewed the proposed project and the related Final Environmental Impact Report, and received public comments and testimony. Public comments included topics such as: the public outreach process for preparing the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan (TVSP); the public comment period for the Draft EIR; the proposed TVSP districts should protect existing single-family neighborhoods; protect historic homes and historic districts; potential for flood impacts in the TVSP area; a proposal to amend a Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 289 of 1815
component of the draft sign regulations; and union representatives promoting the hiring of the local construction workforce. Four speakers were in favor of the TVSP, including: Michelle Rogers (Vice President of Administration at the University of Redlands); Ruth Cook (Primary Committee Member on the city's General Plan Update Steering Committee from 2015-17); Jerry Tessier (downtown business owner and developer); and Pat Meyer (local consultant).
Commissioners suggested changing the TVSP district designations in certain residential areas to protect existing single-family homes and neighborhoods (which have been completed and are included in the draft TVSP chapters attached to this staff report).
The Commission voted 6 to 0 recommending that the City Council:
1) Adopt the draft Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Consideration, and certify the Final Environmental Impact Report for the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan; 2) Adopt General Plan Amendment No. 146 for certain changes to text, maps, and exhibits related to the proposed project;
3) Adopt the Transit Villages Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 65) and rescind the Downtown Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 45); and
4) Adopt Zone Change No. 475 to update the city’s Zone Map related to the proposed project.
DISCUSSION:
I. BACKGROUND
A) 2035 General Plan
The City of Redlands 2035 General Plan and Climate Action Plan were adopted on December 5, 2017. One primary strategy of the new General Plan is the introduction of the Transit Villages Concept to accommodate future development within the core areas of the City. A total of five Redlands Rail stations are identified on the General Plan Land Use Map, of which three have recently completed construction: one existing station located in Downtown Redlands at the historic Santa Fe Depot (expanded to include Metrolink trains); one new station at the northwest corner of New York Street/West Redlands Boulevard; and one new station at the southeast corner of University Street/East Park Avenue. In the 2035 General Plan document, more than 130 Policies and Actions directly or indirectly pertain to the Transit Villages Concept or future development of the transit villages, and the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan will be fully consistent with the 2035 General Plan.
Transit Villages Concept: In the 2035 General Plan, Chapter 4 (Livable Community) explains the Transit Villages Concept in detail:
"Transit Villages are areas surrounding a transit station in which the neighborhood is planned, designed, and integrated so that residents, workers, shoppers, and others find it convenient and attractive to patronize transit and other choices in transportation. Transit Villages have the following characteristics:
Densities and intensities that promote working and living environments proximate to transit; Pedestrian and bicycle access to the station, with safe and comfortable pathways; and A transportation system that encourages and facilitates intermodal service and access.
The development of Transit Villages results in public benefits such as relief of traffic congestion, improved air quality, revitalization of neighborhoods, live/travel options for community members who rely on transit, additional job opportunities, and development of attractive neighborhoods."
Two key ingredients to this strategy are a “Mixed Use Core” within each village combined with Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 290 of 1815
Multi-Modal Connections. A mixed-use core means an area with high development intensity and a variety of commercial stores and services that can meet frequent needs of local residents (such as retail and grocery stores, restaurants, coffee and ice cream shops, professional/administrative offices, medical/dental offices, banks, services such as dry cleaners and barbers/salons, and other stores), together with new residential dwelling units in each village. These areas would encourage a high level of pedestrian activity, and as such, would need to provide for a high level of comfort and safety for pedestrians. Multi-modal connections means convenient access such as walking, bike, bus, train, rideshare, or personal automobile (i.e., all modes can be accommodated and fewer automobile trips).
B) Community Outreach and Public Participation
In extensive public outreach effort was made to gather input and encourage participation by Redlands residents, local employees, and other interested persons. Ideas and input from community members can make a plan better. In many instances, local residents and community members are the only people that can provide unique insights about local conditions or the desired future physical form of their community.
From September 2018 through February 2019, a number of public workshops and other public meetings were held to encourage maximum input early in the Planning process. The key activities included the following:
Three Discovery Workshops in September to December 2018 (one each at the Civic Center, the Orton Center at the University, and the Esri Café). A total of approximately 115 persons attended the Discovery Workshops.
Three Alternatives Workshops in October 2018 to January 2019 (one each at the Civic Center, the Orton Center at the University, and the Esri Café). A total of approximately 67 persons attended the Alternatives Workshops (many of whom also attended a Discovery Workshop).
Three Draft Plan Workshops in April and May 2019 (one each at the Civic Center, the Orton Center at the University, and the Esri Café). A total of approximately 110 persons attended the Draft Plan Workshops (many of whom also attended one or more Discovery or Alternatives workshops).
City Council study session at a special meeting on January 4, 2019.
City Council update on April 16, 2019.
Planning Commission updates on January 22, 2019, and April 23, 2019.
A total of nine stakeholder meetings were conducted with groups and agencies representing a variety of interests including property owners, neighborhood representatives, citizen groups, and large employers.
City staff provided a booth and attended a total of twelve Market Night events in downtown Redlands (August through November 2018 and April through June 2019) to provide information to the public and answer questions during the public outreach phase. Staff estimates that approximately 950 persons asked questions about various elements of the specific plan, potential mall redevelopment, and the Redlands Rail project.
A public website (https://redlandstransitvillages.org/) was created to explain the Planning process to the public, provide announcements (e.g., agendas, presentations, summaries for community workshops, etc.), serve as a repository for all Specific Plan documents, and provide mechanisms to encourage feedback and input.
The final draft Specific Plan was made available on the project website (https://redlandstransitvillages.org/) in May 2020. Members of the public are able to review the draft Specific Plan in its entirety.
II. SUMMARY
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 291 of 1815
A) Overview of Chapters
The draft Specific Plan document is organized into nine chapters. Like the General Plan, a specific plan is a policy document articulating the desired vision for future development for the plan area, and includes numerous development standards and criteria to guide future development projects. The difference is that a specific plan is focused on a more limited and well-defined geographical area within the City of Redlands. In this case, that area is the future transit villages around the three future train stations, generally within a half-mile radius around each station site (see Attachment A).
The draft Specific Plan contains a total of nine chapters: Introduction, Vision, Redlands Mall, Development Code, Transportation and Circulation, Parking, Public Realm of Open Space and Landscape, Infrastructure, and Implementation. See Attachment B for an outline of each chapter and subsections within each chapter.
What the specific plan is NOT is a construction plan. The Transit Villages Specific Plan, when adopted, will not by itself result in immediate construction of any new buildings or public improvements. It is a policy document expressing the community’s vision for how the transit villages will look and function in the future. Individual private development projects will still need to be formally submitted to the Development Services Department for the normal development review procedures by City departments, and will include review and approval by the Planning Commission or City Council as may be necessary. Construction plans would only be prepared after an entitlement has been approved (such as a Conditional Use Permit, Commission Review & Approval, or a Tract/Parcel Map, etc.).
City staff may also use the document to apply for a variety of State and regional grants in order to be able to implement some public improvements called for in the plan (such as expanding the bicycle network, improving public sidewalks and crosswalks, pedestrian safety lighting or street lighting, intersection improvements, etc.). Some public improvements would also be constructed in conjunction with private development projects (such as improvements to the right-of-way and street frontages of project site).
Form-Based Code: A “Form-Based Code” emphasizes the shape and placement of the buildings and public space, as well as the mix of different land uses and a minimum density of those uses.
A form-based code is used as a method of regulating development to achieve a specific urban form, and to create a predictable public realm by controlling physical form (while the regulation of land uses is secondary). A key concept is that a form-based code emphasizes the form of the built environment, rather than focusing on regulating or separating different land uses.
Form-based codes typically encourage a mix of complementary uses (e.g., retail, office, commercial, etc.) in close proximity to residential uses and within a convenient walking distance.
This can be contrasted with traditional zoning that focuses not on urban form but on the land uses, with an emphasis on the separation and dispersion of different uses (which often results in sprawl, a heavy reliance on automobile trips to reach destinations, and environmental impacts such as greenhouse gases and air pollutants).
B) Policy Framework and Vision
Chapter 1: Introduction: One key strategy of the 2035 General Plan encourages future growth and development toward infill lots and redevelopment in the City’s core areas, and specifically in the transit village areas. There are more than 100 policies and actions in the General Plan pertaining to this concept including the transit villages, and Chapter 1 lists these policies for easy reference. Chapter 1 provides a summary of existing conditions in the plan area, as well as identifying opportunities and constraints. It also includes an overview of the nine community workshops held throughout Redlands over several months to obtain the widest possible Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 292 of 1815
workshops held throughout Redlands over several months to obtain the widest possible participation from all interested residents and other members of the community.
Chapter 2: Vision: Chapter 2 explains the basic principles of Transit-Oriented Development (TOD), including what makes great public places, what makes great streets, and how to achieve a balance of good urban form and a mix of different (yet complementary) land uses. This chapter summarizes the work that occurred in the nine community workshops that were attended by Redlands residents and other interested community members. It includes potential build-out scenarios over many years to illustrate how the plan might be implemented (for each transit village). This chapter also describes and defines the various building types that are typically included in a form-based code.
Chapter 3: Redlands Mall: The Redlands Mall site warrants its own chapter due to the size of the site (11 acres) as well as its prime location in the heart of downtown at the key intersection of Redlands Boulevard and Orange Street. This chapter dives deeper into the unique objectives and design considerations for the Mall site, in particular breaking up the single “megablock” that occupies the former space of six downtown blocks. Historically, East State Street continued westerly from Orange Street and connected to Eureka Street (where West State Street remains), but this 880-foot long segment of State Street was removed when the Mall was constructed.
Re-establishing smaller blocks at the pedestrian-scale will be a critical component of redeveloping the site. Chapter 3 provides three illustrations showing the potential future site layout (as examples only) when the Mall site redevelops, and pedestrian connectivity across and through the site is one key design element to a successful redevelopment project.
C) Development Standards and Regulations
Chapter 4: Development Code: The proposed Development Code chapter provides the bulk of the development standards that will be applicable to the development of private properties, including the Regulating Plan (or Zone Map), zone descriptions, list of permitted land uses, development standards for each zone, and several other requirements.
The Regulating Plan: In the language of Form-Based Codes, the ‘Regulating Plan’ functions as the official zone map for the specific plan. This map is shown on pages 4:4 and 4:5 of the Specific Plan.
Zoning Districts: The proposed zoning districts are described on pages 4:6 and 4:7, and are organized using the “Transect” principle based on differing densities and intensities of development. The districts begin with the highest-intensity development around the train stations (Village Center), decrease in intensity further away from the station core areas (Downtown, Village General, and Village Corridor), and the lowest intensity (Urban Neighborhood) around the periphery near the residential neighborhoods.
Land Use Table: The proposed Land Use Table on pages 4:8 through 4:14 incorporates the existing list of land uses from the Downtown Specific Plan. A form-based code emphasizes regulating the form of the built environment and the public realm amenities, rather than focusing primarily on the land uses. Form-based codes typically encourage a mix of different uses (e.g., retail, office, commercial, and residential in close proximity within convenient walking distance) as well as the appropriate densities of those mix of uses. It is used as a method of regulating development to achieve a specific urban form and to create a predictable public realm by primarily controlling the physical form (and the regulation of land uses is secondary). This can be compared to traditional Euclidean zoning that focuses on the land uses, with an emphasis on separating and dispersing different types of uses, rather than focusing on building a compact and efficient urban form. As a result, traditional zoning often results in sprawl, limits transit and walking options, and tends to create a reliance on automobiles and more vehicle trips.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 293 of 1815
Development Standards: The draft Development Standards provide the requirements for building form and other features in each district. In addition to the typical standards found in most zoning codes (such as required yard setbacks and maximum building height), there are several standards incorporated which emphasize the shape and form of the buildings and the public realm (e.g., street width and sidewalk frontages) as well as parking lot placement and pedestrian access. The relationship of buildings to streets is the most important thing to regulate in a form-based code so that the alignment and shape of buildings will form a “street wall” (composed of building frontages), and encourage a walkable and engaging urban environment. The standards include the following elements:
Building placement, building length, and building separation; Façade lengths and façade breaks;
Minimum frontage types;
Minimum and maximum building setbacks;
Minimum floor-to-floor height, and minimum ground-floor height above grade; Architectural encroachments (awnings, canopies, balconies, eaves, etc.); Placement of parking and the amount of parking;
Landscaping, streetscape, planters and trees; and
Sign regulations.
Maximum Building Heights: The draft Transit Villages Specific Plan includes very detailed and strict height limits. Most of the proposed districts will limit building heights to 2 or 3 stories maximum, in order to be consistent with nearby existing structures as well as provide appropriate transitioning of building heights. The proposed building height limits will be consistent with existing zoning standards. Note that the existing General Commercial (C-3) zoning, which covers large portions of the downtown area, presently has no maximum height limit. The standards will also be consistent with the existing Downtown Specific Plan’s current height limit of 55 feet in the downtown area. The proposed building heights in the draft Transit Villages Specific Plan are summarized below, by district (map of proposed TVSP zoning districts shown in Figure 1 below).
TVSP District Number of Stories Building Height
Neighborhood General 1 2 max. 30 ft. max.
Neighborhood General 2 2 max. 30 ft. max.
Village Corridor 2 max. 30 ft. max.
Downtown 3 max. 45 ft. max.
Village General 3 average 45 ft. average
Village Center 4 max. 55 ft. max.
Table 1. Proposed TVSP Building Height Limits
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 294 of 1815
Figure 1. Proposed TVSP Districts ("Regulating Plan")
The draft plan will NOT allow high-rise buildings (13 floors or above) and will NOT allow mid-rise buildings (6 to 12 floors). In fact, the majority of the Transit Villages Specific Plan area would be limited to 2 or 3 stories in most districts. Only the one district immediately surrounding the train stations (Village Center district) would allow up to 4 stories high maximum. The draft Transit Villages Specific Plan includes very specific and strict height limits, and if adopted, would put in place prescriptive height and building design requirements.
Architectural Design Guidelines: In addition to the detailed building form standards (such as distinct massing and articulation), a number of architectural styles and exterior treatments are encouraged in the design guidelines. The five recommended architectural styles are: Main Street Commercial; Craftsman; Mediterranean; Victorian; and California Contemporary. However, developers are not restricted to these five so long as the quality of design is equivalent, and they can explain how the proposal meets all development standards.
Parking Requirements: The parking requirements are based on general type of land use and the building type, and include specific requirements for retail uses, office uses, residential uses, hotels, etc. The parking categories are more limited than the requirements in the Redlands Municipal Code so that various uses may be interchangeable within the same building space over time (such as retail, restaurants, or office uses being able to rotate through the same space over time without being restricted by vastly different parking requirements). See pages 4:6 through 4:27 (Section D) for the parking requirements.
Landscape, Screening, and Public Art: Standards are included pertaining to on-site landscaping in required yard areas and open space areas, and also incorporates RMC Chapter 18.168 for landscape installation. Public art will be required in accordance with the City’s Art in Public Places program. Utilities, mechanical/electrical equipment, and service areas must be appropriately placed, screened, and architecturally-treated consistent with the development.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 295 of 1815
appropriately placed, screened, and architecturally-treated consistent with the development.
Sign Regulations: The TVSP includes unique sign regulations for the specific plan area, to include: porch sign, yard sign, awning sign, wall sign, projecting sign, building identification, window sign, sidewalk sign, roof sign, marquee, directory sign, temporary sign, and murals, among others. Regulations are included for mixed use projects to differentiate ground-floor tenants from upper-floor commercial tenants. It also incorporates the Measure U requirement for City Council approval of any sign exceeding 120 square-feet in size.
D) Public Improvements and Infrastructure
The four chapters following the Development Code provide the guidelines for implementation of public realm improvements. These chapters will be consistent with other applicable community plans, as follows.
Chapter 5: Transportation & Circulation: Chapter 5 explains the desired transportation and street improvements over the long-term as project sites develop, and emphasizing pedestrian improvements and bicycle network improvements. There is also a summary of the bus transit network and potential future alignments that may be desirable, specifically around the train station sites. This chapter provides conceptual cross-sections for streets to include Complete Streets concepts, such as for multiple users including pedestrians and bicyclists.
Chapter 6: Parking: Chapter 6 also includes concepts and proposals for sufficient public parking within each transit village, and incorporates the work previously completed for the Downtown Parking Study. It includes a number of recommended strategies for public parking on streets and public parking lots over the long-term as parking demand changes.
Chapter 6 incorporates the work previously completed by the City in 2017 for the Downtown Parking Study. Several of its recommendations included painting of previously unmarked on-street parking spaces (totaling up to 1,465 spaces) that are underutilized due to the absence of adequate striping and signage. Over the past two years, City departments have started implementing some of the recommendations by painting and marking existing spaces so they are more readily apparent to shoppers and others.
Chapter 7: Open Space & Landscape: Chapter 7 describes the improvements for the public realm (meaning the shared public spaces like sidewalks, plazas, and parklets) and includes landscaping guidelines. It provides suggested plant and tree palettes for streets, parkways, and medians. It also includes ideas for sustainable stormwater treatment, suggestions for improvements to freeway underpasses (including lighting and artwork), and wayfinding signage.
It incorporates the existing Mill Creek Zanja as well as the existing Orange Blossom Trail Plan and suggests pedestrian/bicycle trail options for these important features.
Chapter 8: Infrastructure: Chapter 8 describes public infrastructure (existing and potential future needs) for water supply, wastewater systems, storm drain systems, floodwater diversion alternatives, and sustainable stormwater management. It incorporates the City’s existing Master Plan of Drainage, as well as an additional engineering drainage study specifically prepared for the Transit Villages Specific Plan. Developers would be responsible for constructing public improvements immediately adjacent to their project site (i.e., requirements attached to a development project as mandatory Conditions of Approval), which typically includes public sidewalks, curbs and gutters, street paving improvements, storm drains, street trees, light poles, etc.
Chapter 9: Implementation: Chapter 9 includes strategies and recommendations for funding long-term public improvements associated with the transit villages, including common tools and funding sources used by public agencies. It also includes an explanation for administration of the Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 296 of 1815
Specific Plan (such as Specific Plan Amendments that may be needed in the future). The time frame for full buildout of the Specific Plan is likely to be 20 years or more, and development will occur on individual sites incrementally as it currently does throughout the City of Redlands. An entire village area will not immediately transform within five years, and redevelopment of the Mall site will likely require several years and multiple phases of construction.
Some public improvements such as implementing the bicycle network per the City’s new Sustainable Mobility Plan (previously the Bicycle Master Plan) are already under way, with funding sources including State transportation grants. Other public improvements such as completing segments of the Orange Blossom Trail per the City’s existing Orange Blossom Trail Plan are already under way, with funding sources including the existing capital improvement budget as well as grants. Some public improvements such as roadway bulb-outs, enhanced crosswalks, new medians, or new landscapes may take several years to implement depending on funding availability (such as State transportation or transit-oriented development grants) or deferring construction until new development occurs nearby.
E) General Plan Amendment
The project area currently contains a variety of General Plan land use designations: Commercial, High Density Residential, Medium Density Residential, Commercial/Industrial, Public/Institutional, and Parks. The General Plan Land Use Map will need to be updated to show the proposed TVSP area and designate that area within the boundaries as “Transit Village” land use. In addition, some minor text changes are needed for certain General Plan policies and exhibits so that the Transit Villages Specific Plan will be consistent. These other amendments are listed in detail in the attached Resolution (see Attachment H).
The proposed Specific Plan would otherwise be consistent with numerous policies in the 2035 General Plan and effectively implement the Transit Village Concept in the General Plan. The proposed Specific Plan will be consistent and will implement more than 130 Policies and Actions from the 2035 General Plan (see Attachment C). These policies are directly or indirectly related to implementing the Transit Village Concept, and the Transit Village strategy is one of the main organizing principles in the 2035 General Plan.
F) Zone Map Update
Zone Change No. 475 is necessary to update the City’s official Zone Map to reflect the new district designations created by the Transit Villages Specific Plan (TVSP). The existing zoning designations (i.e., zoning from RMC Title 18) for properties within the TVSP area would be replaced by the proposed new TVSP districts: Village Center, Village General, Downtown, Village Corridor, Neighborhood General 1, Neighborhood General 2, Special District, or Civic Space.
In addition, the existing Downtown Specific Plan (Specific Plan No. 45) will need to be rescinded so that it can be replaced by the Transit Villages Specific Plan. The entire area of the Downtown Specific Plan lies within the Transit Villages Specific Plan boundaries. The existing Downtown Specific Plan area would be replaced by the following TVSP districts: Village Center, Village General, Downtown (along east side of Orange St.), and Neighborhood General 1 (between 6th St. and Church St.).
G) Socio-Economic Cost/Benefit Analysis
City Council Resolution No. 5579 states that General Plan Amendments, Specific Plans, and Specific Plan Amendments are exempt from the requirement for a Socio-Economic Cost/Benefit Study. However, given the significant interest in this project, a socio-economic model was prepared. Typically, only individual project proposals with certain discretionary actions for Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 297 of 1815
prepared. Typically, only individual project proposals with certain discretionary actions for developments exceeding 5,000 square feet would be required to prepare a Socio-Economic Cost/Benefit Study pursuant to Resolution No. 5579.
Two buildout scenarios of the TVSP were analyzed by the model: full buildout (100%) of the anticipated project; and approximately half (50%) buildout of the anticipated project. Both scenarios are hypothetical (i.e., based on assumptions) for analysis purposes; actual future buildout of the TVSP may vary and be lower than the projections. Both scenarios would result in positive Cost/Benefit Ratios exceeding 1.0, which means that future development would provide a net gain of new revenues to the City for the provision and maintenance of public infrastructure and public services (i.e., for every $1.00 the City spends on infrastructure and public services, the City will receive significantly more than $1.00 in revenue from property taxes, sales taxes, fees for service, business license fees, and other revenues).
Scenario Residential
Uses
Non-Residential
Uses
Cost / Benefit Ratio
Full buildout
(100%) 2,400 DU
265,000 SF Retail/Commercial;
238,000 SF Office;
220 room Hotel
Residential: 2.06
Non-Residential: 4.71
Total Ratio: 2.44
Half buildout
(50%) 1,200 DU
132,500 SF Retail/Commercial;
119,000 SF Office;
110 room Hotel
Residential: 1.97
Non-Residential: 4.77
Total Ratio: 2.33
Table 2. Summary of Cost/Benefit Ratios
III. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
A) Background
An EIR is intended to inform decision-makers and the general public of the potentially significant environmental impacts of a proposed project. The EIR also considers the availability of mitigation measures to minimize significant impacts and evaluates reasonable alternatives to the Proposed Project that may reduce or avoid one or more significant environmental effects. Based on the alternatives analysis, an environmentally superior alternative is identified.
This EIR is a programmatic EIR that examines the potential effects resulting from implementing designated land uses and anticipated future development projects in the draft Transit Villages Specific Plan (the “Proposed Project”). The impact assessment evaluates the Project as a whole and identifies the broad, regional effects that may occur with its implementation. As a programmatic document, this EIR does not assess site-specific impacts. Future development projects (if they are not consistent with the analysis in this EIR) may be subject to individual, site-specific environmental review, if required by State law. The EIR represents the best effort to evaluate the proposed Transit Village Specific Plan. The EIR evaluates the following topics required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).
Topics Analyzed: CEQA requires certain topics to be considered in environmental documents, and these 19 environmental topics are listed below:
1. Aesthetics
2. Agricultural and Forestry Resources
3. Air Quality
4. Biological Resources
5. Cultural Resources
6. Energy
7. Geology and Soils
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 298 of 1815
8. Greenhouse Gas Emissions
9. Hazards and Hazardous Materials
10. Hydrology and Water Quality
11. Land Use and Planning
12. Mineral Resources
13. Noise
14. Population and Housing
15. Public Services
16. Recreation
17. Transportation
18. Tribal Cultural Resources
19. Wildfires
Determining Levels of Significance: A total of 56 criteria (required by CEQA) were utilized to measure the impacts of the proposed Project on the environment. For each potential environmental impact criteria identified in this EIR, a statement of the level of significance of the impact is provided. Impacts are assessed as one of the following categories:
The term “No Impact” is used when the environmental resource being discussed would not be adversely affected by implementation of the proposed Project. It means no or negligible change from existing environmental conditions. This impact level does not need mitigation measures.
A “Less Than Significant Impact” would cause a minor change in the physical environment but the impact would not meet or exceed the significance threshold. This impact level does not require mitigation measures, even if feasible. In addition, existing standard requirements implemented by Federal, State, or local laws and regulations also serve as mitigating factors. In addition, project design features or existing General Plan policies can avoid creating any significant impacts, and likewise do not require additional mitigation measures.
A “Less Than Significant Impact with Mitigation” is an effect that may cause a substantial adverse effect on the environment, however, there are feasible mitigation measures that can be implemented to reduce the impact to a less-than-significant level (i.e., after mitigation measures are applied to reduce the impact). Mitigation measures would be specific for the proposed Project, would be crafted to reduce the unique impact identified in the EIR, and they would be included in the Project as mandatory Conditions of Approval.
A “Significant and Unavoidable Impact” would cause a substantial adverse effect on the environment, and no known feasible mitigation measures are available to reduce the impact to a less-than-significant level. Under CEQA, a project with significant and unavoidable impacts may be approved, but the Lead Agency (in this case, the City) must prepare findings of fact and a Statement of Overriding Considerations in accordance with Section 15093 of the CEQA Guidelines, explaining how the benefits of the project outweigh the potential for significant impacts.
The results of the EIR analysis are summarized in Section D below.
B) Notice of Preparation
The first step in beginning the EIR process is the circulation of a Notice of Preparation (“NOP”).
An Initial Study was also prepared to accompany the NOP and to provide preliminary analysis of the environmental topics proposed to be included in the EIR analysis. The NOP process provides a 30-day public comment period to allow members of the public and other agencies the opportunity to provide early comments on the scope of the environmental analysis. A total of 30 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 299 of 1815
opportunity to provide early comments on the scope of the environmental analysis. A total of 30 written comments were received.
During the NOP process, several topic areas were scoped out of the EIR process as it could be seen with certainty there would not be any potential effects on the environment. These were:
Agricultural and Forestry Resources; Biological Resources; Mineral Resources; and Wildfires.
Therefore, the EIR does not further analyze these topics.
Following the 30-day NOP comment period, the consultant began work on the technical studies (e.g., traffic, air quality, greenhouse gases, noise, cultural resources, etc.) and began writing the Draft Environmental Impact Report (“Draft EIR”) document. As a result of the NOP and Initial Study, several topics were determined to not require any further analysis in the EIR as there was no possibility of any environmental effects related to those topics. The topics that were “scoped out” of the EIR were: Agriculture and Forestry Resources; Biological Resources; Mineral Resources; and Wildfire. Therefore, the remaining 15 topics were analyzed in detail on the Draft EIR.
Public Scoping Meeting: A public Scoping Meeting was held on September 15, 2021, at 5:00 p.m. as a virtual meeting on Zoom (due to the current pandemic). A total of ten persons participated in the meeting and provided comments to the City’s environmental consultant.
Project Description: The proposed project description (i.e., buildout assumptions) to be used for preparation of the technical studies and Draft EIR are as follows:
Up to 2,400 dwelling units throughout the TVSP area;
Up to 238,000 square-feet of office floor space in the TVSP area; Up to 265,000 square-feet of retail and commercial floor space in the TVSP area; Hotel use with up to 220 guest rooms; and
Various public realm, infrastructure, and multi-modal transportation improvements.
C) Notice of Availability
The Draft EIR (Attachment D) was completed in summer 2022, and the Notice of Completion (NOC) and Notice of Availability (NOA) were released on July 20, 2022. A legal advertisement circulating the NOA was published in the Redlands Daily Facts on July 20, 2022. The NOA and a copy of the Draft EIR were posted at the County Clerk’s Office on July 20, 2022. The NOA was published in the Redlands Daily Facts on July 20, 2022, as a display ad. The Draft EIR and related documents and notices were distributed to the State Clearinghouse (Governor’s Office of Planning & Research) on July 20, 2022, and subsequently circulated to State agencies for review and comment.
The 45-day public review and comment period began on July 21, 2022, and ended on September 6, 2022 (a total of 48 days due to a holiday during that time). Printed copies of the Draft EIR and related appendices (technical studies) were distributed to the A.K. Smiley Public Library, the City Clerk’s Office, and the Planning Division public counter. The Draft EIR and appendices were also made available on the City’s Planning Division website ( https://www.cityofredlands.org/post/environmental-documents) and the State Clearinghouse website (https://ceqanet.opr.ca.gov/2021080622).
D) Summary of Environmental Impacts
The EIR found that there were No Impacts to 22 criteria, Less Than Significant Impacts to 31 criteria, and Significant and Unavoidable Impacts to three (3) criteria. See Table 3 below for a summary. Those topics for which a Significant and Unavoidable Impacts were found applied to Air Quality and Transportation. The significant impact to Transportation (in terms of Vehicle Miles Traveled) was for only one portion of the TVSP project area that contains the area around the Tri Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 300 of 1815
Traveled) was for only one portion of the TVSP project area that contains the area around the Tri City Center shopping center (which is the farthest from any train stations); however, that impact might only occur when (or if) the Tri City Center area ever redevelops with higher-intensity uses as permitted by the TVSP. If that area never redevelops, then there would be no impact to Transportation compared to today's environmental conditions.
Environmental Topic Criteria
Evaluated
No Impact Less Than
Significant Impact
Significant and
Unavoidable Impact
5.1 Aesthetics 4 1 3 --
5.2 Air Quality 4 1 1 2
5.3 Cultural Resources 3 1 2 --
5.4 Energy 2 1 1 --
5.5 Geology & Soils 4 3 1 --
5.6 Greenhouse Gases 2 -- 2 --
5.7 Hazards & Hazardous Materials 7 6 1 --
5.8 Hydrology & Water Quality 5 3 2 --
5.9 Land Use & Planning 2 1 1 --
5.10 Noise 3 1 2 --
5.11 Population & Housing 2 1 1 --
5.12 Public Services 5 1 4 --
5.13 Recreation 2 -- 2 --
5.14 Transportation 2 -- 1 1
5.15 Tribal Cultural Resources 2 -- 2 --
5.16 Utilities & Service Systems 7 2 5 --
TOTALS: 56 22 31 3
Table 3. Summary of Environmental Impacts
E) Alternatives Analyzed
The California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) mandates consideration and analysis of alternatives to the Proposed Project. According to CEQA Guidelines, the range of alternatives “shall include those that could feasibly accomplish most of the basic purposes of the project and could avoid or substantially lessen one or more of the significant impacts” (CEQA Guidelines Section 15126.6(d)(2)). The discussion must also include an evaluation of the No Project Alternative to allow decision-makers to compare the impacts of approving the Proposed Project against the impacts of not approving it.
In much of Redlands, alternative land uses are limited in several ways. First, there is geography.
The Redlands Planning Area is bordered by the incorporated cities of Loma Linda (west), San Bernardino (north), Highland (north), and Yucaipa (east), and cannot expand in those directions.
Riverside County is to the south and the City limit cannot cross County boundaries. The Santa Ana River Wash, Crafton Hills, and San Timoteo Canyons (which define borders with the surrounding jurisdictions) also form natural boundaries to urban growth. Second, the City is approaching 90% buildout. There is little undeveloped land remaining that can support a variety of large development scenarios. Third, Measure U provides fairly strict limitations on the type of development that can occur on the remaining undeveloped land. For these reasons, alternative scenarios in Redlands are limited.
The preferred plan, the proposed Project (the “Transit Villages Specific Plan”), can best be described as emphasizing infill development and redevelopment in the City’s core areas – Downtown, along Redlands Boulevard, around the Esri campus, and south of the University of Redlands campus. On the periphery of the City, the 2035 General Plan emphasizes the preservation of open space and agricultural land, as well as controlling and minimizing further Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 301 of 1815
sprawling development (such as conversion of productive agricultural land or open space to new single-family subdivisions).
Chapter 6 of the EIR explains the three Alternatives that were analyzed and provides a detailed discussion of the environmental impacts compared among the three alternatives.
1. No Project /
Buildout of
Existing Zoning
Under the No Project alternative, the existing zoning (RMC Title 18) and Downtown Specific Plan (Specific Plan 45) remain as they are today, and the proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan is not adopted. There would be no changes to the existing zoning, and future development projects would be built in compliance with the current zoning regulations.
2. Reduced
Specific Plan
Area
Under this alternative, the New York Street Village area is slightly reduced and there would be a 25% reduction to the buildout of residential and non-residential floor areas in the New York Street Village. The Downtown Village and University Village areas remain largely unchanged, and full buildout of future developments in Downtown Village and University Village areas could proceed.
3. Reduced
Development
Intensity
Under this alternative, a 60% reduction in the number of dwelling units, retail commercial uses, and office uses would be developed within each proposed Transit Village (i.e., up to 960 dwelling units, 88 hotel rooms, 106,000 square-feet of retail commercial, and 95,200 square-feet of office uses through the year 2040).
Table 4. Summary of Alternatives
The EIR analyzed each alternative according to the criteria of the environmental topics. More detail on the analysis can be found in the Table 6-1 of the EIR (see Attachment D).
Summary of Alternatives: The Proposed Project would have significant and unavoidable impacts in two topics, Air Quality and Transportation. The proposed Specific Plan would fully implement the goals and objectives of the 2035 General Plan including the Transit Villages concept and strategy.
The three alternatives, for the most part, would have similar environmental impacts as the Proposed Project. Two of the alternatives (the Reduced Specific Plan Area alternative and the Reduced Intensity alternative) would have slightly fewer impacts in six (6) or seven (7) topic areas, respectively, but would not fully implement the vision of the 2035 General Plan for new Transit Villages in the core areas of Redlands. A Transit Villages Specific Plan implemented on a smaller scale, as explained in these two alternatives, would make the plan less likely to encourage or attract the types of compact and pedestrian-scale projects that contribute to successful downtowns and transit-oriented developments.
The No Project alternative (i.e., future development under existing zoning and the existing Downtown Specific Plan) would encourage “business as usual” under existing zoning, with unrestrained growth and sprawl around the periphery of the city. This alternative would generate more severe and significant impacts to Transportation because of the greater amounts of motor vehicle trips and Vehicle Miles Traveled that would result from less compact development that is more spread out using the traditional zoning method (i.e., discourages pedestrians, bicycles, and transit use). This alternative would also be more likely to result in the continued loss of agricultural land and open space around the city’s periphery, as well as the associated environmental impacts (such as increased traffic and Vehicle Miles Traveled, air quality and greenhouse gas impacts, increased water use, expansion and maintenance costs for public infrastructure, and other impacts).
F) Final EIR
The Final EIR (see Attachment E) consists of the Draft EIR, comments received on the Draft EIR, and the responses to those comments. The primary purpose of the Final EIR is to respond to comments received during the 45-day public review period of the Draft EIR. The review period for the Draft EIR (State Clearinghouse No. 2021080622) was July 21, 2022, to September 6, 2022. There are no revisions to the Draft EIR as a result of the comments; however, a few Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 302 of 1815
typographical errors were corrected.
Public Comments Received: A total of 23 written comments have been received (two agencies, two organizations, and 19 individuals or residents). Four of the comments were received late (after the deadline of 5:30 PM on September 6, 2022); however, they are included in the Final EIR and responses to comments.
Mitigation Monitoring & Reporting Program: A Mitigation Monitoring & Reporting Program (“MMRP”) is included in the Executive Summary that summarizes all mitigation measures as well as the outline program for monitoring the future implementation of each mitigation measure.
G) Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Consideration
CEQA Guidelines Sections 15091 and 15093, state no public agency shall approve a project for which a certified EIR identifies one or more significant environmental effects unless the agency makes findings regarding each effect. These findings can show that significant environmental effects can be avoided or substantially lessened by changes required in or incorporated into the project or by changes that are within the responsibility or jurisdiction of another public agency and that can or should be adopted.
Findings can also be made of specific economic, legal, social, technological, or other considerations, including provision of employment opportunities that make the mitigation measures or project alternatives infeasible. In addition, findings are required if specific economic, legal, social, technological, or other benefits of a proposed project outweigh the unavoidable adverse environmental effects. In such a situation, the adverse environmental effects may be considered “acceptable” and the project approved. The proposed Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Consideration are included as Attachment F (note that the three Significant and Unavoidable Impacts are in the topics of Air Quality and Transportation only).
ALTERNATIVES:
The City Council can continue the proposal and direct staff to address any further issues.
STRATEGIC PLAN:
The proposed Transit Villages Specific Plan, if approved, will implement or support the following goals in the Strategic Plan.
Priority A: Quality of Life. Ensure Redlands continues to be a vibrant community that honors its heritage and provides a broad range of opportunities to live, work and play.
Objective 2: Economic Vitality
Implement policies and programs to expand the City’s affordable housing opportunities.
Encourage redevelopment efforts in the transit corridor (i.e. University Village and mall site).
Priority D: Sustainability. Preserve and protect what makes Redlands special by maintaining core services, infrastructure and community values.
Objective 3: Infrastructure
Engineer and construct transportation facilities to accommodate all potential users – motorists, cyclists and pedestrians.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 303 of 1815
SUBMITTED BY:
Brian Desatnik, Development Services Director
RECOMMENDED BY:
Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Yvette M. Abich Garcia, City Attorney
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
PREPARED BY:
Brian Foote, City Planner/Planning Manager
Fiscal Impact
Fiscal Year: 22-23
Appropriation Required Y/N: No
Discussion:
There is no fiscal impact associated with the adoption of the Transit Villages Specific Plan. The City has been reimbursed for the cost of preparing the Specific Plan by a Sustainable Communities Grant from the California Department of Transportation. The City will be reimbursed for the cost of preparing the Environmental Impact Report by a Senate Bill 2 (SB 2) Planning Grant and a portion of a Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) Grant from the California Department of Housing & Community Development.
Attachments
Attachment A: Transit Villages Area Boundary Map
Attachment B: Transit Villages Specific Plan
Attachment B-1: Chapter 1 - Introduction
Attachment B-2: Chapter 2 - Vision
Attachment B-3: Chapter 3 - Redlands Mall
Attachment B-4: Chapter 4 - Development Code
Attachment B-5: Chapter 5 - Transportation
Attachment B-6: Chapter 6 - Parking
Attachment B-7: Chapter 7 - Open Space and Landscape
Attachment B-8: Chapter 8 - Infrastructure
Attachment B-9: Chapter 9 - Implementation
Attachment C: List of General Plan Policies and Actions Attachment D: Draft Environmental Impact Report
Attachment E: Final Environmental Impact Report
Attachment F: EIR Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Consideration Attachment G: Resolution No. 8399 (Environmental Determination) Attachment G-1: Exhibit A (Findings of Fact and Statement of Overriding Considerations) Attachment G-3: Exhibit B (Mitigation Monitoring & Reporting Program) Attachment H: Resolution No. 8401 (General Plan Amendment) Attachment I: Resolution No. 8400 (Transit Villages Specific Plan) Attachment J: Ordinance No. 2947 (Zone Change)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 304 of 1815
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 305 of 1815
Redlands Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
20 February 2020
1 Station Area Boundaries
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
Church St.
Route 10
Colton Ave. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.Orange St.
University St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Tennessee St.
New York St.
Brockton Ave.
Lugonia Ave
Judson St.
Cajon St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Ash St.
Pine Ave.
Kansas St.
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Alabama St.
Route 10
Cypress Ave.
State St.
San
State St.
Michigan
Citrus Ave. Esri Downtown
University of
Redlands
New York Street/
Esri Station Downtown
Station
University Street
Station
Arrow Passenger Rail
New York Street/Esri Station Area
Downtown Station Area
University Street Station Area
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 306 of 1815
Chapters in the Transit Villages Specific Plan
Policy Framework and Vision
1. Introduction 1.1 Context
1.2 Specific Plan Location and Boundaries
1.3 Plan Purpose
1.4 Plan Preparation Process
1.5 Relationship to the General Plan and Other Plans
1.6 Existing Conditions
1.7 Constraints & Opportunities
2. Vision 2.1 Principles of Transit-Oriented Development
2.2 The Plan
2.3 New York Street Station Area
2.4 Downtown Station Area
2.5 University Station Area
2.6 Building Types
3. Redlands Mall 3.1 Principles of Transit-Oriented Development
3.2 Existing Conditions
3.3 Vision
Development Standards and Requirements
4. Development Code 4.1 Purpose and Applicability
4.2 Regulating Plan, Zones, and Land Uses
4.3 Development Standards
4.4 On-Site Open Space Standards
4.5 Building Articulation and Massing Standards
4.6 Frontage Standards
4.7 Building Design Standards
4.8 Emergency Shelter Standards
4.9 Signage Standards
4.10 Services and Utilities Placement and Screening
4.11 On-Site Landscape and Outdoor Lighting Standards
4.12 Parking Design Standards
4.13 Sustainable Storm Water Management Guidelines
4.14 Block Design Standards
4.15 Special Lot Conditions
4.16 Street and Streetscape Design Standards
4.17 Park, Plaza, and Open Space Design Standards
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 307 of 1815
Public Improvements & Infrastructure
5. Transportation 5.1 Transportation Objectives
5.2 Transportation and Circulation Improvements
5.3 Pedestrian Improvements
5.4 Bicycle Improvements
5.5 Transit Network
5.6 Street Types
6. Parking 6.1 Parking Objectives
6.2 Parking Management
6.3 Downtown Parking Strategy and Improvements
6.4 New York Street/Esri Station Area Parking Improvements
6.5 University Village Parking Improvements
7. Public Realm of Open
Space and Landscape
7.1 Public Realm Objectives
7.2 Public Realm Improvements
7.3 Open Space and Streetscape
7.4 Trees and Planting
7.5 Downtown Station Area
7.6 New York Street/Esri Station Area
7.7 University Station Area
7.8 Wayfinding Signage
8. Infrastructure 8.1 Infrastructure Objectives
8.2 Infrastructure Improvements
8.3 Potable Water
8.4 Non-potable (Recycled) Water System
8.5 Wastewater System
8.6 Floodwater and Drainage
8.7 Sustainable Stormwater Management and Strategies
8.8 Dry Utilities
Implementation & Administration
9. Implementation 9.1 Specific Plan Implementation Background
9.2 Specific Plan Implementation Recommendations
9.3 Implementation Framework
9.4 Specific Plan Administration
9.5 Entitlement and Permit Process
Entire document available on project website at:
https://redlandstransitvillages.org/resources/
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 308 of 1815
Prepared by:
Moule & Polyzoides Architects and Urbanists
for
City of Redlands
REDLANDS TRANSIT VILLAGES SPECIFIC PLAN
PUBLIC HEARING DRAFT OCTOBER 11, 2022
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 309 of 1815
A C K N O W L E D G E M E N T S
Funding in part provided by the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) through the Sustainable Communities Grant Program.
TEAM PARTICIPANTS
CITY OF REDLANDS
35 Cajon Street, Suite 20
Redlands, California 92373
Paul W. Foster, Mayor
Denise Davis, Mayor Pro Tem
Paul Barich, Council Member
Toni Momberger, Council Member
Eddie Tejeda, Council Member
Charles M. Duggan, Jr., City Manager
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Brian Desatnik, Director of Development Services Department Brian Foote, Planning Manager/City Planner, Development Services Department, Project Manager Catherine Lin, Principal Planner, Development Services Department Don Young, Engineering Manager, Municipal Utilities & Engineering Department
MOULE & POLYZOIDES ARCHITECTS AND URBANISTS
Stefanos Polyzoides, Partner
Vinayak Bharne, Principal
Juan Gomez-Novy, Project Manager and Development Code
Nicole Cotes
Sen Wang
IAN ESPINOZA ASSOCIATES
Ian Espinosa, Founder
STUDIO-MLA
Jan Dyer, Principal
Yong Kim, Senior Associate
Manuel Merino, Associate
NELSON/NYGAARD
Paul Moore, Principal
Roger Pardo, Associate
MK Planning
Michael R. Kodama, President
Crabtree Group
Paul Crabtree, Principal
HR&A ADVISORS
Amitabh Barthakur, Partner
Jane Carlson, Principal
City Council
City Staff
Urban Design/Code
Architectural Renderings
Landscape Architecture
Transportation
Parking
Civil Engineering
Economic and Market Analysis
Copyright © 2020 City of Redlands. All rights reserved. This document may be downloaded, printed, and shared without permission for personal use or for purposes of obtaining a permit, project entitlement, or other City of Redlands building and development related purposes. For all other uses, permission of the City of Redlands is required.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 310 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
iii
_______, 2020: Approved by City Council, Resolution No. _______ CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1. Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
1.2. Specific Plan Location and Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:3
1.3. Plan Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:4
1.4 Plan Preparation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:5
1.5 Relationship to Other Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:6
1.6 Existing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:12
1.7 Constraints and Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:21 CHAPTER 2: VISION
2.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:1
2.1. Principles of Transit Oriented Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:2
2.2. The Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:4
2.3. New York Street Station Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:6
2.4. Downtown Station Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:11
2.5. University Street Station Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:18
2.6. Building Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:26 CHAPTER 3: REDLANDS MALL
3.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:1
3.1. Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:2
3.2. Existing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:4
3.3. Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:5 CHAPTER 4: DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:1
4.1. Purpose and Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2
4.2. Regulating Plan, Zones, and Land Use Standards . . . . . . . . . 4:4
4.3. Development Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:15
4.4. On-Site Open Space and Fence/Wall Standards . . . . . . . . . . . 4:28
4.5. Building Articulation and Massing Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:34
4.6. Frontage Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:37
4.7. Building Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:44
4.8. Emergency Shelter Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:52
4.9. Signage Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:53
4.10. Service and Utility Placement Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:62
4.11. On-Site Landscape, Outdoor Lighting,
and Public Art Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:63
4.12. Parking Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:64
4.13. Sustainable Stormwater Management Guidelines . . . . . . . . . 4:67
4.14. Block and Special Lot Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:68
4.15. Street and Streetscape Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:72
4.16. Park, Plaza, and Open Space Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . 4:74 CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION
5.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:1
5.1. Transportation Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:2
5.2. Transportation and Circulation Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:2
5.3. Pedestrian Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:4
5.4. Bicycle Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:6
5.5. Transit Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:9
5.6. Street Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:13 CHAPTER 6: PARKING
6.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:1
6.1. Parking Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:2
6.2. Parking Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:3
6.3. Downtown Parking Strategy and Improvements . . . . . . . . . . 6:4
6.4. New York Street/esri Station Area Parking
Strategy and Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:10
6.5. University Village Parking Improvements .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:12 CHAPTER 7: PUBLIC REALM OF OPEN SPACE AND
LANDSCAPE
7.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:1
7.1. Public Realm Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:2
7.2. Public Realm Improvements Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:2
7.3. Open Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:4
7.4. Streetscape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:10
7.5. Trees and Planting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:18
7.6. Sustainable Stormwater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:22
7.7. Underpasses Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:23
7.8. Mill Creek Zanja and Ornage Blossom Trail . . . . . . . . . . 7:23
7.9. Wayfinding Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:25 CHAPTER 8: INFRASTRUCTURE
8.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:1
8.1. Infrastructure Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:2
8.2. Infrastructure Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:2
8.3. Potable Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:2
8.4. Non-potable (Recycled) Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:4
8.5. Wastewater System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:4
8.6. Floodwaters and Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:6
8.7. Sustainable Stormwater Management and Strategies . . . . . . 8:11
8.8. Dry Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:11 CHAPTER 9: IMPLEMENTATION AND ADMINISTRATION
9.0. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:1
9.1. Specific Plan Implementation Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:1
9.2. Specific Plan Implementation Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . 9:1
9.3. Implementation Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:2
9.4. Specific Plan Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:6
REDLANDS TRANSIT VILLAGES SPECIFIC PLAN
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 311 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
iv
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 312 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:1
After an extensive visioning and public engagement process, the City Council adopted the 2035 General Plan on December 5, 2017. A central component of the 2035 General Plan is the “Transit Villages Concept” and the creation of transit villages around the San Bernardino County Transportation Authority’s (SBCTA) Arrow Passenger Rail line, which is expected to begin operating in 2021-22, and will provide passenger rail service between Redlands and the San Bernardino Transit Center. Of the five train stops planned within Redlands, three are slated to be built in time for the opening of Arrow service: the University Station (adjacent to the University of Redlands campus), the Downtown Redlands Station (at the historic Santa Fe Depot), and the New York Street/Esri Station (near the Esri campus).
This Transit Villages Specific Plan implements the 2035 General Plan’s transit village strategy for the University of Redlands, Downtown Redlands, and New York Street stations, providing policies, a vision, detailed land use and building standards, architectural and landscape guidelines, and public realm and circulation plans for the areas located within approximately one-half mile of the three proposed stations. Each of these Transit Villages has its own unique character, reflecting the setting, character, history, architecture, and land uses within it. Typical characteristics of these villages, include: development intensities that place lots of people within walking distance to transit; tree-lined, pedestrian-friendly streets that provide safe and comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access to the stations; buildings that face and are accessed from the adjacent sidewalk, with on-site parking located behind; and convenient access to neighborhood-serving retail and servicess; and a transportation network that encourages and facilitates intermodal service and access.
Transit Villages result in a variety of public benefits, including: reduced traffic congestion; improved air quality; revitalization of neighborhoods and districts; living and travel options for people who rely on transit; additional job opportunities; and development within the core areas of the city, rather than on agricultural and open space land around the periphery of the city.
This Introduction Chapter consists of the following sections:
1.1. Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
1.2. Specific Plan Location and Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:3
1.3. Plan Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:4
1.4 Plan Preparation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:5
1.5 Relationship to Other Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:6
1.6 Existing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:12
1.7 Constraints and Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:21 Redlands Passenger Rail “Arrow” Train
Transit Villages Land Use Map from 2035 General Plan
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 313 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:2
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
1.1. BACKGROUND
The vision for development within the Redlands Transit Villages Specific Plan area is derived from town planning principles used to build great small towns all across America prior to World War II. These towns were small and compact and provided a true balance between town and country: they centered around a mixed-use downtown, which in turn was surrounded by a ring of residential neighborhoods; on the outskirts were farms and ranches; beyond the farms was pure untrammeled wilderness. All aspects of these towns – from their overall size, to the dimensions of their blocks, to the design of their sidewalks, to the scale of their buildings – were designed to serve the pedestrian. While people did use trains, streetcars, and automobiles to get to their destination or to travel longer distances, the principle method of getting around at their destination was by foot. Accordingly, ithe public realm of beautiful streets and spacious public parks of these towns was just as important as the buildings which defined the public realm’s edges.
Redlands was one of these small towns. It was laid out on a rectilinear grid of blocks approximately 250 to 400 feet in dimension with the majority of the blocks being bisected by alleys. The block pattern and size was walkable, promoting easy navigation and providing multiple ways of getting from place to place. Redlands was served by the Southern Pacific and Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroads, which connected Redlands to San Francisco and to the rest of the United States, and the Pacific Electric Railway, which connected Redlands to San Bernardino, Downtown Los Angeles, and other Southern California destinations.
Homes were designed with their fronts facing the street and their backs oriented towards the alley. Thus, the more public rooms of the house, such as the parlor and dining room, faced the street. Service rooms such as the kitchen and bathrooms faced the sideyards or towards the alley. Entry doors, accessed by way of a porch or stoop, always faced State Street looking west towards Orange Street during the 1940s. State Street beyond the Security First National Bank building was vacated in 1977 to make room for the Redlands Mall (A.K. Smiley Public Library Archives). 1888 Birdseye view of Redlands looking southeast. Redlands provided a true balance between town and country. The original crossroads or “100% corner” occurs at the intersection of State Street and Orange Street (A.K. Smiley Public Library Archives).
State Street looking toward Mt. San Bernardino. Three- and four-story high buildings have articulated facades and varied massing to ensure they maintain a human-scale (A.K. Smiley Public Library Archives).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 314 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:3
the street. The porch, forming a clear transition between the public world of the street and the private realm of the home, also provided a comfortable and shady place for residents to relax on warm summer days and to socialize with passing neighbors.
Commercial buildings followed the same set of principles. Their streetfacing facades were constructed of quality and durable materials and expressed the particular uses of the building. Ground floors, generally retail in use, had easily identifiable entrances and large storefront windows to display the wares sold inside. Upper floor windows, smaller in size and usually vertical in orientation, conveyed the residential or office uses that occurred inside. Many of these buildings were three and four stories in height, but employed varied massing (including towers), frontage types (shopfronts, arcades, stoops, ), and architectural elements such as rafter tails, cornices, awnings, and assorted window types and sizes that ensured that the massing and height was varied, interesting, and human-scaled. Storage and garbage facilities were found at the back of the building.
The town planning and architecture of Redlands embodied a civic spirit that represented a genuine pride of place. Civic leaders, owners, designers, and the community recognized that this sense of place was dependent on the creation of a public realm of great streets, great open spaces, and the relationship of beautiful buildings to these streets and open spaces.
Since World War II, however, the town and country character of Redlands has been eroded and compromised by car-oriented, low-density, single land use approach to city design (sprawl) The introduction of the I-10 freeway in the 1960s separated the neighborhoods north of Downtown from Downtown and devalued the value of properties adjacent to the freeway. The construction of the Redlands Mall in 1977 demolished six blocks of Downtown’s traditional urban fabric including the removal of State Street between Orange Street and Eureka Street, resulting in the loss of Downtown’s “100% corner.” The new mall building, located at the center of a megablock and surrounded by surface parking, degraded the pedestrian and urban character of the street. Today the mall sits vacant. In addition, much of the farmland and open space at Redlands periphery has been replaced with single-family houses, apartment buildings, strip malls, and office, and industrial parks. The growth management measures of the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s were in response to the rapid growth on Redlands’ periphery. Meanwhile – whether due to the market realities of up to now it being less expensive to build low-density development at the edge, or the overbearing presence of the freeway, or the fact that many of these parcels are located within the 100 year floodplain – many parcels in the city center remain vacant and underutilized.
The 2035 General Plan seeks to rectify this disparity by encouraging development in the center of town around the soon to be built Redlands Passenger Rail stations at New York Street/Esri, Downtown, and University Street. This Specific Plan implements this General Plan objective by providing the road map for introducing up to 2,000 residential units and 500,000 square feet of commercial space on the largely vacant parcels located around the proposed Redlands Passenger Rail stations.
The traditional urban fabric and buildings that are still in place have much to teach us. After all, the desire of communities to preserve their historic buildings, neighborhoods, and districts is a testament to the power and spirit of this traditional urban fabric. Indeed, these historic buildings and neighborhoods are not preserved merely because they are old, but also because of their transcending place-making characteristics.
The spirit of these traditional buildings, neighborhoods, and districts is the inspiration for the vision and implementing development code of this Transit Villages Specific Plan.
Redlands and vicinity in 2019.
BIRDSEYE VIEW OF REDLANDS 2019
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 315 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:4
FIGURE 1-1. REGIONAL LOCATION.
1.2. SPECIFIC PLAN LOCATION AND BOUNDARIES
A. Regional Location. Redlands is located at the base of the San Bernardino Mountains in San Bernardino County, 60 miles northeast of Los Angeles and 45 miles west of Palm Springs. Redlands is a mid-sized city with a 2016 population of 68,049 (see Figure 1-1).
Redlands is situated along the Interstate 10 (I-10) freeway corridor, which links the city with the cities of San Bernardino, Ontario, and Los Angeles to the west and Palm Springs and the Coachella Valley to the east. Interstate 210 (I-210), or the Foothill Freeway, originates in Redlands, traverses the northwest part of the city, and heads west towards Pasadena.
B. The Specific Plan Area. The Specific Plan applies to parcels located within approximately one-half mile, or a 10-minute walk, of the New York Street, Downtown Redlands, and University Street. Arrow passenger rail stations (see Figure 1-2). The Specific Plan area is generally bounded to the west by Kansas Street, Redlands Boulevard, Alabama Street, and Tennessee Street; to the north by the I-10 Freeway Colton Avenue, and Sylvan Boulevard; to the east by Judson Street; and to the south by Citrus Avenue, Central Avenue, Redlands Boulevard, Olive Avenue, Brookside Avenue, Ash Street, Pine Avenue, Tennessee Street, and State Street. The Specific Plan area also includes the parcels along both sides of Orange Street between Colton Avenue and Lugonia Avenue.
C. Redlands Passenger Rail Project. Metrolink commuter rail service currently links San Bernardino to Downtown Los Angeles. The San Bernardino County Transportation Authority (SBCTA) has started construction on the Redlands Passenger Rail, also called Arrow, which will provide rail transit between Redlands and the San Bernardino Transit Center. Using the former Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway right-of-way, the nine mile long route will initially provide three stations in Redlands: New York Street/Esri, Downtown Redlands, and University Street near the University of Redlands.
Stations at Alabama and California Streets will be constructed in later phases.
D. Specific Plan Transit Villages. The Specific Plan area is divided into three Transit Villages: New York Street/Esri, Downtown, and University Street (see Figure 1-2). The New York Street/Esri Station Area is located generally west of Texas Street and Center Street. The Downtown Station Area is generally bounded to the east by Church Street, and to the west by Texas Street, and includes the parcels along both sides of Orange Street between Colton Avenue and Lugonia Avenue. The University Street Station Area is located east of Church Street and west of Judson Street. Each of these station area has its own unique character, and this Specific Plan provides land use, development, and public realm standards that ensure each transit village develops according to (or establishes) its unique character. Land uses – particularly retail – should not compete with those of the other villages.
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
Redlands Passenger Rail vehicle and Route Map.
Los Angeles
Pasadena
Burbank
Santa
Clarita
Santa
Monica
Inglewood
Torrance
Downey
Anaheim
Long
Beach
Cerritos
Fullerton
West
Covina
Pomona Ontario
Chino
San
Fernando
Beverly
Hills
Orange
Santa
Ana
Irvine
Newport
Beach
Huntington Beach
Manhattan
Beach
El Segundo Hawthorne
Fontana
San
Bernardino
Redlands
Corona
Riverside
Jurupa
Valley
Moreno Valley
Yucaipa
Lake
Forest
Laguna
Niguel
Laguna
Beach
San
Clemente
Temecula
Murrieta
Lake
Elsinore
Menifee
Perris San
Jacinto
Winchester
Hemet
Beaumont Banning
Cherry
Valley
Big
Bear
Yucca
Valley
Palm
Springs
Rancho
Mirage
Palm
Desert Indio
Dana
Point
Rancho
Palos Verde
Monterey
Park
Alhambra Covina Clairmont
Arcadia
Baldwin
Park
Rancho
Cucamonga
Yorba
Linda Placentia
Carson
South
Gate
Culver
City
Whittier
Glendale
Norwalk
El Monte
Compton
Victorville
Palmdale
Montebello
An geles National For es t
S an B ernadino National For es t
Joshua Tree
Nationa l P ar k
S anta R os a
an d
S an Jacint o
M ountai ns
Nationa l
Monumen t
Rialto
Cle v elan d
Nationa l
For es t
C le v elan d
Nationa l
For es t
Joshua
Tree
Cathedral
City
243
10 10
79 74
111
74 371
79 76
79 10
10 5
5 5
5 5
405
405
405
605
605
710
110
105
210
210
210
15 15
215
215
60 15
215
91 60
66 60
71 57
1 1
1 1
110
110
101
101
14 138 18
138
22 74
241
133
58 58 241
74 73
405
18 395
247
247
18 62
62 38
15 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 316 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:5
1.3. PLAN PURPOSE
This Redlands Transit Villages Specific Plan (TVSP) is enacted by ordinance on the authority vested in the City of Redlands by the State of California, including but not limited to the State Constitution; the Planning and Zoning Law (Government Code Section 65000 et seq.), and the City’s 2035 General Plan and Municipal Code. The specific plan enables a community to define a clear and specific vision for the future evolution of a specified planning area. This Specific Plan provides a “road map” for growth and change for the plan area until the year 2040.
It is comprised of unique and customized standards that enable the City to shape or reshape its streets and public spaces and property owners to develop or redevelop their properties according to the vision of the Specific Plan. It guides public and private reinvestment and construction in a highly coordinated and integrated way in order to yield specific types of urban places that are the result of discussion, debate, and ultimately consensus by a majority of the community.
When development projects within the Specific Plan area are reviewed by the City, staff will use this Specific Plan as a primary means of evaluating them. Projects will be judged on their consistency with this Specific Plan’s vision and policies and for conformance with its development standards as contained in its Development Code. For projects within the specific plan area, the standards in this Specific Plan shall take precedence over more general policies and standards applied throughout the rest of the City, unless otherwise stated in the City of Redlands Municipal Code or the 2035 General Plan. In situations where policies or standards relating to a particular subject have not been provided in this Specific Plan, the applicable policies and standards of the currently adopted 2035 General Plan and Title 18 of the Municipal Code (Zoning Regulations) shall govern.
The result of extensive community outreach, debate, and consensus building, this Specific Plan guides and focuses public investment over time on essential infrastructure and streetscape projects that, in turn, will incentivize private parties to improve their property with the certainty that they are supported by long-term public commitment.
The primary purposes of this Specific Plan are to define:
1. A vision for the future of the three station areas that recognizes the importance of Redlands’ unique history and tradition while embracing opportunities for continued reinvestment, growth, and beneficial change.
2. Application of the General Plan’s goals, policies, and actions to achieve the revitalization of the Plan Area.
3. New form-based zoning standards for the Plan Area that will replace current zoning regulations. These new standards are calibrated to deliver new development that is consistent with Redlands’ physical character, history, and culture, as well as the community’s vision for its future growth.
4. An implementation strategy for transforming the Plan Area’s streets, infrastructure, parks, and other public spaces.
The above purposes provide private property owners with a clear understanding of the future context within which they are investing and reinvesting in their properties.
FIGURE 1-2. SPECIFIC PLAN STATION AREAS
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Arrow Passenger Rail
New York Street Transit Village University Street Transit Village Downtown Transit Village
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
Church St.
Route 10
Colton Ave. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.Orange St.
University St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Tennessee St.
New York St.
Brockton Ave.
Lugonia Ave
Judson St.
Cajon St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Ash St.
Pine Ave.
Kansas St.
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Alabama St.
Route 10
Cypress Ave.
State St.
San
State St.
Michigan
Citrus Ave. Esri Downtown
University of
Redlands
New York Street/
Esri Station Downtown
Station
University Street
Station
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 317 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:6
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
1.4. PLAN PREPARATION PROCESS
The TVSP is both a record and a manifestation of the community’s goals.
Through participation in a series of public workshops and meetings, community members articulated a vision for the future of each of the TVSP’s three Station Areas. This vision carries an expectation that the streets, open spaces, and buildings within each Plan Area will be improved and developed to generate a mixed-use, transit-accessible, pedestrian-friendly, environment that embodies Redlands’ community spirit and pride and differentiates Redlands from other nearby communities within the Inland Empire.
The evolution of this plan was based on extensive community input throughout all phases of planning, including: Discovery, Alternatives, and Preferred Alternative Workshops, preparation of the Specific Plan, and adoption of the Specific Plan.
A. Analysis. Following an extensive analysis of existing physical, regulatory, transportation, circulation, parking, utilities, and market conditions, the team interviewed a broad range of interested stakeholders to solicit input regarding potential issues, opportunities, constraints, and observations about each Transit Village. Stakeholders interviewed included property owners, business owners, developers, realtors, members of various City departments, and representatives of SBCTA, Omnitrans, Esri, and the University of Redlands. Important outcomes of these interviews included confirmation of key opportunity sites, stakeholder plans for some of these opportunity sites, and preliminary ideas for establishing a use mix for each transit area that does not compete with that of the others. Key opportunities and constraints were also identified during the analysis phase and are described in Section 1.7 of this Chapter.
B. Discovery and Visioning Workshops. With a thorough understanding of the Plan Area and initial stakeholder needs and wishes, the team then participated in a series of nine public workshops, three for each Station Area:
1. Discovery Workshops: September 26, 2018 (Downtown), October 11, 2018 (New York Street/Esri); and December 13 (University Street). During these workshops the team described the
planning process, reviewed each Station Area’s constraints and opportunities, showed the proposed specific plan boundary, identified opportunity sites for development, and then solicited input from workshop attendees Key input received during these workshops included:
• Create a mixed-use, multi-modal village around the
Downtown Station.
• Generate active, walkable streets with wide sidewalks, shade trees, benches, outdoor dining, and safe pedestrian crossings.
• Provide pedestrian and bicycle connections between the train station and Downtown’s unique destinations (Redlands Bowl, C.K. Smiley Library, etc.) and surrounding residential neighborhoods, especially those located north of the freeway. • Replace the Redlands Mall with an interconnected street and paseo network lined with street trees and urban buildings. • Infill vacant, underulitilized parcels and parking lots with buildings that are up to 3 or 4 stories in height in core areas around the train stations, are designed according to a variety of architectural styles (but avoid 1960s styles), and employ massing in character with Redlands’ historic buildings. • Preserve Downtown’s historic buildings and reference
Redlands’ cultural heritage and agricultural past.
• Build housing for a variety of income levels and family types, including parents with children and seniors.
• Introduce pocket parks, plazas, and greens that
accommodate playgrounds, dog parks, public art, and
creative uses such as arts and craft booths.
• Complete the Orange Blossom Trail as a link between the three stations and between Sylvan Park, Jennie Davis Park, and new parks, greens, and plazas.
• Introduce additional parking in structures lined with commercial or residential uses.
• Accommodate alternative transportation forms such as Uber and Lyft.
2. Alternatives Workshops: October 24, 2018 (Downtown), November 14, 2018 (New York Street/Esri); January 23, 2019 (University Street). Taking into account the community input received during the Discovery Workshops, the team shared with workshop attendees precedent images and illustrative design concepts for each Station Area showing how each Station Area could potentially develop over time. For the opportunity sites, the team generated street network and open space alternatives and developed initial ideas about the character/make-up of each particular Station Area.
The team also identified streets that could relieve sreetscape and/ or multi-modal improvement, especially Orange Street, New York Street, University Street, Redlands Boulevard, and Colton Avenue.
3. Preferred Alternative Workshops: April 17, 2019 (New York Street/Esri), May 1, 2019 (University Street), and May 6, 2019 (Downtown). Following up on the input received during the Alternatives Workshops, and from direction received from the City Council on January 4, 2019 and April 16, 2019, the team presented the final vision to the community. ,
C. Specific Plan Preparation. Following the Preferred Alternative Workshops, the team prepared the Specific plan
D. Adoption. [To be written at later date.]
Downtown Discovery Workshop. New York Street/Esri Discovery Workshop. University Street Discovery Workshop Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 318 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:7
1.5. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER PLANS
A. 2035 General Plan. The City of Redlands 2035 General Plan is the City’s primary policy planning document. Through its seven elements and the 2013-2021 Housing Element, the General Plan provides the framework for the management and utilization of the City’s physical, economic, and human resources. Each element contains goals, policies, and implementation measures that guide development within the City. This Specific Plan meets the goals, policies, and actions established in the General Plan by providing a framework for future development within the Planning Area (see applicable and pertinent policies and actions in Table 1-1 on pages 1:8-1:12). The Specific Plan provides a direct link between the City’s General Plan and detailed plans for development, and will direct the character and arrangement of future development and land uses within the Specific Plan Area.
An important goal of the 2035 General Plan is to encourage future development within the core areas of the city, and preserve the agricultural and open space land around the periphery of the city. This approach places residents, workers, students, and visitors in close proximity to stores, jobs, entertainment, and transit, while enabling more efficient use of existing infrastructure (such as roads, wastewater and stormwater systems, etc.).
B. Downtown Specific Plan. Adopted in 1994, the Downtown Specific Plan applies generally to the area within the Downtown Station Area bounded by Church Street to the east, Redlands Boulevard to the south, Texas Street to the west, and the I-10 Freeway to the north.
The Downtown Specific Plan’s primary goal is to support the economic vitality of Downtown Redlands and facilitate the development of financial, technical, professional and research-development offices, and services Downtown, supported by retail, restaurants, entertainment, and cultural activities.
Upon adoption of this Transit Villages Specific Plan, the 1994 Downtown Specific Plan will be repealed and the provisions of the TVSP will completely replace the regulations of the 1994 Downtown Specific Plan.
C. Transit Rail Stations Accessibility Plan. Concurrent with the preparation of this TVSP, the San Bernardino County Transportation Authority (SBCTA) is preparing the Transit Rail Stations Accessibility Plan which provides recommendations for improving access to the various stations along the Redlands Passenger Rail route.
D. Growth Management Measures. Beginning with Proposition R in 1978, growth management measures were originally adopted in response to rapid residential development. Residential development peaked during the 1980s, when 20 percent of the current housing stock was constructed in a single decade. Since that period, residential growth has slowed substantially.
1. Measure N. Measure N, a growth control ordinance that amended Proposition R, was approved by Redlands voters in 1987. The measure limits the development of residential dwelling units to 400 units per calendar year. Of the 400 units, 50 units are, by resolution, reserved for single-family homes, duplexes, triplexes and four-plexes on existing lots, with the remainder to be allocated according to a point system, which emphasizes design amenities.
2. Measure U. Measure U, adopted by the voters in 1997, further articulated growth management policies. Measure U amended the Redlands General Plan Land Use Element to “plan for” a housing mix of 75 percent single-family and 25 percent multifamily dwelling units at build-out. The City Council adopted a clarification of this policy determining that “for-sale” condominiums (which are considered multifamily dwellings by the Census and the Department of Finance) will be considered single-family dwellings for purposes of this calculation. The measure has not proved to be hindrance for Redlands to achieve its regional housing fair share needs, and Redlands continues to have a certified Housing Element.
Measure U also establishes level of service (LOS) mandates, including requiring that all intersections presently at LOS C or better maintain LOS C or better and that the LOS of intersections with LOS below C may not be reduced the current level. However, new projects located within the Downtown Specific Plan area, per the boundaries existing in December 1997, are exempt from the above provisions with a four-fifths vote of the City Council.
Cover of the City of Redlands General Plan 2035.
City of Redlands
GENERAL PLAN 2035
Adopted December 5, 2017
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 319 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:8
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
FROM CHAPTER. 3: PROSPEROUS ECONOMY
3-A.10: Encourage mixed-use projects within the Transit Villages that will attract a wide array of uses including retail, restaurant, entertainment, office, residential, and cultural offerings. 3-A.14: Encourage commercial development, neighborhood retail, and professional offices and services of the appropriate scale and business types along neighborhood commercial corridors, such as Orange Street and Colton Avenue. 3-P.12: Promote Redlands as a destination where visitors can shop, dine, play, and stay, and help create opportunities for increased visitation, hotel stays, sales tax generation, and employment.
3-P.16: Strengthen Downtown as a center of commerce and culture, with attractions for local residents, workers, and regional visitors year-round.
3-A.33: Support efforts to improve the economic and physical environment in the Downtown area by enhancing and expanding tourism-related activities and capital improvements, and generating external in-kind and monetary support for these efforts.
3-A.36: Support revitalization of underutilized commercial space throughout Downtown, including the Redlands Mall, which could create new opportunities for businesses and residents, and provide a critical link to rail.
3-A.37: Ensure adequate parking Downtown and efficiency in traffic flow to enable the continued revitalization of the commercial core.
3-A.38: Improve the safety and sense of safety throughout Downtown and the adjoining commercial areas.
3-A.39: Encourage and support the development of additional housing Downtown to increase the vitality and diversity of Downtown retail and services.
3-A.40: Enhance and expand the public spaces Downtown
(streetscapes, plazas, parks) to improve the pedestrian experience.
FROM CHAPTER 2: DISTINCTIVE CITY
2-A.16: Use transit stations as focal points for interconnectivity; plan to equally serve travelers from north and south. Plan for each village around the transit stations to have a unique character that complements the adjacent neighborhoods.
2-A.51: Encourage new construction that ties the new with the old in a harmonious fashion, enhancing the historic pattern.
2-P.25: Encourage a variety of uses and activities, such as a mix of commercial, office, restaurant, specialty retail, and residential uses, and civic, cultural, and entertainment activities to attract visitors and residents from across the community by creating a lively, interesting social environment.
2-P.26: Foster transit-oriented development that is consistent/compatible with and sensitive to the historical structures in the vicinity of the proposed railway station.
2-P.27: Conserve Downtown’s character and historic assets while infusing it with new uses, buildings, and activities. New development should proportionately relate to and complement existing structures and the pedestrian environment. 2-A.90: Complete and adopt a Downtown Specific Plan as the guide for Down-town development that will establish guidelines or standards for roadways, building forms, architecture, signage, streetscape, parking, and public realm amenities. 2-A.94: Encourage mixed-use projects Downtown that integrate retail, restaurant, office, and residential uses. Permit urban housing at a density up to the High-Density Residential standard. 2-A.95: Enhance and extend the civic realm through vibrant streetscapes.
2-A.96: Promote redevelopment of the Redlands Mall with a vibrant mix of uses. Explore feasibility of re-extending the traditional street grid through the new development.
2-A.97: Seek an increased presence of both residents and activity in Downtown with new development—particularly residential
as part of mixed-use development—as well as commercial, entertainment, and cultural uses that serve both residents and visitors.
2-A.98: Promote a variety of housing types to attract a spectrum of households to live Downtown.
2-A.99: Ensure that new development along Redlands Boulevard is pedestrian-oriented.
2-A.101: Address parking demand by finding additional areas to provide parking for Downtown, and by developing creative parking management strategies, such as shared parking,
maximum parking standards, “smart” metering, utilizing
on-street parking for reuse of existing buildings, paid parking, etc. Monitor the impacts of new technology such as the autonomous vehicle and car hire /car share services on the total demand for parking.
2-A.102: Improve connections from Downtown to adjacent neighborhoods, including areas north of I-10, through streetscape enhancement and multi-modal improvements.
TABLE 1-1. APPLICABLE GENERAL PLAN POLICIES AND ACTIONS Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 320 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:9
4-P.26: Support the University of Redlands in the development of its campus and the surrounding area in a manner that enriches both the University and Redlands communities.
4-A.23: Support development of the campus in ways that both strengthen its ties to the community and enhance its status as a major activity center for the neighborhood.
4-P.39: Promote infill and mixed-use development along Redlands Boulevard to create a cohesive commercial corridor connecting the Transit Villages and providing a retail and service destination for community members.
4-A.87: Promote clusters of mixed-use development along Redlands Boulevard near the Mixed Use Cores of the proposed Transit Villages, providing opportunities for commercial, office, and residential development consistent with the needs and characteristics specific to each Transit Village. 4-A.88: Promote infill development along Redlands Boulevard where it is classified as a Boulevard to create a continuous corridor of mixed-use and commercial activity.
4-A.89: Complete and enhance the sidewalk system along both East and West Redlands Boulevard. Make pedestrian enhancements to facilitate the safe crossing of the street. 4-A.90: Extend and enhance the center median of Redlands Boulevard with landscaping, public art, and lighting to improve the aesthetics and enhance its function as a major east-west boulevard. 4-P.40: Encourage the revitalization of the commercial corridors on Colton Avenue at Orange Street by providing opportunities for a variety of commercial uses and providing guidelines for site design to create a more welcoming visual environment. 4-A.91: Develop an area plan for the Colton Avenue and Orange Street corridors that will improve the public spaces, enhance the quality of architecture and landscape architecture, attract a mix of family-friendly retail and professional businesses to serve the neighborhoods, and improve the overall attractiveness of the areas. 4-A.93: Seek to improve the mix of office, professional, and service related businesses along Colton Avenue and Orange Street that will serve the neighborhood.
4-A.95: Promote infill development to create a continuous corridor of mixed-use and commercial activity.
4-A.96: Encourage site designs that create an active street frontage and screen parking from the Colton Avenue and Orange
Street frontages.
4-A.97: Encourage the development of bicycle, pedestrian, and transit access that reduces the need for on-site parking. Improve the pedestrian experience within these corridors through street trees and landscaping.
FROM CHAPTER 4: LIVABLE COMMUNITY
4-P.7: Promote a diversity of compatible land uses throughout the city, providing opportunities for the development of a range of businesses, services, residential types, and public facilities to meet the needs of the community.
4-P.8: Provide for buffers and transitions between low- and highintensity land uses. 4-P.9: Locate medium- and high-density development near regional access routes, transit stations, employment centers, shopping areas, and public services. 4-P.10: Ensure that the scale and character of new development is appropriate for surrounding terrain and the character of existing development.
4-P.12: In areas planned to accommodate new growth, such as Downtown and the Transit Villages, use area plans, design standards and guidelines, and other tools to ensure cohesive transition in scale to existing neighborhoods.
4-P.13: Encourage mixed-use development (two or more uses within the same building or in close proximity on the same site) in Downtown, the Transit Villages, and along Redlands Boulevard to promote vibrancy. 4-P.14: Encourage mixed-use projects Downtown that integrate retail, restaurant, office, and residential uses. Permit urban housing at a density up to the High Density Residential standard. 4-P.16: Promote a variety of housing types to serve the diverse needs of the community.
4-A.7: Promote a range of residential densities to encourage a mix of housing types in varying price ranges and rental rates. 4-A.8: Promote the development of a greater variety of housing types, including single-family homes on small lots, accessory dwelling units, townhomes, lofts, live-work spaces, and senior and student housing to meet the needs of future demographics and changing family sizes.
4-A.9: Encourage the incorporation of residential units in Downtown mixed-use projects consistent with the Redlands Downtown Specific Plan.
4-A.11: Ensure that opportunities exist for the development of housing types that are affordable to all segments of the Red-lands community and are distributed equitably throughout the
community.
4-A.12: Support new residential development in Downtown, the Transit Villages, and other focused infill sites accessible to transit and in central parts of the community.
4-A.20: Establish new neighborhood commercial centers to serve the needs of community members in areas planned to accommodate new growth, such as Downtown and the Transit Village areas.
TABLE 1-1. APPLICABLE GENERAL PLAN POLICIES AND ACTIONS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 321 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:10
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
4-A.115: Provide pedestrian routes between offices, neighborhoods, and Downtown.
4-A.116: Implement bicycle route improvements that provide strong east-west connections to other Transit Villages as well as north-south connections to improve access to existing
neighborhoods to the north. Routes would include the
Orange Blossom Trail, the Lugonia Trail on New York Street, and a route along Texas Street.
4-A.117: Implement intersection improvements, including pedestrian improvements, at the I-10 undercrossings at New York and Texas Street to increase comfort and safety for all modes of travel.
4-A.118: Ensure safe railway crossings at Tennessee Street, Texas Street, and New York Street for bicyclists and pedestrians. 4-A.119: Maintain single-family residential neighborhoods designated as low- and low medium-density residential in the General Plan within the TVOZ. Transition higher density housing when adjacent to these neighborhoods.
ACTIONS FOR THE DOWNTOWN REDLANDS TRANSIT VILLAGE
4-A.120: Complete and implement an update of the Downtown Specific Plan to create a cohesive town center with amenities and pedestrian-oriented streets.
4-A.121: Encourage a centrally-located mix of uses to promote activity and economic vitality.
4-A.122: Maintain a distinctive character that builds on Downtown’s many historic features and its citrus heritage.
4-A.123: Promote the reuse of citrus packing houses, historic warehouses, and other historic commercial buildings to create a destination for residents and tourists.
4-A.124: Ensure accessibility within the Transit Village to arts and cultural venues and programming. 4-A.125: Provide streetscape improvements along the major corridors of Colton Avenue, Texas Street, and Redlands Boulevard
to enhance comfort and safety for all modes of travel and increase accessibility to and from surrounding areas.
4-A.126: Establish boulevards along Orange Street, Colton Avenue, and Redlands Boulevard with pedestrian-oriented streetscape improvements and ground-floor active uses.
4-A.127: Strengthen pedestrian and bicycle circulation routes within Downtown and to and from adjacent neighborhoods.
4-A.128: Implement bicycle route improvements that provide strong east-west and north-south connections. Routes would
include the Orange Blossom Trail, the Mission Creek Zanja Trail, and routes on Colton Avenue, Orange Street, and Citrus Avenue.
4-A.129: Improve the I-10 undercrossing at Eureka Street, Orange Street, and 6th Street to increase comfort and safety for all modes of travel and enhance north-south circulation.
4-A.130: Maintain single-family residential neighborhoods designated as low- and low medium-density residential in the General Plan within the TVOZ. Transition higher density housing when adjacent to these neighborhoods.
4-P.41: Foster a connected, accessible, and active community by creating attractively designed pedestrian- and transit-oriented villages with a mix of uses in a compact area.
4-P.42: Provide for new jobs, housing, and entertainment opportunities in compact, walkable environments. 4-P.43: Ensure that each Transit Village has a unique character and identity that reflects its existing assets and unique characteristics, and provides appropriate services at that location. 4-P.44: Provide choices for travel options, including walking, biking, vehicular, and transit.
4-P.45: Accommodate all appropriate modes of transportation in Transit Villages, and promote seamless transitions between modes.
4-P.46: Improve connectivity between Transit Villages and existing neighborhoods.
4-P.47: Provide for appropriate transitions between Transit Villages and surrounding neighborhoods.
4-P.48: Provide development and infill opportunities as alternatives to building at the edges of the city.
4-P.49: Allow residential and mixed-use projects in the Mixed Use Core at densities up to the High Density Residential standard. 4-P.50: Allow for density bonuses in the Transit Village Overlay Zone contingent on the provision of public benefits. Density bonuses shall be a minimum of 25 percent within a quartermile of each transit station, and 10 percent in areas located between a quarter-mile and a half-mile radius of each transit station. Public benefits may include but are not limited to amenities such as a public park, plaza, or playground; enhanced streetscaping; public art; or participation in a voluntary transfer of development rights program. 4-P.51: Complete a Transit Village Plan that will define: village character, design guidelines for architecture and site development, permitted and conditional uses, building setbacks and heights, yards, interfaces with the public streets and sidewalks, security measures, and transitions to existing neighborhoods.
4-P.52: Encourage stops of larger trains (Metrolink) in stations that can adequately accommodate their size and have greater
availability of and access to parking.
ACTIONS FOR THE NEW YORK STREET TRANSIT VILLAGE
4-A.112: Create an active and compact transit-oriented core with office uses that pro-vide opportunities for jobs and innovation, as well as commercial and residential uses to serve the needs of the area’s workers.
4-A.113: Provide streetscape improvements along the major corridors of Colton Avenue, Texas Street, and Redlands Boulevard
to enhance comfort and safety for all modes of travel and increase accessibility to and from surrounding areas.
4-A.114: Establish boulevards along Redlands Boulevard and Colton Avenue with pedestrian-oriented streetscape improvements and ground-floor active uses.
TABLE 1-1. APPLICABLE GENERAL PLAN POLICIES AND ACTIONS (CONTINUED) FROM CHAPTER 4: LIVABLE COMMUNITY - TRANSIT VILLAGES
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 322 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:11
5-A.4: Consider innovative design solutions to improve mobility, efficiency, connectivity, and safety through the use of traffic calming devices, roundabouts, curb extensions at intersections, separated bicycle infrastructure, high visibility pedestrian treatments and infrastructure, and signal coordination. 5-A.5: As part of street redesigns, plan for the needs of different modes – such as shade for pedestrians, lighting at pedestrian scale, mode-appropriate signage, transit amenities, etc. 5-A.6: Add bike and pedestrian facilities on roads with excess capacity where such facilities do not exist, using supporting transportation plans as guidance. Excess capacity includes street right-of-ways or pavement widths beyond the standards, or excess capacity in road-ways based on actual vehicular travel versus design capacity.
5-A.7: Add new streets to create a finer-grained, pedestrian-scaled road net-work where the roadway network is characterized by particularly long blocks, connecting residential areas to parks and Transit Village cores. Ensure the street systems in Transit Villages support development of connected and accessible communities.
5-A.8: Manage travel speeds in Downtown, at Transit Villages, and near schools, parks, and the University to enhance safety. 5-A.9: Adopt a “vision zero” approach to eliminate all traffic fatalities and severe injuries, while increasing safe, healthy, equitable mobility for all. 5-P.17: Provide a safe, direct, and healthful pedestrian environment through means such as providing separate pedestrian-ways in parking lots, avoiding excessive driveway widths, and providing planting strips between side-walks and streets where feasible.
5-P.19: Enhance street lighting for pedestrians where current lighting is inadequate. 5-A.20: Provide pedestrian routes between offices, neighborhoods, Downtown, and Transit Villages. Plan for direct connections from the interiors of residential tracts to neighboring parks, schools, retail, and other services using side-walks, trails, and paseos.
5-A.21: Strengthen trail connections to Down-town (such as Orange Blossom Trail, Lugonia Trail, Citrus Avenue, and Church Street).
5-A.22: Include amenities such as shade trees, transit shelters and other transit amenities, benches, trash and recycling receptacles, bollards, public art, and directional signage that can enhance the pedestrian experience.
5-P.21: Develop bike routes that provide access to rail stations, Downtown, schools, parks, the University, employment, and shopping destinations.
5-A.25: Implement bicycle and trail improvements that provide strong east-west connections between Transit Villages and in the city’s wider bicycle network. Routes would include the Orange Blossom Trail, the Mission Creek Zanja Trail, routes on Colton Avenue and Citrus Avenue, Santa Ana River Trail, and the San Timoteo Canyon Trail.
5-A.27: Implement safety improvements in mid-block areas that allow for bicycles to safely cross heavily traveled roads.
Improvements can include stop signs for cyclists, warning beacons, and illuminated signs initiated by pedestrians and cyclists.
ACTIONS FOR THE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT VILLAGE
4-A.131: Provide more multi-family housing for university students, staff, and other members of the community in the Mixed Use Core and adjacent residential areas.
4-A.132: Create opportunities for ground-floor commercial uses, such as restaurants and cafes, retail, and professional services to serve university students, staff, and neighborhood residents in the Mixed Use Core.
4-A.133: Promote pedestrian circulation between the station, homes, schools, and parks, with primary routes along multi-purpose trails (the Orange Blossom and Mill Creek Zanja trails), Citrus Avenue, and University Street.
4-A.134: Implement bicycle route improvements that enhance circulation between the station, homes, schools, and parks and provide connections to Downtown. Routes would include the Orange Blossom Trail, the Mill Creek Zanja Trail, and routes on Citrus Avenue, University Street, and Colton Avenue. 4-A.135: Improve the I-10 undercrossing at Sylvan Boulevard to allow safe trail con-nections along the Mill Creek Zanja.
4-A.136: Improve the I-10 undercrossings at University Street and Citrus Avenue to allow safe and comfortable access for
vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists.
4-A.137: Establish a boulevard along University Street from I-10 to Colton Avenue.
4-A.138: Maintain single-family residential neighborhoods designated as low- and low medium-density residential in the General Plan within the TVOZ. Transition higher density housing when adjacent to these neighborhoods.
FROM CHAPTER 5: CONNECTED CITY
5-P.1: Maintain a cohesive circulation system through a “layered network” approach promoting complete streets and mobility for all modes while emphasizing specific transportation modes for specific corridors and geographic areas.
5-P.4: Support transportation infrastructure improvements such as safer street crossings and attractive streetscapes to encourage bicyclists, walkers, and users of mobility devices. 5-P.9: Design a layered transportation net-work for individuals of all ages and abilities.
5-P.11: Implement standards for pavement design and roadway and intersection striping so streets are accessible by all users and all modes, and safety is improved.
5-P.13: Ensure streets are designed to accommodate bicyclists per the Bicycle Master Plan.
5-P.14: Design streets to accommodate various modes according to roadway classification and reduce conflicts and safety risks between modes per Figure 5-4.
5-P.15: Incorporate green infrastructure into the design of new roadways and retrofit existing roadways where appropriate. 5-P.16: Strengthen active transportation circulation routes within Downtown and the Transit Villages, and to/from adjacent neighborhoods.
5-A.2: Integrate complete streets and a layered networks approach into all City streets, traffic standards, plans, and details.
TABLE 1-1. APPLICABLE GENERAL PLAN POLICIES AND ACTIONS (CONTINUED) FROM CHAPTER 4: LIVABLE COMMUNITY - TRANSIT VILLAGES (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 323 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:12
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
5-A.17: Locate public parking facilities to serve the downtown around the periphery so as not to draw additional vehicles into the core areas. Ensure that easily identifiable pedestrian connections exist between public parking areas and the downtown core.
5-P.29: Ensure a balanced parking supply that adequately serves the community while employing strategies to reduce both the number of parking spaces needed, the area occupied by parking, and the number of vehicular trips needed within predominantly pedestrian oriented areas.
5-A.70: Locate Downtown public parking to encourage a park once approach. Pro-vide pedestrian directional signage to direct persons from peripheral parking to downtown destinations. 5-A.73: Provide adequate parking availability Downtown for residents, commuters, visitors, and shoppers throughout the day.
5-A.74: Design parking to meet applicable urban design goals from area plans and minimize negative impacts on pedestrians, bicyclists, and transit users.
5-A.75: Consider techniques to reduce the amount of area in the Transit Villages occupied by parking, especially for developments located within easy walking distance of the Passenger Rail stations.
5-A.77: Encourage developers to meet their minimum parking requirements via shared parking between uses, payment of in-lieu fees, joint parking districts, or off-site parking within a reasonable walking time of 10 minutes or less.
5-A.78: Develop flexible on-site vehicle parking requirements. Such requirements would include implementation of innovative parking techniques, implementing effective TDM programs to reduce parking demand, and consideration of other
means to efficiently manage parking supply and demand.
5-A.80: Design parking structures in a manner so that they can be adaptively reused if they become obsolete for parking needs in the future.
5-A.36: Allow for flexibility and creativity in the roadway standards, where appropriate, to preserve historic features, specimen trees and significant landscaping, accommodate turn lanes, parking, wider sidewalks, bike paths, turnouts for buses, public art, and landscaped medians.
5-A.37: Encourage the use of car share and car hire services within Redlands to provide vehicular transportation alternatives. 5-A.38: Plan for future innovations in vehicular transportation such as self-driving vehicles.
5-A.44: Establish new boulevards Downtown and in the Transit Villages that include planted center medians, accommodations for transit, wider sidewalks, and amenities for pedestrians. 5-P.27: Support passenger rail as an alternative mode of regional transit.
5-A.61: Support investments in passenger rail by providing effective on-site circulation and multi-modal connections to transit stations.
5-A.62: Develop station area plans to determine the appropriate modes of transportation to be accommodated at each passenger rail station, the inter connections between those modes, and the facilities to be provided to support each mode.
5-A.67: Encourage convenient and safe pedestrian linkages to and from transit service to provide better first-mile and last-mile connectivity.
TABLE 1-1. APPLICABLE GENERAL PLAN POLICIES AND ACTIONS (CONTINUED) FROM CHAPTER 5: CONNECTED CITY FROM CH. 5: CONNECTED CITY [FOR PARKING CHAPTER] Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 324 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:13
2. Downtown Station. The Downtown station area contains the Downtown core and the historic Santa Fe Depot. Blocks located east of Orange Street, including within Downtown, are small and promote walkability, while those located west of Orange Street are larger and less pedestrian-friendly.
The Downtown area, west of Orange Street, is pedestrian-friendly with commercial and mixed-use buildings built adjacent to and accessed directly from the sidewalk. West of Orange Street, buildings and site design are more car-oriented, with many buildings located behind street-facing parking lots and/or facing the street with blank facades. Parcels west of the proposed station are largely vacant, underutilized, and primed for transitoriented infill development. A few vacant packinghouse buildings to the north and south of the Santa Fe Depot provide opportunities for adaptive reuse with uses that can activate the station area.
The Mill Creek Zanja enters the Downtown Station Area from the east as an open trench to 9th Street, where it enters a culvert that passes underground through the majority of the Downtown Village.
3. University Street Station. The University Street Station Area includes the portion of the University of Redlands campus located south of the Mill Creek Zanja and Sylvan Park. Blocks within the University Street Transit Village, especially near the proposed station site, are large. Parcels located north of the I-10 freeway and west of University Street are occupied by Sylvan Park, single-family houses, and some multifamily buildings.
The southeast portion of the Village is occupied primarily by multifamily buildings. Like the other station areas, most of the land surrounding the proposed station site is vacant, underutilized, and ready for development.
1.6.EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Urban Form. Covering 947 acres, stretching three miles in length, containing Downtown, Smiley Park, and Sylvan Park, and situated adjacent to the University of Redlands and Esri campuses, the specific plan area is characterized by a varied urban form.
1. New York Street/Esri Station. Currently the New York/Esri Street station area is car-oriented. Blocks are large and commercial and light industrial buildings tend to be set back away from the street behind parking lots or landscaped front yards. The railroad tracks traverse the Station Area from west to east, running along the north side of Redlands Boulevard, until New York Street, where they branch off as they proceed eastward. The Mill Creek Zanja traverses east-west through the New York Street Station Area as an open channel.
The New York Street/Esri station will be located along the north side of Redlands Boulevard at New York Street. Immediately to the south of the proposed station site is Esri’s world headquarters, a beautifully landscaped office campus within easy walking distance of the proposed station. Located
southeast of the proposed station is Jennie Davis Park, a 5.2 acre neighborhood park with picnic and playground facilities.
Existing development to the west of the Esri campus and south of the railroad tracks consists primarily of large footprint, light industrial and warehouse buildings. North of the railroad tracks existing development consists of an assorted mix of car-oriented uses, including strip shopping centers, fast-food restaurants, Redlands Ford, the Redlands Elks Lodge, the Ayres Hotel, and a Motel 6. North of the freeway are Toyota of Redlands, Empire Bowl, Quality Inn, Hertz, the Salvation Army Store, and singlefamily houses. Other buildings and points of interest within the New York Street/Esri Station Area include Orangewood High School and the Redlands Police Department. The parcels surrounding the proposed New York Street/Esri station are largely vacant and underutilized.
Shops along State Street.
The historic Downtown Redlands Depot building.
New York Street looking north towards station site.
Caption.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 325 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:14
B. Historic Resources. There are a number of buildings within and adjacent to the Specific Plan area that are listed on the National, State, and Local historic registers. The majority of structures with historic significance are located within the Downtown Station Area and are located primarily in the following areas:
1. The Redlands Santa Fe Depot District. Surrounding the Downtown train station, the Santa Fe District is listed as a historic district on the National Register of Historic Places.
Located between Eureka Street, Fifth Street, Stuart Street, and Redlands Boulevard, the district contains approximately twenty contributing or significant buildings dating from between 1888- 1964, including industrial packinghouses, associated citrus industry related structures, and the train depot.
2. The State Street Area. The area bounded by Orange Street, Cajon Street, Olive Street, 9th Street, and Redlands Boulevard, as well as Orange Street between the railroad right-of-way and Redlands Boulevard, comprises Redlands’ old Downtown,
and maintains a fine selection of contributing structures. The portion of the historic Downtown located west of Orange Street was demolished to make way for the Redlands Mall in 1977.
3. The High Avenue Area. Located between Sixth and Ninth Streets, the High Avenue area contains a number of small cottage residences built in the early 1900s, as well as several architecturally noteworthy buildings. The physical condition of many of the cottages in the area is poor, although all have the potential for rehabilitation as small offices.
Finally, the Mill Creek Zanja, which runs through the University Street and New York Street/Esri station areas, was designated a California Historical Landmark in 1932 and placed on the National Register of Historic Places in 1977. Built in 1819 to convey water from Mill Creek to farms located east of the city, the Zanja now carries drainage water and storm runoff and has the double distinction of being the oldest continuously operating irrigation canal in California, and the oldest civil engineering project in Southern California.
FIGURE 1-3. HISTORIC RESOURCES
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Arrow Passenger Rail
Historic Districts
Major Historic Buildings and Structures
1.6.EXISTING CONDITIONS (CONTINUED)
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
Historic Mill Creek Zanja
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
Church St.
Route 10
Colton Ave. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.Orange St.
University St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Tennessee St.
New York St.
Brockton Ave.
Lugonia Ave
Judson St.
Cajon St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Ash St.
Pine Ave.
Kansas St.
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Alabama St.
Route 10
Cypress Ave.
State St.
San
State St.
Michigan
Citrus Ave. Esri Downtown
University of
Redlands
New York Street/
Esri Station Downtown
Station
University Street
Station
Redlands Depot Building. Historic building along Downtown’s Orange Street. Mill Creek Zanja.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 326 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:15
zero side yard setbacks and are located at the back of sidewalk, forming a continuous “street wall” along the sidewalk. These buildings have commercial ground floors and can have residential or commercial upper floors, although most mixed-use buildings in Redlands currently have commercial upper floors. The proposed buildings within a quarter-mile of the future stations will be mainly the block-form types, although house-form building types will be appropriate for new development that occurs near existing residential neighborhoods.
C. Building Types. There are a variety of building types within, and in the vicinity of, the Specific Plan area. These range from single-family houses to house-form multi-family buildings (duplexes, triplexes, and quadplexes, and courts), to block-form mixed-use buildings. Houseform building types are set back from their property lines and are massed and scaled to resemble single-family houses. These buildings typically accommodate residences, but along corridors can be converted to commercial uses. Block-form buildings typically have embedded within the surrounding neighborhoods. Schools within the Specific Plan area include Orangewood High School, Redlands Adventist Academy, and the southern portion of the University of Redlands. There are approximately 16 churches within the Specific Plan area, some located within single-family houses. Clubs within the Plan Area include the Rotary Club of Redlands, the Elks Lodge, and the historic Masonic Lodge.
D. Civic Buildings and Sites. Civic buildings are buildings that accommodate meetings, education, and religious or cultural activities. They include important landmarks such as the Lincoln Memorial Shrine, the historic U.S. Post Office building, and the Santa Fe Depot, as well as public and private schools, churches, clubs, libraries, government buildings such as City Hall and the Police Department Annex Building, and outdoor venues such as the Redlands Bowl. Civic buildings and sites are plentiful within and near the Specific Plan area, and are well Single Family Houses. House-form quadplex. House-form court.
House-form rowhouse. House-form residential Block. Mixed-Use Block.
Redlands Bowl. Redlands City Hall.
Lincoln Memorial Shrine. First Congregational Church. Historic Redlands Post Office Building.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 327 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:16
other elements such as awnings, balconies, and bay windows. Key to successful building frontages are ample windows and entries that are accessed directly from the sidewalk. Existing buildings within the Specific Plan, as shown in the below photos, employ a variety of these various frontage types and elements. This Specific Plan provides frontage standards to ensure that new buildings face the street and open spaces with pedestrian-oriented, human-scaled facades.
E. Frontage Types. Frontage types provide a transition between the pubic realm of the street and the private realm of building interiors.
They add interest to a building’s massing, help transition the scale of a building to the street (for instance, the scale of a two-story building next to a one-story front building can be reduced with the introduction of a one-story porch), and add a human-scale to buildings. Frontages include entry types, such as porches, stoops, dooryards (terraces enclosed by a low wall or hedge), arcades, and shopfronts, as well as one- and two-story in height. Single-family houses tend to be onestory, and multi-family buildings tend to be two-story. Allowed building heights by existing zoning within the commercial zones (such as C-3, General Commercial) are, for the most part, unlimited (subject to discretionary approval). Allowed building height in the existing Downtown Specific Plan is limited to 4 stories or 55 feet in all districts. Allowed building heights for the multi-family residential zones range from 2.5 to 4 stories.
F. Existing Building Heights. The majority of the buildings within the Specific Plan area are one-story in height, although many of the light industrial and retail buildings have higher-ceiling spaces, presenting tall one-story facades to the street. The majority of buildings within the Downtown Transit Village are one- and twostory in height. A notable exception is the Citibank building, which is six-stories tall. In addition, many of the old packinghouse buildings surrounding the station are one-story buildings with tall interiors. Most of the buildings within the University Village are
1.6.EXISTING CONDITIONS (CONTINUED)
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
Front Yard. Porch. Stoop.
Dooryard. Arcade. Shopfront.
Esri’s three-story world headquarters building. Tall packing house building.
The two-story Ayres Hotel. Two-story mixed-use building along State Street.
Two-story multi-family buildings.
Bekins Hall at the University of Redlands.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 328 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:17
G. Historic Building Heights. While Redlands’ rich heritage of singlefamily houses is relatively intact, many of Reldands’ commercial buildings have been demolished. These buildings, many as tall as three and four stories, employed varied massing, frontage types, and architectural elements such as awnings and bay windows to break down the scale of the building into human-scaled proportions.
To promote transit ridership by locating more residents and/or workers in close proximity to the three stations (and to meet the General Plan’s goal to encourage future development to occur within the city’s core areas), building densities, intensities, and heights should be higher than the one- and two-story heights of most buildings within the Plan Area. This Specific Plan provides building articulation standards that ensure that new buildings, regardless of architectural style, are built with massing and architectural strategies employed by Redlands’ historic predecessors – pedestrian-friendly, human-scaled, buildings that reflect Redlands unique character.
H. Open Space. There are several parks within the Specific Plan area that provide open space and recreational opportunities to nearby residents, workers, and visitors. As multifamily housing and/or offices are built around the station areas, these parks will provide valuable open space for future residents, office workers, and visitors.
The sole park within the New York Street/Esri Station Area is Jennie Davis Park, which provides a large grassy lawn, picnic areas, playground equipment, and a small restroom building. The Mill Creek Zanja passes along the southern edge of the park and the Orange Blossom trail runs along the opposite bank from the park.
The Downtown Station Area contains three parks within its boundaries: Terrace Park, Ed Hales Park, and the northeastern tip of Smiley Park. Terrace Park is a linear park built along the south side of Colton Avenue between Orange Street and Church Street.
It accommodates a tree-lined path down its center. The portion of Smiley Park within the Downtown Transit Village consist of the lawns, paths, and benches that surround the historic Police Annex building. While the Police Annex provides a welcoming face to the Park, the building along the north side of the park fronts the park with blank, windowless wall. The rest of Smiley Park, which meanders through the historic Smiley Neighborhood, is home to the Redlands Bowl amphitheater, the Lincoln Memorial Shrine, the A.K. Smiley Library, shuffleboard courts, and a restroom building. It also provides open lawn areas, paths, benches, and is planted with groves of mature trees. Located on the northeast corner of State Street and Fifth Street in Downtown, Ed Hales Park provides picnic tables beneath a canopy structure.
The University Street Station Area is home to Sylvan Park, an 18- acre community park that contains open space amenities such as large lawn areas, individual and group picnic areas, pathways, benches, playground equipment, and a traditional rose garden. It also accommodates recreational activities such as lawn bowling, horseshoe pits, and a soon-to-be-built skateboard park. The historic Mill Creek Zanja, flanked by the Orange Blossom Trail, also passes through the center of Sylvan Park. Academic quadrangles and other greens on the University of Redlands campus provide additional open space amenities to the north of the proposed University Village station.
State Street in early 1900s. State Street looking east, ca. 1904.
Corner of Orange and State Streets, ca. 1906. Casa Loma Hotel in the 1920s. State Street during 1950s.
Bird’s-eye view of Jennie Davis Park. Bird’s-eye view of Smiley Park. Bird’s-eye view of Sylvan Park.
State Street during early 1900s.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 329 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:18
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
reach 100% in most parking venues. This Specific Plan provides parking management strategies to ensure existing parking is used efficiently and in a manner that safeguards surrounding neighborhoods from spillover parking; describes how parking for each station is accommodated; suggests ways to accommodate new parking as needed; and provides standards to ensure on-site parking is not visible from the street.
K. Parking. Parking within the majority of the Specific Plan area is provided on the street and on site in either surface garages or parking lots. Parking within Downtown is provided in on-street spaces, parking lots, the Citrus Avenue parking garage located at the corner of Citrus Avenue and 6th Street, and public and private surface lots.
There is generally sufficient public parking Downtown except during events and Thursday night Market Nights when parking occupancies incomplete bicycle facilities, the unfinished Orange Blossom Trail, and narrow freeway underpass roadways. This Specific Plan provides recommendations and strategies for improving the pedestrian and bicycle environment around the stations, including the introduction of pedestrian-scaled blocks, intersection improvements, highway underpass enhancements, preservation of the Downtown rail crossing, new sidewalks, new and improved streetscape, and improved bicycle facilities and amenities.
I. Pedestrian and bicycle amenities. As mentioned above, portions of the Plan Area – primarily within the historic Downtown – consist of an interconnected street network that facilitates walking and biking.
However, the remainder of the Plan Area presents a generally hostile environment for pedestrians and cyclists. Key pedestrian deficiencies include: megablocks (blocks measuring more than 500 feet by 500 feet); car-oriented intersections, unwelcoming underpasses, and deficient and missing sidewalks. Key bicycle deficiencies include I-10 Freeway between the San Bernardino Transit Center and Yucaipa.
This Specific Plan provides recommendations for rerouting existing transit routes to better serve the proposed stations and indicates proposed bus stop and staging locations.
J. Transit. Redlands is served by Omnitrans, the primary transit operator in San Bernardino County. Currently, four routes provide service to the Plan Area: Route 8, which provides service between San Bernardino and Crafton Hills College; Route 15, which provides service between Fontana and Downtown Redlands; Route 19, which provides service between Fontana, the San Bernardino Transit Center, and Yucaipa; and Route 208, which provides commuter service primarily along the
1.6.EXISTING CONDITIONS (CONTINUED)
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
DRAFT April 7, 2019
5:10
2. Downtown. All four bus routes currently converge in Downtown along Redlands Boulevard in front of the Redlands Mall approximately one block south of the future Downtown rail station (see Figure 5-6). Since Redlands is the terminus of the short route, the ability for short route bus drivers to layover at the route’s terminus should be considered.
To provide direct access to the Downtown Station, select bus routes should be rerouted to provide convenient transfers between buses and rail. Following are two alternatives for rerouting buses within the Downtown: one along Stuart Avenue and a second along Shoppers Lane.
a. Alternative 1: Bus Circulation Along Stuart Avenue. Alternative 1 redirects route 15 along Stuart Avenue (see Figure 5-7). Buses could be routed in either direction since existing stoplights on both Eureka Street and Orange Street enable any necessary left turns, although locating bus stops along the south side of Stuart Avenue would ensure riders do not have to cross Stuart Avenue to get to the train station. Route 8, which currently passes by the Downtown Station along Orange Street, retains its current routing.
In order to avoid increasing run times, the routing of Route 19 along Redlands Boulevard is also retained.
To facilitate the flow of vehicular traffic during bus stops and/ or layovers, either a bus pullout should be considered or curb space should be designated and clearly identified for buses.
Consideration should also be given to dedicate curb space for the pick-up and drop-off needs of Transit Network Companies such as Uber and Lyft.
b. Alternative 2: Bus Circulation Along Shoppers Lane. Alternative 2 redirects route 15 to the south of the station, along Shoppers Lane. This alternative assumes Shoppers Lane is extended to Eureka Street and that buses are, in turn, routed along Shoppers Lane (see Figure 5-8). If Shoppers Lane is not extended between Third Street and Eureka Street, buses could be routed along Shoppers Lane, down Third Street, to Redlands Boulevard. Like Alternative 1, either a bus pullout should be considered or curb space should be designated and clearly identified for buses.
Consideration should also be given to dedicate curb space for Transit Network Companies such as Uber and Lyft. Additionally, a new signal would be required at the intersection of Shoppers Lane/Orange Street to facilitate traffic flow.
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Eureka Street
Third Street
Shoppers Lane
Orange Street
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Eureka Street
Third Street
Shoppers Lane
Orange Street
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Eureka Street
Third Street
Shoppers Lane
Orange Street
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Eureka Street
Third Street
Shoppers Lane
Orange Street
FIGURE 5-7. ALTERNATIVE 1: BUS CIRCULATION ALONG STUART AVENUE FIGURE 5-8. ALTERNATIVE 2: BUS CIRCULATION ALONG SHOPPERS LANE FIGURE 5-9. ALTERNATIVE 3: BUS CIRCULATION ALONG SHOPPERS LANE LEGEND
Arrow Passenger Rail
Future Metrolink Platform
Future Arrow Platform
Specific Plan Boundary
1/4 Mile Pedestrian Shed
1/2 Mile Pedestrian Shed
Omnitrans Route 8
Omnitrans Route 15
Omnitrans Route 19
FIGURE 5-6. EXISTING DOWNTOWN BUS CIRCULATION
Omnitrans Route 208
Existing Traffic Signal
Proposed Traffic Signal
Angled Parking along State Street. Redlands Mall parking lot. Ed Hales public parking lot.
Unfriendly pedestrian and bicycle environment. Missing sidewalks and bicycle faclities. Class II bike lane on Brookside Avenue.
View of the Omnitrans Route 8 bus stop on Redlands
Boulevard just east of Texas Street.
Omnitrans bus. Existing Downtown Bus Routes.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 330 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:19
In general, wastewater effluent from south of the 10 Freeway flows to the south and then west in a collector line in Redlands Boulevard, while the effluent north of the Freeway flows north and west towards the treatment plant. This Specific Plan describes the recommended wastewater pipe upgrades needed to accommodate the proposed development.
3. Potable Water Supply, Water Distribution, and Fire Protection.
The City of Redlands currently serves approximately 24,000 customers with a 5-year average potable water demand of 26,165 acre feet per year. Currently, the majority of water is obtained from the Santa Ana River, Mill Creek, and groundwater. The City operates two surface water treatment plants, 20 wells, 37 booster pumps, 18 reservoirs, and 400 miles of transmission and distribution lines to provide water to its customers. Based on the City’s available supplies, the City can continue to meet multiple and single dry year demands. Potable water mains exist in all of the Plan Area’s streets and there are plenty of fire hydrants in the Plan Area. This Specific Plan describes the recommended water pipe upgrades needed to accommodate the proposed development.
5. Non-Potable Water. The city’s non-potable distribution lines are located in the vicinity of the plan area. This Specific Plan describes the recommended non-potable water pipe upgrades needed to accommodate the proposed development.
L. Stormwater and Utility Infrastructure.
1. Flooding. The plan area has historically experienced flooding during moderate storm events. Portions of the plan area, particularly the majority of the parcels within a quarter mile of the three stations are located within the Flood Zone (see Figure 1-4)below).
Causes of the flooding include both local and regional storm drain deficiencies, including a lack of conveyance capacities in the Mission Zanja (Zanja), Redlands Boulevard storm drain, and the Oriental storm drain.
Any new “occupiable” finished floor must be at least 2 feet above the 100-year flood elevation. In addition, any floodplain crosssection modifications (earthen platforms) may not cause more than a one foot water surface elevation increase upstream.
This Specific Plan recommends methods for relieving or eliminating the 100-year flood zone, thereby reducing the number of properties subject to flood insurance as well enabling retail buildings to be built at sidewalk grade.
2. Wastewater. The Redlands Wastewater Treatment Facility (WTTP) is located in northwest Redlands adjacent to the Santa Ana River.
All wastewater collected and treated is from the City’s service area and discharged within the City’s service area. The City utilizes all wastewater collected and treated at its WWTP in its service area for distribution to customers and percolation into Bunker Hill. The City requires new commercial development to provide dual plumbing for irrigation systems to accommodate the use of recycled/non-potable water.
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Arrow Passenger Rail
Historic Zanja
Current Zanja
100-Year Flood Plain
FIGURE 1-4. EXISTING 100-YEAR FEMA FLOOD PLAIN
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
Church St.
Route 10
Colton Ave. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.Orange St.
University St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Tennessee St.
New York St.
Brockton Ave.
Lugonia Ave
Judson St.
Cajon St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Ash St.
Pine Ave.
Kansas St.
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Alabama St.
Route 10
Cypress Ave.
State St.
San
State St.
Michigan
Citrus Ave. Esri Downtown
University of
Redlands
New York Street/
Esri Station Downtown
Station
University Street
Station
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 331 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:20
M. Vacant and Underdeveloped Parcels. There are a number of vacant parcels located within the Specific Plan area, mostly concentrated along and near the railroad right-of-way (see Figure 1-5). In addition, there are many underdeveloped parcels that currently contain development that does not contribute to the walkable, multimodal, urban environment envisioned by the General Plan (i.e., not conforming to design regulations of this form-based code) that are ripe for intensification. Examples include sites where a parking lot is located between the building and the sidewalk, sites where the majority of the land is vacant, or sites with buildings with blank walls that face the street. Buildings on some of these sites are vacant or contain underperforming businesses. These underdeveloped parcels also tend to be located along the railroad right-of-way and within a quarter mile of the stations.
FIGURE 1-5. VACANT AND UNDERDEVELOPED PARCELS.
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Arrow Passenger Rail
Vacant Parcels
Non-Conforming Parcels
1.6.EXISTING CONDITIONS (CONTINUED)
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
Church St.
Route 10
Colton Ave. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.Orange St.
University St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Tennessee St.
New York St.
Brockton Ave.
Lugonia Ave
Judson St.
Cajon St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Ash St.
Pine Ave.
Kansas St.
Redlands Ave.
Redlands Blvd.
Alabama St.
Route 10
Cypress Ave.
State St.
San
State St.
Michigan
Citrus Ave. Esri Downtown
University of
Redlands
New York Street/
Esri Station Downtown
Station
University Street
Station
Vacant parcels in New York Street Station Area. Vacant parcels in Downtown Station Area. Vacant parcels in University Street Station Area.
Vacant parcels in New York Street Station Area. The Redlands Mall. Vacant parcels in University Street Station Area.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 332 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:21
N. Areas of Change Together, the Plan Area’s vacant and underdeveloped parcels – particularly those around the proposed station sites – offer the perfect opportunity for building a pedestrianfriendly, transit-oriented, mixed-use, environment. These parcels – particularly those located within a quarter mile of the proposed passenger rail stations – have been identified as areas of immediate change where transformation in the near future is envisioned (see Figure 1-6). Many of these parcels are also owned by a single land owner. In areas where the urban fabric is more complete, where sporadic vacant and underutilized parcels can be found, and where properties have not been consolidated, infill development could occur incrementally and over time – these are areas of incremental or future change. The vision represented in Chapter 2 shows how the areas of immediate change could develop over time.
FIGURE 1-6. AREAS OF CHANGE
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Arrow Passenger Rail
Areas of Immediate Change
Areas of Incremental/Future Change
FIGURE 1-7. AREAS OF CHANGE IN RELATION TO ENTIRE CITY OF REDLANDS The areas of immediate change
shown in Figure 1-6 contain
approximately 150 acres of
developable area (0.64% of the
City of Redlands entire land area).
This Specific Plan anticipates,
however, that only about half of
these parcels will develop (75
acres) – representing a mere
0.32% of the City of Redlands
entire land area (see Figure 1-7).
LEGEND
City of Redlands Boundary
Specific Plan Boundary
Potential Parcels Developed
during Plan Horizon (by 2040)
Esri
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
Church St.
Route 10
Colton Ave. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.Orange St.
University St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Tennessee St.
New York St.
Brockton Ave.
Lugonia Ave
Judson St.
Cajon St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Ash St.
Pine Ave.
Kansas St.
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Alabama St.
Route 10
Cypress Ave.
State St.
San
State St.
Michigan
Citrus Ave. Esri Downtown
University of
Redlands
New York Street/
Esri Station Downtown
Station
University Street
Station
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 333 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
1:22
1.7.CONSTRAINTS AND OPPORTUNITIES
A. Constraint and Challenges
1. Existing Growth Management Measures. Existing City of Redlands growth management measures and regulations limit the amount of development that can occur in Redlands to 400 units per calendar year with a housing mix of 75 percent single-family and 25 percent multi-family.
2. Megablocks. Most of the blocks within a quarter mile of all three stations are “megablocks” (blocks measuring more than 500 feet by 500 feet) that contain vacant and underutilized land or conventional suburban developments with large, street-facing parking lots. These megablocks maximize vehicular throughput at the expense of pedestrian comfort and safety. Pedestrians must walk long distances with limited crossing opportunities. Megablocks also restrict connectivity for cars, buses, and emergency vehicles by offering less routes to a given destination, while reducing opportunities for turning movements.
3. Car Oriented Streets. Many streets within the Plan Area – especially Redlands Boulevard and University Street – are designed for cars, not for pedestrians and cyclists. They promote fast vehicular speeds and lack adequate pedestrian and bicycle facilities, such as bike lanes and comfortable ways for pedestrians to cross the street.
3. Pedestrian Barriers. The freeway forms a barrier between the neighborhoods and corridors located on the other side of the freeway. In addition, some of the I-10 underpasses currently are unpleasant for pedestrians and cyclists to pass through due to insufficient lighting and the location of the sidewalk immediately next to fast-moving traffic.
5. Incomplete Bicycle Network. The existing bicycle network outside the Plan Area is relatively well developed, but is deficient within the Plan area. Bicycle connectivity to the future stations – including the neighborhoods located on the other side of the freeway – is critical for generating multi-modal access to the train station. The Orange Blossom Trail, a Class 1 facility, has been built at the western and eastern ends of the Plan Area. However, the connection through Downtown has yet to be built.
6. 100-Year Floodplain. The 100-year floodplain runs east-west through the Plan Area and covers most of the parcels identified as “Areas of Immediate Change” in Figure 1-7. Property owners within the floodplain must pay flood insurance. In addition, new residential uses must be located a minimum of two feet above the floodplain. The parcels located north of the New York Street/ Esri Station, however, have base elevations above the 100-year floodplain.
B. Assets and Opportunities
1. Access and Proximity to Transportation. The Plan Area is welllocated in relation to transit and freeway access. Downtown Redlands is served by Omnitrans bus routes 8, 15, 19, and 208 which provide service to San Bernardino, Fontana, Yucaipa, and destinations between. The Orange Blossom Trail when completed through Downtown Station Area will provide an opportunity to connect the three station areas. Freeway access is provided at Alabama Street, Tennessee Street, 6th Street, Orange/Eureka Street, and University Street.
2. Infill Opportunities. There are many vacant and underutilized parcels located within a quarter mile of each station that provide excellent opportunities for mixed-use, transit-oriented infill development around each station. The arrival of the Arrow Passenger Rail will help catalyze development within the Plan Area, particularly on parcels identified as “Areas of Immediate Change” in Figure 1-7. In addition, the 2035 General Plan land use designations and associated Transit Village Overlay Zone (TVOZ) enable mixed-use, transit-oriented development around each station.
3. Walkable Urbanism Precedents. The Plan Area is graced with excellent precedents of walkable, tree-lined streets; buildings that face and are accessed from the street through appropriate frontages (porches, stoops, shopfronts, etc.); and well-designed parks and open spaces that can serve as models for development that occurs within the Specific Plan’s “Areas of Immediate Change.” In addition, there are many historic resources and contributing buildings within the Downtown Transit Village.
4. Walkable, Interconnected Street Precedents. Redlands’ historic Downtown core and the residential neighborhoods north and south of the plan area have an interconnected street network and small blocks – the indispensable components of a walkable, multi-modal, mixed-use environment. State Street and its cross streets, in particular, are excellent examples of pedestrian-friendly roadway design that calms vehicular traffic and provides convenient access to adjacent retail and restaurant uses. Additionally, Orange Street has a number of pedestrian crossings, facilitating pedestrian connections between Downtown and the future station area. This network can and should be extended into the areas identified as “Areas of Immediate Change” in Figure 1-7.
In addition, Downtown Redlands has alleys, some of which have been transformed into pedestrian-only passageways that accommodate street art and outdoor dining. Such pedestrian-only passageways could also be introduced in other parts of the Plan Area.
5. Proximity of Existing Parks. All three station areas have convenient access to existing parks: Jennie Davis Park within the New York/Esri Station Area; Terrace Park, Ed Hales Park, and Smiley Park within the Downtown Station Area; and Sylvan Park within the University Street Station Area.
6. Flood Control Improvements. For parcels located within the flood plain, redesigning the flood water conveyance system could provide an opportunity for relieving or eliminating the 100-year flood zone. Reducing the size of the floodplain will reduce the number of properties that are subject to flood insurance as well enable buildings – especially building with retail ground floors – to be built at sidewalk grade.
In addition, future open spaces within the Plan Area and continuous planters between the roadway and the sidewalk provide opportunities for incorporating passive stormwater and flood management strategies – such as infiltration basins, bioswales, or bioretention systems – that can mitigate the impacts of floodwater.
1. INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT
Eureka Street freeway underpass. State Street. Orange Street Alley.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 334 of 1815
2.0. INTRODUCTION
The principles, goals, and vision that will shape the transformation and revitalization of the three station areas governed by this Specific Plan were established through an extensive public outreach process that included interviews with dozens of stakeholders, nine community workshops (three for each station area), and meetings with the Historic & Scenic Preservation Commission, the Planning Commission, and the City Council.
This Chapter describes and illustrates the outcomes of this public process. It begins with an overview of the principles of town-making and transit oriented development. This is followed by a description of the vision for the whole Specific Plan area and then a more detailed description of each station area, including its existing conditions, the goals that were established through the community process, and illustrations of the vision. The Chapter wraps up with a discussion of the traditional building types that are found within Redlands’ historic core and surrounding neighborhoods. The pedestrian scale of these buildings, and how they relate to the street and to each other, forms the basis of the Specific Plan’s Development Code (Chapter 4).
This Vision Chapter is comprised of the following sections:
2.1. Principles of Transit Oriented Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:2
2.2. The Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:4
2.3. New York Street Station Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:6
2.4. Downtown Station Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:11
2.5. University Street Station Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:18
2.6. Building Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:26 View of the New York Street/Esri Station area and an Arrow Passenger Rail train. View of Redlands Boulevard with planted median and multi-family development.
View of park in Midtown Neighborhood (between Downtown and New York Street/ Esri Station)
View of Market Hall in University Village.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:1
CHAPTER 2: VISION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 335 of 1815
Make Great Public Places. The center of a TOD is the locus of its public life. Its civic buildings enhance community identity and foster civic pride. Its shops and workplaces provide convenient access to goods and services without need for a car trip. Its streets and public spaces generate a unique and supportive public realm that provides places for social interaction. Easy access to transit (whether train or bus) as well and to roadways (whether local roads or freeways) makes such a place accessible to a wide array of people, from those living there, to those driving in by car or arriving by train.
Make Great Streets. TODs are structured on individual blocks and a network of thoroughfares that provide a comfortable environment for pedestrians, while accommodating automobiles, bicycles, and other emerging transportation technologies. This interconnected block and thoroughfare pattern provides multiple routes that diffuse vehicular traffic, while providing more options for emergency personnel to reach a distressed location. Street intersections have minimal curb radii to slow turning cars and reduce the crossing distance of pedestrians. Streets are two-way, improving pedestrian crossing safety, reducing automobile speeds, and facilitating navigation. On larger streets, landscaped center medians reduce apparent street width, while intersection bulb-outs reduce pedestrian crossing distance and time and also provide space for streetscape and street furniture. Finally, streets accommodate on-street parking to provide convenient parking in front of stores or guest parking in front of residences, while providing a buffer between moving traffic and pedestrians on the sidewalk.
Live Above and Next to Stores and Businesses. The quality and amount of housing in a TOD determine its particular character. In the case of mixed-use environments, one of the most appealing characteristics is the opportunity for people to live above or near stores, providing residents the ability to walk or bike to these businesses, while reducing their reliance on a car. Such dwellings allow for a variety of families to live near diverse services, while providing a constant 24/7 rhythm of use.
2. VISION
2.1. PRINCIPLES OF TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT
Town-making is in sharp contrast to conventional suburban development, the form of growth which has produced large-scale sprawl throughout Southern California over the last fifty years. Sprawl development is characterized by homogeneous single-use zones, with the housing tract, the shopping center, and the business park as its basic elements. These segregated use areas are connected by a discontinuous system of wide thoroughfares designed for the rapid movement of cars.
Within such a homogeneous urban structure, uninspiring and repetitive buildings are typically designed without any particular obligation to define a realm of public space. The vast majority of such places designed since the 1940s are architecturally undistinguished and urbanistically destructive, as they absorb and eliminate the local landscape while generating a placeless, undistinguished fabric of buildings.
Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) has emerged in recent decades as an alternative to conventional suburban development. It stems from the recognition that commuter lines and stations can and should be more than travel nodes. Proximity to transit reduces dependency on the automobile and enhances the value of surrounding buildings as a place to live, work and shop. The typical size of a TOD is a quarter-mile radius from physical center to edge. This distance – known as the walkability shed – encompasses the neighboring population within an average five minute walk of the mixed-use center. Thus, the optimal size of a TOD is determined not by density but by the walkability shed.
Living in pleasant dwellings, connecting to neighbors by choice, and being able to walk to fulfill civic obligations and enjoy commercial entertainment and recreational opportunities are the hallmark of living in a traditional community. It is a way of life that is appropriate and desirable, and possible to recreate for the future of Redlands.
Design principles for creating such mixed-use, transit-oriented places are shown on this and the following page.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:2
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 336 of 1815
Get the Retail Right. Retail should respond to the housing, restaurant, entertainment, and education needs of the community and the local climate. The retail industry has discovered that outdoor, Main Streettype retail better fits the lifestyle of busy consumers, often yielding more regular trips and higher sales volumes than standard shopping centers.
Under this model, retail should be concentrated to encourage and facilitate pedestrian storefront shopping. Buildings should face streets that accommodate cars and on-street parking. Long-term parking should be located in shared “park once” lots or structures, convenient to and compatible with the Main Street retail.
Get the Parking Right. The typical suburban, sequential pattern of "shop and park" requires two vehicular movements and one parking space to be dedicated for each visit to a shop, office, or civic institution.
For three tasks, this requires six vehicular movements and three parking spaces, due to the long, car-dependent distances between single-use destinations. By contrast, the compactness and mixed-use nature and walkability of TODs lend themselves to only two vehicular movements, parking just once, and completing multiple tasks on foot. This reduces traffic and limits the amount of parking that needs to be built. The subsequent transformation of drivers into pedestrians walking from one task to the next, is the immediate generator of pedestrian life, animating public streets and sidewalks and generating patrons of street-friendly retail businesses. It is this pedestrian "scene" that creates the energy and attraction to sustain a thriving mixed-use environment.
Provide a Variety of Housing Choices. A mature village setting provides diverse housing choices that attract a varied and prosperous resident population. It is not unusual to encounter lofts, live/work units, courtyard housing, row housing, even duplexes, triplexes, and quadplexes in such a village environment. These dwelling types accommodate and attract a range of household types (singles, newlyweds, families with children, elderly), income levels (students, teachers, professionals, the retired), and employment arrangements (live/work and home occupation), producing a diverse and well-rounded resident population. All of these dwelling types may be provided in either rental or ownership configurations.
Build a Variety of Buildings. TODs include a variety of building types, including mixed-use commercial blocks, rowhouses, condominiums, and apartment buildings. Varying the size and massing of these buildings and carefully considering their placement enhances the pedestrian friendliness of the streets and open spaces they face and insures that new buildings are compatible with those in adjacent nearby neighborhoods.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:3
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 337 of 1815
Active sidewalks.
Active sidewalks with outdoor dining.
FIGURE 4-1: REGULATING PLAN
2. VISION
2.2. THE PLAN
The Illustrative Plan, shown in Figure 2-1 (Illustrative Plan), shows one way of arranging future streets, buildings, and open spaces within the Plan area. The drawing serves as a guide for understanding the greater goals of this Specific Plan: to create a walkable, mixed-use district that features beautiful streets, diverse housing types, and unique shopping and office opportunities – a place that both enlivens surrounding neighborhoods and secures the city’s future. The terms and conditions underlying this particular design are presented later in this document under the provisions of the Development Code (see Chapter 4). The element of time may modify this particular Illustrative Plan, but the fundamental character, qualities and intentions of the plan will remain intact.
It is important to note that all private development shown in the Illustrative Plan consist of voluntary projects pursued by property owners and/or developers who seek to improve their land in response to market demands for housing, office, retail, restaurant space, and entertainment space. Similarly, the acquisition of individual parcels to assemble parcels for larger projects occurs as a voluntary transaction between property owners for the mutual benefit of both parties. No development within the Transit Villages Specific Plan area will occur through eminent domain.
Redlands BoulevardOrange Street
Sixth Street
Eureka Street
Texas Street
Eureka Street
Tennessee Street
Colton Avenue
New York Street
State Street
Citrus Avenue
Brookside Avenue
Olive Avenue
State Street
Center Street
I-10 Freeway
1/4 Mile
5 Minute Walk
1/2 Mile
10 Minute Walk
See Page 2:5
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:4
FIGURE 2-1. ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN
5 4
3 2
1 9
8 7
6 11
See Page 2:5
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 338 of 1815
Mixed-use Main Street buildings.. Inviting open spaces. Parking lot with tree orchard.
Multi-Family Housing. Active open spaces. A lined parking garage. Sixth Street Church Street Citrus Avenue
Park Avenue
University Street
Olive Avenue
Cook Street
Grove Street
Ninth Street
I-10 Freeway
See Page 2:5
Colton Avenue
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:5
LEGEND
New York Sreet/Esri Station
New York Street Neighborhood
Jennie Davis Park
Esri Campus
5 Midtown Neighborhood
4 3
2 1 Downtown Station
Redlands Mall
Smiley Park
Downtown Core
10 High Avenue Neighborhood
9 8
7 6 Mill Creek Zanja
Sylvan Park
University Street Station
University Village
15 University of Redlands
14 12
11 10
15 14
13 12
11 11
14 13
See Page 2:4
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 339 of 1815
2. VISION
2.3. NEW YORK STREET STATION AREA
Currently the New York/Esri Street station area is car-oriented. Blocks are large and commercial and light industrial buildings tend to be set back away from the street behind parking lots or landscaped front yards.
The railroad tracks traverse the Station Area from west to east, running along the north side of Redlands Boulevard, until New York Street, where they branch off as they proceed eastward. The Mill Creek Zanja traverses east-west through the New York Street Station Area as an open channel.
The New York Street/Esri Station will be located along the north side of Redlands Boulevard at New York Street. Immediately to the south of the proposed station site is Esri’s world headquarters, a beautifully landscaped office campus within easy walking distance of the proposed station. Located southeast of the proposed station is Jennie Davis Park, a 5.2 acre neighborhood park with picnic and playground facilities.
Existing development to the west of the Esri campus and south of the railroad tracks consists primarily of large footprint, light industrial and warehouse buildings. North of the railroad tracks, existing development consists of an assorted mix of car-oriented uses, including strip shopping centers, fast-food restaurants, Redlands Ford, the Redlands Elks Lodge, the Ayres Hotel, and a Motel 6. North of the freeway are Toyota of Redlands, Empire Bowl, Quality Inn, Hertz, the Salvation Army Store, and single-family houses. Other buildings and points of interest within the New York Street/Esri Station Area include Orangewood High School and the Redlands Police Department. The parcels surrounding the proposed New York Street/Esri station are largely vacant and underutilized.
A. Goals. Based on robust input from stakeholders, the community, City staff, and City’s review bodies, the following goals for the New York Street/Esri Station Area were identified:
1. Infill vacant, under ulitilized parcels and parking lots with buildings that create a mixed-use, multi-modal village around the New York St. Station.
2. Generate active, walkable streets with wide sidewalks, shade trees, and safe pedestrian crossings.
3. Provide pedestrian and bicycle connections between the train station and the neighborhoods located north of the freeway.
4. Build housing for a variety of income levels and family types, including parents with children and seniors. Locate housing away from the freeway, near the station.
5. Introduce pocket parks, plazas, and greens that accommodate playgrounds, dog parks, and public art.
6. Complete the Orange Blossom Trail as a link between the three stations and between Jennie Davis Park, Sylvan Park, and new parks, greens, and plazas along the way.
7. Accommodate Esri’s expansion to the north and to the south of its campus.
B. Vision. The vacant and underutilized parcels located within a quarter mile of the New York Street/Esri Station are transformed into a lively, transit-oriented neighborhood. Tree lined streets and sidewalks provide safe and convenient access to the Station, the Esri Campus, and Downtown. Greens and neighborhoods parks provide residents living in surrounding multi-family buildings access to open space, and offer a place for office workers to get some fresh air or take their lunch break. Buildings accommodate housing for a variety of income levels and enable employees of Esri and other local businesses and institutions to live in Redlands.
C. Plan. The adjoining drawing illustrates how, based on input from stakeholders, the community, City staff, and the City’s review bodies, the New York Street Station Area could develop over time. Key components of this version of the New York Street Station University Village are described in further detail on the pages that follow.
Birdseye view of New York Street Station Area and Esri Campus Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:6
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 340 of 1815
Proposed New York Street Streetscape.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:7
FIGURE 2-2. ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN: NEW YORK STREET STATION AREA 5 4
3 2
1 8
7 6
3 3
4 3
3 5
5 9
LEGEND
New York Sreet/Esri Station
Neighborhood Park
Multi-Family Housing
Mixed-Use Development
5 Office Buildings
4 3
2 1 Parking Garage
Jennie Davis Park
Esri Campus
9 Mill Creek Zanja
8 7
6 5
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 341 of 1815
2. VISION
2.3.1. THE STATION
Located to the north of and within walking distance of the Esri campus.
Its platform is located just to the west of New York Street, enabling pedestrian access across the railroad tracks at New York Street. Unlike the two other stations, the New York Street/Esri Station does not provide commuter parking, although curb space for passenger pick-ups and drop-offs, taxi, and transportation network company drop-off is provided along Redlands Boulevard.
2.3.2. THE NEW YORK STREET NEIGHBORHOOD.
The New York Street Neighborhood is a pedestrian-friendly, transitoriented, neighborhood located to the north of the New York Street/Esri Station. Key components of the neighborhood include:
1. New, tree-lined streets that transform the vacant and underutilized megablocks into blocks that are in scale
Downtown’s traditional core and the surrounding pre-World War II neighborhoods.
2. New buildings that face and are accessed from the street.
Buildings with retail ground floors are located at the back of sidewalk, while buildings with residential ground floors are located behind small front yards. Buildings adjacent to the station face the station.
3. A new neighborhood park provides open space for residents living in surrounding multi-family buildings and/or employees working in nearby office buildings.
4. New York Street is enhanced with bike lanes and new street trees planted between on-street parallel parking spaces.
Proposed Redlands Bolverad Streetscape
Proposed Redlands Bolverad Streetscape
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:8
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 342 of 1815
2.3.3. REDLANDS BOULEVARD INFILL
The character, appearance, and configuration of Redlands Boulevard between Texas Street and Tennessee Street is improved in order to provide better access to the Station and to create a more inviting and attractive entry into the New York Street/Esri Station area and the Esri campus from the east and west and at New York Street. Key components include:
1. Infill of vacant and underutilized parcels along Redlands Boulevard with urban buildings that face and are accessed from the sidewalk.
2. The introduction of open spaces and landscaping on the narrow and triangular parcels that are too small to accommodate buildings.
3. The improvements of Redlands Boulevard with the introduction of missing sidewalks, a planted center median, bicycle lanes, and a crosswalk at New York Street.
Proposed Redlands Bolverad Streetscape
Ground floor retail. Street trees planted between parked cars.
Multi-family housing.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:9
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 343 of 1815
Existing conditions in the year 2020. Illustrative Phase 1. The following are built: the New York Street/Esri Station; the New York Street and Redlands Boulevard streetcape improvements; the street network and mixed-use and residential buildings on the parcels north of the Station.
Illustrative Phase 5. The following are built: the road connecting the Rambla to Citrus Avenue and the westbound I-10 Cypress Avenue off-ramp; the park-once garage; the mixed-use and residential building to the south of Central Avenue.
2.3.4. NEW YORK STREET/ESRI STATION AREA ILLUSTRATIVE BUILDOUT SCENARIO The below diagrams show how the New York Street/Esri Station Area as shown in the Illustrative Plan could develop over the next 30 years according to the transit oriented design principles described in Section
2.1 (Principles of Transit Oriented Development) and as governed by this Specific Plan’s Development Code (Chapter 4). Though the phasing sequence shown in the below diagrams could occur in a different order, consist of different projects, or contain parcels not shown in the sequence, the diagrams nevertheless demonstrate how the Plan Area could be developed in a manner that generates a genuine, urban environment that encourages walkablity and access to transit.
Illustrative Phase 4. The following are built: Buildings east of the neigborhood park.
Illustrative Phase 3. The following are built: buildings north of the neighborhood park.
Illustrative Phase 2. The following are built: commercial, residential, or mixed-use buildings along Redlands Boulevard.
2. VISION
Redlands Boulevard
Tennessee Street
Stuart Avenue
New York Street
Park Avenue
Texas Street
I-10 Freeway
New York Street
Tennessee Street
Stuart Avenue
New York Street
Park Avenue
Texas Street
I-10 Freeway
New York Street
Tennessee Street
Stuart Avenue
New York Street
Park Avenue
Texas Street
I-10 Freeway
New York Street
Tennessee Street
Stuart Avenue
New York Street
Park Avenue
Texas Street
I-10 Freeway
New York Street
Tennessee Street
Stuart Avenue
New York Street
Park Avenue
Texas Street
I-10 Freeway
New York Street
Tennessee Street
Stuart Avenue
New York Street
Park Avenue
Texas Street
I-10 Freeway
New York Street
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:10
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 344 of 1815
2.4. DOWNTOWN STATION AREA
The Downtown Station area contains the Downtown core and the historic Santa Fe Depot. The Downtown area, east of Orange Street, is pedestrian-friendly with commercial and mixed-use buildings built on small blocks and located adjacent to and accessed directly from the sidewalk. West of Orange Street, buildings and site design are more car-oriented, with buildings built on large blocks and many buildings located behind street-facing parking lots and/or facing the street with blank facades. Parcels west of the proposed station are largely vacant, underutilized, and primed for transit-oriented infill development. A few vacant packinghouse buildings to the north and south of the Santa Fe Depot provide opportunities for adaptive reuse with uses that can activate the station area.
The Mill Creek Zanja enters the Downtown Station Area from the east as an open trench to 9th Street, where it enters a culvert that passes underground through the majority of the Downtown Village.
A. Goals. Based on robust input from stakeholders, the community, City staff, and City review bodies, the following goals for the Downtown Station Area were developed
1. Create a mixed-use, multi-modal village around the Downtown Station.
2. Generate active, walkable streets with wide sidewalks, shade trees, benches, outdoor dining, and safe pedestrian crossings.
3. Recalibrate Downtown streets to create a balanced and safe environment for all travel modes: walking, biking, and driving.
4. Provide pedestrian and bicycle connections between the train station and Downtown’s unique destinations (Redlands Bowl, C.K. Smiley Library, etc.) and surrounding residential neighborhoods, especially those located north of the freeway.
5. Replace the Redlands Mall with an interconnected street and paseo network lined with street trees and urban buildings.
6. Infill vacant, underulitilized parcels and parking lots with buildings that are up to 3 or 4 stories in height, are designed according to a variety of architectural styles, and employ massing in character with Redlands’ historic buildings.
6. Preserve Downtown’s historic buildings and reference Redlands’ cultural heritage and agricultural past.
7. Build housing for a variety of income levels and family types, including parents with children and seniors.
8. Introduce pocket parks, plazas, and greens that accommodate playgrounds, dog parks, and public art.
9. Complete the Orange Blossom Trail as a link between the three stations and between Sylvan Park, Jennie Davis Park, and new parks, greens, and plazas along the way.
10. Introduce additional parking in structures lined with commercial or residential uses.
11. Accommodate alternative transportation forms such as Uber and Lyft.
B. Vision. The Downtown Station Area is envisioned as a walkable mixed-use district consisting of pedestrian-scaled blocks; beautiful, tree-lined streets with comfortable seating and exterior dining opportunities; and inviting squares and plazas. The urban character of Redlands’ Downtown core is expanded westward to Eureka Street and northward to the Downtown Station. Surface parking lots are infilled with urban buildings that are located at, and take access from the sidewalk. The primary entries into Downtown – Orange Street and Redlands Boulevard – are enhanced with new street trees and street lights, and other streetscape elements. Underutilized parcels and parking lots are infilled over time with urban buildings that face and are accessed from the sidewalk. Parking is accommodated on the street, and as downtown begins to infill, in parking garages.
C. Plan. The drawing below illustrates one way the Downtown Station Area could develop over the next twenty to thirty years. Key components of the Downtown Station area are described in further detail in the pages that follow.
Birdseye view of Downtown Station Area and Esri Campus
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:11
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 345 of 1815
Downtown Redlands Santa Fe Railway depot
2. VISION
2.4.1. STATION VICINITY
The Downtown Station is located adjacent to the historic Redlands Depot building. The station accommodates Arrow Passenger Rail trains and Metrolink Commuter Rail. The former provides all-day service and stops at a platform located in front of the historic depot; the latter provides limited morning and evening service and stops at a platform located on the north side of the tracks between Eureka Street and the Third Street right-of-way.
Key components of the area immediately surrounding the Downtown Station include:
• Rehabilitation of the Santa Fe Depot.
• A garage that provides parking for rail commuters and for patrons of nearby businesses. The garage also provides bicycle storage for commuters who ride their bikes to the train station.
• A pedestrian passage across the railroad tracks along the Third Street alignment that enables pedestrians to cross between the north and south side of the tracks and provides access to the train platforms buses parked on Stuart Avenue and/or Shoppers Lane.
The pedestrian passage is lined with stores and restaurants. • A plaza located south of the tracks that welcomes commuters and visiors arriving into Downtown Redlands.
• Bus parking along Stuart Avenue or Shoppers Lane within sight of, and walking distance of, the depot.
Route 10
Stuart Avenue
Colton Avenue
Brookside Avenue
Olive Avenue
Texas Street
Eureka Street
Redlands Boulevard
Third Street
Orange Street
Citrus Avenue
Sixth Street
High Avenue
Stuart Avenue
Church Street
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:12
FIGURE 2-4. ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN: DOWNTOWN STATION AREA
LEGEND
Downtown Station
Smiley Park
3 Midtown Neighborhood
2 1 Midtown Neighborhood Park
High Avenue Neighborhood
Mill Creek Zanja/Orange
Blossom Trail
5 4
6 1
2 3
4 5
6 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 346 of 1815
2.4.2. REDLANDS MALL
The Redlands Mall is reurbanized with the reintroduction of State Street and Third Street into the site, restoring the interconnected block pattern that existed prior to the construction of the Mall in the 1970s. Key components of the redeveloped Mall include:
• A new plaza or green, shown in the illustartive Plan at the corner of State Street and Third Street.
• A Market hall or other civic building facing the plaza or green. • New mixed-use and multi-family buildings, ranging from three to five stories in height, are located next to and accessed from the sidewalk. • Parking in a garage located at the center of the block and lined with retail, office, and/or residential uses.
See Chapter 3 for a more detailed description of the Redlands Mall.
2.4.3. HIGH AVENUE NEIGHBORHOOD
The low scale of the High Avenue Neighborhood is generally preserved and the Orange Blossom Trail is extended into the Neighborhood to Ninth Street. Key components of the neighborhood include:
• The incremental infill of vacant and underutilized parcels with buildings with street frontages that are generally in scale with the preWorld War II house-form buildings that are currently in place. • The introduction in the long term of a park-once garage as more infill continues and more parking is needed (shown on the Illustrative Plan between Seventh Street and Ninth Street).
• The continuation of the Orange Blossom Trail, flanked by a greenway, to Ninth Street.
2.4.4. DOWNTOWN INFILL
In order to enable continued infill within the Downtown Core, a parking garage is built on the existing Ed Hales parking lot, enabling surface parking lots to be infilled with buildings.
View of University Village Station Depot
Caption.
Caption.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:13
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 347 of 1815
2. VISION
Site Plan
2 1
4 3
6 5
10 9
11 13 8
7 14
10 10
Olive Avenue
Eureka Street
Stuart Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Third Street
Orange Street
Shoppers Lane
State Street
Citrus Avenue
Sixth Street
Brookside Avenue
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:14
FIGURE 2-5. ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN: DOWNTOWN STATION AREA
LEGEND
Arrow Platform
Metrolink Platform
Station Parking Garage
Station Plaza
Downtown Plaza
Market Hall
New Downtown Garage
4 3
2 1 Existing Garage
New Ed Hales Garage
Mixed-Use/Multi-Family
Rowhouses
Smiley Park
Smiley Park Extension
Hotel
10 9
8 10
6 5
11 12
13 7 14
12 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 348 of 1815
2.4.5. MIDTOWN NEIGHBORHOOD.
The Midtown Neighborhood is located between Eureka Street and Texas Street. It is a vibrant, pedestrian-friendly, neighborhood that provides multi-family housing within walking distance of the New York Street/Esri and Downtown Stations and in close proximity to the Downtown and the Esri Campus. New streets generate an interconnected street network scaled to the block sizes of Downtown and its surrounding pre-World War II neighborhoods. Key features include:
• New, tree-lined streets that generate walkable blocks that are consistent with Downtown Redlands’ traditional street and block pattern. • A neighborhood park between the railroad tracks and Oriental Avenue and east of Texas Street. The park is landscaped in the lush character of Esri’s existing campus.
• A greenway and park network along Stuart Avenue between the Midtown Park and Eureka Street that extends the lush landscape character of the ESRI campus eastward towards Downtown. • A variety of residential building types that face and are accessed from the street.
Courtyard housing envisioned for Cook Street.
Alley behind multi-family building.
Texas Street
Oriental Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
State Street
Stuart Avenue
Eureka Street
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:15
FIGURE 2-6. ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN: MIDTOWN NEIGHBORHOOD
2 1
4 3
6 5
4 4
4 5
LEGEND
Midtown Neighborhood Park
2 Courtyard Housing
1 Rowhouses
4 Multi-Family Housing
3 Retail
6 Downtown Station
5 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 349 of 1815
View of a multi-modal Redlands Boulevard with planted median and multi-family development.
View of park in Midtown Neighborhood.
Courtyard housing with usable, shared common space. Rowhouses facing a pedestrian passage.
2. VISION
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:16
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 350 of 1815
2.4.6. ILLUSTRATIVE BUILD-OUT SCENARIO
The below diagrams show how the Downtown Station Area as shown in the Illustrative Plan could develop over the next 30 years according to the transit oriented design principles described in Section 2.1 (Principles of Transit Oriented Development) and as governed by this Specific Plan’s Development Code (Chapter 4). Though the phasing sequence shown in the below diagrams could occur in a different order, consist of different projects, or contain parcels not shown in the sequence, the diagrams nevertheless demonstrate how the Plan Area could be developed in a manner that generates a genuine, urban environment, encourages walkablity, and promotes retail and entertainment activity Existing conditions in the year 2020. Illustrative Phase 1. The following are built: the Station platforms; the Station Parking Garage; the Station Plaza; retail along the Third Street pedestrian passage across the tracks; retail buildings along Stuart Avenue at Eureka Street, Oriental Avenue at Eureka Street, and Shoppers Lane at Orange Street; the Orange Street streetscape improvements; and incremental development in the East of Orange Neighborhood.
Illustrative Phase 2. The following are built: the Redlands Mall, including the street extensions into the Mall megablock, the plaza, the parking garage, and mixed-use and residential buildings; the Redlands Boulevard streetscape improvements; the Midtown Neighborhood Park; housing along the south side of Stuart Avenue just to the west of Texas Street; and incremental development in the East of Orange Neighborhood.
Illustrative Phase 3. The following are built: buildings on the parcels immediately to the north, to the west, and to the south of the Mall block; incremental development in the East of Orange Neighborhood.
Illustrative Phase 4. The following are built: the Midtown Neighborhood, including the street network, open spaces, and multi-family buildings; infill development in the Downtown core along Redlands Boulevard and Citrus Avenue.
Illustrative Phase 5. The following are built: the East of Orange Garage to spur additional infill development within the East of Orange Neighborhood; transformation of the Police Annex Building block into northeast end of Smiley Park; a parking garage on the Ed Hales parking lot, if necessary.
Eureka Street
Citrus Avenue
Church Street
Sixth Street
Olive Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Orange Street
Brookside Avenue
Texas Street
State Street
Colton Avenue
Ninth Street
Eureka Street
Citrus Avenue
Church Street
Sixth Street
Olive Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Orange Street
Brookside Avenue
Texas Street
State Street
Colton Avenue
Ninth Street
Eureka Street
Citrus Avenue
Church Street
Sixth Street
Olive Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Orange Street
Brookside Avenue
Texas Street
State Street
Colton Avenue
Ninth Street
Eureka Street
Citrus Avenue
Church Street
Sixth Street
Olive Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Orange Street
Brookside Avenue
Texas Street
State Street
Colton Avenue
Ninth Street
Eureka Street
Citrus Avenue
Church Street
Sixth Street
Olive Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Orange Street
Brookside Avenue
Texas Street
State Street
Colton Avenue
Ninth Street
Eureka Street
Citrus Avenue
Church Street
Sixth Street
Olive Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Stuart Avenue
Orange Street
Brookside Avenue
Texas Street
State Street
Colton Avenue
Ninth Street
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:17
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 351 of 1815
Wide sidewalks.
A mixed-use building.
Birds-eye view of University Village from the northwest. The University of Redlands is visible in the forground left and Sylvan Park in foreground right.
2. VISION
2.5. UNIVERSITY STREET STATION AREA
The majority of change within the University Street Station Area is anticipated to occur on the vacant and underutilized parcels located east of University Street, south of Sylvan Boulevard, west of Grove Street and Cook Street, and north of Citrus Avenue. Blocks within the University Transit Village, especially near the proposed station site, are large.
Parcels located north of the I-10 freeway and west of University Street are occupied by Sylvan Park, single-family houses, and some multifamily buildings. The southeast portion of the Village is occupied primarily by multifamily buildings. Like the other station areas, most of the land surrounding the proposed station site is vacant, underutilized, and ready for development.
A. Vision. The University Village is envisioned to be a vibrant, inviting, urban, mixed-use place where people want to live, work, shop, dine, have a cup of coffee, study, watch a movie, or simply walk around.
Conceived as the “town” counterpart to the University of Redlands “gown,” it provides a host of amenities for students, faculty, staff, and alumni within walking distance of the campus. It also provides retail, service, and dining offerings for University Village residents and residents of surrounding neighborhoods, and is a retail, dining, and entertainment destination for people living in the surrounding region.
Built on a pedestrian-friendly, interconnected street and block network, it is a place that is easy to get to, whether on foot, bicycle, train, or car; is well connected to its surroundings, including the campus, Sylvan Park, and surrounding neighborhoods. It embraces and enhances the open space and recreation amenities of Sylvan Park and the extended Orange Blossom Trail and greenway.
B. Plan. The adjoining drawing illustrates one way the University Village could develop over the next couple of decades. Subject to a variety of development variables, the Village will more than likely be developed with a pattern of buildings and places different from the ones shown. Key areas of this version of the University Village are described in further detail on the following pages.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:18
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 352 of 1815
University Street streetscape improvements between Park Avenue and Sylvan Bouevard. 3 5
2 1
7 2
6 6
5 8
4 3
University Street
Cook Street
Grove Street
Cypress Avenue
Central Avenue
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
Colton Avenue
Citrus Avenue
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:19
FIGURE 2-3. ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN: UNIVERSITY VILLAGE
LEGEND
Station
North Village
Village Center
4 South Village
3 2
1 Rambla
Sylvan Neighborhood
Sylvan Park
Zanja Greenway
7 6
5 8
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 353 of 1815
2. VISION
2.5.1. THE STATION
The center of the Village will be the University Street Station, the terminus of the proposed nine-mile long Arrow passenger rail line connecting the University of Redlands to the San Bernardino Transit Center. Key elements include:
• A new, tree-lined street couplet, Park Avenue North and Park Avenue South, that flanks the station, providing access to University Village and to commuter parking.
• A new station depot building, incorporating classical revival elements of the historic Downtown Redlands Station and the cupola of the University of Redlands’ own Memorial Chapel. Designed as a gateway, it greets students, visitors, residents, and office workers arriving to the Village and campus, while sheltering those waiting for departing trains.
• Strong pedestrian connections to the Village and across University Street to Sylvan Park.
Rambla
2.5.2. THE NORTH VILLAGE
Located north of the University Village Train Station, the North Village links the Train Station and the Village Center to the University, providing academic and campus-oriented uses. Key features include:
• A direct pedestrian connection to the campus from the train station across Park Avenue and up a new staircase to the existing green located between Ann Peppers Hall and the Theater Arts Building. • New academic buildings arranged around a quadrangle in what is now the existing parking lot north of the Theater Arts Building and Ann Peppers Hall. These new buildings bridge the existing gap between Ann Peppers Hall, the Theater Arts Building and the rest of the campus.
• The northern end of the Rambla, a distinctive and extraordinary thoroughfare between Central Avenue and Sylvan Boulevard with travel lanes on either side of a wide median. Paved with cobblestones or pavers, the Rambla median could also be configured to accommodate angled parking. The Rambla defines the image of University Village and is the principal destination for visitors. Mixed-use buildings front the Rambla with retail ground floors and residential, office, or academic upper floors. The portion located north of the University Village Train Station, will provide University-serving uses.
• A Central Park located to the east of the train station within the railroad right-of-way. Shown park uses are an amphitheater and a passive park, although other uses, could also be accommodated.
The park can also detain rainwater during major flood events. A small open pavilion that could accommodate events such as weddings, concerts, arts and crafts fairs, or other similar temporary uses could be introduced between Central Park and the Station. • A University-oriented hotel and conference center located on the block east of the Rambla. The hotel fronts Central Park to the south and a pond that stores non-potable irrigation water to the north. • As the North Village infills over time, a new parking structure, located north of Ann Peppers Hall accommodates campus parking.
The parking structure is lined with ground floor retail uses and upper floor office or residential uses.
University Street
Cook Street
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue North
Park Avenue South
Park Avenue
Park Avenue
LEGEND
Station and Pavilion
Sylvan Park
Academic Buildings
Rambla
Central Park
4 3
2 1 Hotel
Pond
Parking Garage
Mixed-use Buildings
University of Redlands
8 7
6 9
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
5 10
9 9
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:20
10 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 354 of 1815
The original Rambla in Barcelona, Spain.
Arcade facing the University Village Rambla. This alternative shows angled parking in the Rambla median.
Plan and elevation of view of proposed University Village Station Pavilion.
A non-potable water pond.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:21
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 355 of 1815
2. VISION
2.5.3. THE VILLAGE CENTER
The Village Center is located between the proposed University Village train station and Citrus Avenue. Within walking distance of the campus, Sylvan Park, and the neighborhoods to the south and east, the Village Center will be a lively destination for visitors, shoppers, students, and surrounding residents, as well as an inviting place to live and/or work.
Key components of the Village Center include:
• Mixed-use blocks with ground floors that accommodate
neighborhood-serving retail uses such as banks, pharmacies, personal services, real estate and financial services, florists, a mail center, quick casual food, bakeries, coffee shops, and restaurants.
Additional uses could include a cinema and bookstore, lined with ground floor retail uses that hide the “black box” functions of the theaters.
• A market hall or grocery store at the terminus of Station Street, on axis with the train station.
• Parking located in on-street parallel or angled spaces and in a parking lot or park-once garage located between the Market Hall and the freeway.
• Residential courtyard buildings along the eastern edge, facing Cook Street. The building facing Central Park could be either an allresidential building or a mixed-use building with ground floor retail uses.
• Station-serving parking located in on-street parallel or angled stalls and in parking lots and/or a park-once garage located in the Rambla– South area of the Village. University Street
Central Avenue
Rambla
Park Avenue North
Park Avenue South
Station Street
2.5.3. THE VILLAGE SOUTH
The Village South is located between Central Avenue and Citrus Avenue. Due to its proximity to the freeway, the Village Center could accommodate regional serving uses, particularly if a direct connection into the Village from the westbound Cypress Avenue freeway exit ramps is introduced. Key components of the Village South include:
• The new street that provides direct access to University Village from the westbound I-10 off-ramp, enhancing regional access to University Village’s retail, dining, and entertainment offerings.
• A roundabout at the end of the westbound Cypress Avenue off-ramp at Cypress Avenue. The Roundabout could contain unique landscape, public art, or signage announcing entry into the University Village. • Commercial and mixed-use buildings that house regional retail uses such as fashion and shoe stores, home furnishings, art and gifts stores, and restaurants. Other uses could include a hotel with conference facilities and signature restaurant. Upper floor uses are residential, office, or a combination of the two.
• As the Village infills over time, a park-once garage lined with occupiable uses (stores, offices, or residential lofts) will be introduced – shown on the Illustrative Plan at the corner of Citrus Avenue and Cook Street.
• Residential courtyard buildings along Cook Street.
Citrus Avenue
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 7
7 7
8 8
9 Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:22
LEGEND
Station and Pavilion
Sylvan Park
Rambla
Central Park
Market Hall
4 3
2 1 Theater
Mixed-use Blocks
Multi-Family Buildings
Parking Garage
8 7
6 9
5 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 356 of 1815
View of the New Zanja as it passes through the Village Center.
View down Station Street towards the Market Hall.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:23
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 357 of 1815
Illustrative Plan of Sylvan Neighborhood
View of the Mill Creek Zanja and greenway as it passes by the Sylvan Neighborhood.
House-form multi-family buildings A shared courtyard. Multi-use bicycle trail.
2. VISION
2.5.4. THE SYLVAN NEIGHBORHOOD
The Sylvan Neighborhood occupies
the blocks to the east of the North
Village area and south of the Zanja. It
is devoted solely to residential uses
in stacked-flats, courtyard buildings,
rowhouses, or bungalow courts.
Buildings are set back from the street
behind small front yards and provide
on-site shared open space in the form
of courtyards or backyards. Streets
are narrow, tree-lined, and flanked by
sidewalks and continuous landscape
planters.
The Zanja and the extension of the
Orange Blossom/Zanja Trail run
along the northern edge of the Sylvan
Neighborhood, providing convenient
access to recreation and the Zanja’s
natural setting.
LEGEND
1 Multi- Family Housing 2 Zanja Greenway 3 University of Redlands 1 1 1
Park Avenue
Cook Street
Grove Street
Sylvan Boulevard
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:24
3 2
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 358 of 1815
2.5.5. ILLUSTRATIVE BUILD-OUT SCENARIO
The below diagrams show how University Village as shown in the Illustrative Plan could develop over the next 30 years according to the transit oriented design principles described in Section 2.1 (Principles of Transit Oriented Development) and as governed by this Specific Plan’s Development Code (Chapter 4). Though the phasing sequence shown in the below diagrams could occur in a different order, consist of different projects, or contain parcels not shown in the sequence, the diagrams nevertheless demonstrate how the Plan Area could be developed in a manner that generates a genuine, urban environment, encourages walkablity, and promotes retail and entertainment activity Existing conditions in the year 2020. Illustrative Phase 1. The following are built: the University Street Station and Pavilion; the Park Street couplet; the commuter parking lot east of the Station; the University Street streetscape improvements; the stormwater improvements, including the non-potable irrigation pond and riparian creek; the Orange Blossom Trail; and the Sylvan Neigborhood.
Illustrative Phase 2. The following are built: the Rambla between Park Street and Central Avenue and the mixed-use and residential blocks south of the Station.
Illustrative Phase 3. The following are built: the Rambla between Park Street and Sylvan Boulevard; the buildings along both sides of the Rambla; the North Village parking garage; the hotel and conference center; the academic building to the west of the parking garage.
Illustrative Phase 4. The following are built: the Central Park and the mixed-use and residential building to the south.
Illustrative Phase 5. The following are built: the road connecting the Rambla to Citrus Avenue and the westbound I-10 Cypress Avenue off-ramp; the park-once garage; the mixed-use and residential building to the south of Central Avenue.
Sylvan Boulevard
University Street
Citrus AvenueCook Street
Grove Street
Central Avenue
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
Cypress Avenue
University Street
Citrus AvenueCook Street
Grove Street
Cypress Avenue
Central Avenue
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
University Street
Citrus AvenueCook Street
Grove Street
Cypress Avenue
Central Avenue
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
University Street
Citrus AvenueCook Street
Grove Street
Cypress Avenue
Central Avenue
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
University Street
Citrus AvenueCook Street
Grove Street
Cypress Avenue
Central Avenue
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
University Street
Citrus AvenueCook Street
Grove Street
Cypress Avenue
Central Avenue
Sylvan Boulevard
Park Avenue
I-10 Freeway
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:25
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 359 of 1815
2.6. BUILDING TYPES
Critical to realizing diverse, walkable neighborhoods is the introduction of buildings that enable and form such an environment. Characteristics of these buildings include:
• Buildings are generally located at the front of the lot. • Parking is generally located behind buildings. Where surface parking abuts the street, it is screened with a low hedge, a low wall, or landscape.
• Buildings face the street and open spaces with ample windows. • Buildings with residential ground floors are set back behind small front yards and entered directly from the sidewalk through porches, stoops, courtyards, or common lobbies.
• Buildings with commercial ground floors are located at the back of sidewalk and entered directly from the sidewalk through shopfronts. • Upper floor uses in mixed-use buildings are accessed through lobbies that, in turn, are accessed directly from the sidewalk. • Architectural style is secondary to how buildings are deployed and how they relate to the street and neighboring buildings. A building can contribute to a walkable, pedestrian-friendly environment regardless of its architectural style.
2. VISION
Six or more house buildings arranged linearly along either side of a common green. Having the same right-of-way width as a narrow neighborhood street, the Rosewalk (in contrast to the Bungalow Court) connects two parallel streets. Pedestrian access to the building entrances is from the common green and/or primary street. Rosewalks are prohibited on corner lots.
Primary Street (Front)
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
ROSEWALK
BUNGALOW
COURT
DUPLEX/TRIPLEX/
QUADPLEX
ROWHOUSES
D
C
E
F
C Rosewalk
Carriage Houses are independent buildings that share a project site with a street-facing single family house (“primary building”). Carriage Houses are smaller than the primary building and are located at the rear of the project site in one of the following configurations: a detached building; a detached building above or beside a garage.
Carriage houses can double the number of dwelling units on a singlefamily house neighborhood street.
A Carriage House
Houses are one-unit residential buildings surrounded on all four sides by setbacks (front yard, side yards, rear yard). On-site open space is provided through a rear yard.
B House
Side Street
Side Street
Side Street
HOUSE
COURT G
LIVE/ H WORK
B
MIXED-USE
CARRIAGE HOUSE
I BLOCK
A
Alley
Building Types
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:26
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 360 of 1815
Rowhouses in a Live-Work configuration consist of an integrated housing unit and working space, occupied and utilized by a single household in a structure, either single-family or multi-family, that has been designed or structurally modified to accommodate joint residential occupancy and work activity.
A building designed for occupancy by retail, service, and/or office uses on the ground floor, with upper floors configured for residential or office uses. Ground floor uses are accessed directly from the sidewalk through a shopfront. Upper floors are accessed from the street through a street-level lobby, an elevator, and corridors.
Rowhouse (Live-Work Variant).
Mixed-Use Block
F
I
Large houses that contain two, three, or four dwellings, respectively, and are surrounded on all four sides by setbacks (front yard, side yard, rear yard). On-site open space is provided by a rear yard that serves all the dwellings.
E Duplex/Triplex-Quadplex
Five or more House buildings arranged around a shared courtyard, with pedestrian access to the building entrances from the courtyard and/or fronting street. The courtyard is wholly open to the street and parking is placed in the rear of the lot or behind each unit. Bungalow courts are prohibited on corner lots that do not have alley access.
D Bungalow Court
A group of attached dwelling units arranged to share one or more common courtyards, with pedestrian access to each unit directly from the courtyard or the street through porch or stoop frontage types. The courtyard is intended to be a shared outdoor area that is visible from and accessed from the Primary Street. Courtyard buildings may accommodate residential or commercial uses.
G Court.
Two or more attached dwelling units arrayed side by side, with the ground floor typically raised above grade to promote privacy. The building is located at the front of the lot, with parking behind in tuckunder garages or standalone garages separated from the primary building by a rear yard. Rowhouses are typically set back behind a small front yard and are accessed directly from the sidewalk through a stoop or porch frontage.
H Live-Work Building
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:27
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 361 of 1815
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
2. VISION
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
2:28
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 362 of 1815
3.0. INTRODUCTION
The Redlands Mall site provides an opportunity to revitalize an underperforming site that occupies an important junction between the Downtown Passenger Rail Station, the Downtown commercial core, Sylvan Park, and the neighborhoods to the south. The Mall site originally consisted of six Downtown blocks that accommodated a variety of commercial and mixed-use buildings that were demolished in 1977 to make room for the Mall. With the exception of the CVS Pharmacy and some stores in the standalone retail building at the corner of Redlands Boulevard and Orange Street, the Mall is currently vacant, and has been since 2010.
This chapter provides a brief background and description of the existing conditions of the Mall site, a vision for the future redevelopment of the site, and a summary of important design considerations needed to generate development that is consistent with a pedestrian-friendly, mixeduse, transit-oriented, downtown setting.
This Redlands Mall Chapter is comprised of the following sections:
3.1. Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:2
3.2. Existing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:4
3.3. Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3:5 Bird’s-eye view of the existing Redlands Mal site. View of the Redlands Mall looking west from State Street towards Orange Street.
Bird’s-eye view of a revitalized Redlands Mall site. View of the redeveloped Redlands Mall site from State Street at Orange Street.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:1
CHAPTER 3: REDLANDS MALL
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 363 of 1815
1888 Bird’s-eye view of Redlands looking southeast. The most important intersection (“100% corner”) of Redlands’ original town center can be seen at the at the intersection of State Street and Orange Street (A.K. Smiley Public Library Archives).
3. REDLANDS MALL
3.1. BACKGROUND
The Redlands Mall is located on an approximately 11 acre site bounded by Orange Street, Redlands Boulevard, Eureka Street, and Citrus Avenue.
The site is located at the intersection of State Street and Orange Street – an intersection that from its earliest beginnings was Downtown’s most important corner. A 1888 Sanborn Insurance Map shows the intersection to be the only one that has buildings on all four corners (see page 3:3). Similarly, a birds-eye map from the same period shows Downtown’s principal commercial and mixed-use buildings lining State Street, focusing on the intersection with Orange Street.
The construction of important buildings at the intersection over the ensuing thirty to forty years – the First National Bank Building in 1914 and the La Posada Hotel in 1931 in particular – demonstrates the continued status of State Street and Orange Street as Redlands’ “100 percent corner.” These buildings not only welcomed visitor, but also marked Downtown’s presence for passing motorists, who may not be stopping in Downtown, but definitely knew they were passing through it. Even with the introduction of Highway 99 along Redlands Boulevard, which undoubtedly diverted through-traffic away from State Street, the important status of State Street and its intersection with Orange Street continued.
Downtown’s pre-World War II buildings, originally designed and built to accommodate people disembarking from trolley or train lines, were pedestrian-oriented. Typically set flush with the back of sidewalk with wall or projecting signage oriented toward pedestrians, their scale and ornamentation aimed to attract passing pedestrians. As automobiles replaced the trolleys and trains as the predominant form of transportation, Downtown continued to accommodate cars with onstreet parking and signage oriented towards pedestrians and passing cars.
Following World War II, Redlands’ commercial built environment underwent profound changes. New construction expanded well beyond the original downtown commercial district, first following the new Highway 99 route along Redlands Boulevard, then shifting north to cater to traffic on Interstate 10 (completed in 1962). Meanwhile, many existing buildings within the original commercial core were demolished, making way for construction on various scales: single buildings on single lots, multi-parcel parking lots, and shopping centers occupying one or more entire blocks. Chief among these was the Redlands Mall.
Completed in 1977, the Mall was built according to the urban renewal principles of the 1960s and 1970s of “clearing away” under-performing, “obsolete” buildings to make room for expanded civic centers, apartments, and new retail, typically in the form of shopping malls. The development of the Mall resulted in the leveling of six Downtown blocks, including the First National Bank building, the La Posada Hotel, and the Redlands Elks Club, as well as numerous stores and businesses.
The “100 percent corner” status of the intersection – eroded away by the presence of surface parking lots between the sidewalk and the windowless Mall building – was immediately lost.
Planned with the intention of revitalizing Downtown Redlands, the twostory Mall contained more than 173,000 square feet of enclosed leasable space, including space for a department store anchor (first Harris’ and then Gottschalks), and a 12,586-square-foot freestanding retail building at the corner of Orange Street and Redlands Boulevard.
During the mid 1990s the mall began showing signs of decline as popular, nationwide stores began to gradually be replaced by independent tenants. In 1998, Gottschalks acquired Harris’ and the Mall’s Harris’ store was replaced by Gottschalks. The Mall’s decline continued into the early 2000s as sales dropped to precipitously low levels. In 2009, Gottschalks filed for bankruptcy and closed all stores, including the Redlands Mall location. After struggling financially following the closure of Gottschalks, the Mall was closed for good on September 30, 2010 and all leases were immediately terminated. Except for the CVS Pharmacy and the stores in the freestanding retail building at the corner of Redlands Boulevard and Orange Street (Denny’s, Union Bank, and a Mattress Showroom), the Mall remains closed to this day.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:2
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 364 of 1815
State Street looking west towards Orange Street during the 1940s. The First National Bank Building can be seen to the left and the La Posada Hotel to the right. State Street beyond Orange Street was vacated in 1977 to make room for the Redlands Mall (A.K. Smiley Public Library Archives).
The First National Bank Building, originally located on the southwest corner of State Street and Orange Street, was demolished in 1975.
The La Posada Hotel, originally located on the northwest corner of State Street and Orange Street, was demolished in 1975.
1959 Sanborn Fire Insurance Map. The brown parcels along the west side of Orange Street at State Street are the First National Bank (south) and La Posada Hotel (north). 1888 Sanborn Fire Insurance Map. Note buildings on all four corners of States Street and Orange Street.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:3
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 365 of 1815
The Redlands Transfer Center is an uninviting and unappealing place to wait for and transfer between buses.
3. REDLANDS MALL
3.2. EXISTING CONDITIONS
Surrounded on all sides by surface parking lots, the Mall building is located at the center of the site, is completely internally oriented, and lacks street-facing windows. When it was still open for business, the Mall was accessed from one entrance on the east side and two along the north and south sides (one into the Mall and the other directly into the anchor store). A vine-covered trellis connects the Mall’s Orange Street entrance to Orange Street along the State Street alignment.
In stark contrast to Downtown’s traditional, pedestrian-oriented blocks and buildings located to the east of Orange Street, this configuration inhibits north-south circulation (between the Downtown Station, Smiley Park, and the neighborhoods to the south) and east-west circulation (between Downtown, the Esri campus, and neighborhoods to the west), and has compromised the “100% corner” status that Orange Street and State Street once held.
Currently the surface parking lots along Orange Street provide visitors with convenient parking across the street from Downtown stores, restaurants, and businesses located east of Orange Street, as well as for special events such as Market Night.
In addition, there is a stormwater easement on the southeast corner of Eureka Street and Redlands Boulevard. Construction on the corner can only occur if the subterranean stormwater pipe that crosses through the easement is relocated.
The Redlands Mall along Redlands Boulevard currently serves as Redlands’ transfer center, providing timed transfers between four bus lines – see Section 5.5 (Transit Network) for more information. Because of the urban unfriendly design of the Mall, the bus stop is an uninviting and unappealing place to wait for and transfer between buses.
The demolition of the First National Bank Building. The vacant Redlands Mall (photo courtesy San Bernardino Sun).
Vine-covered arcades provide pedestrian access between the Mall and Orange Street.
The Redlands Mall fronts Redlands Boulevard with a blank, windowless wall, and a surface parking lot.
The entrance to the Gottschalks entrance, boarded up since 2009.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:4
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 366 of 1815
Illustrative Plan of the revitalized Redlands Mall site.
3.3. VISION
Located within easy walking distance of the Downtown Station and various bus and bicycle routes, Smiley Park, and restaurants and stores along State Street and Orange Street, the Mall site is transformed into a vibrant pedestrian-oriented extension of Downtown, reminiscent of what existed prior to the construction of the Mall in 1977. Key features include:
• The extension of State Street, Third Street, and/or Fourth Street into the site, resurrecting the interconnected block network that existing prior to the Mall, encouraging pedestrians and others to move through and into the site, rather than being forced to traverse around the site. • The extension into the Mall site of the landscape character of State Street east of Orange Street (large canopy trees located in the street between angled parking spaces).
• New streets (whether public or private) detailed with sidewalks, curbs, street trees, street lights, and, as applicable, street furniture. • A plaza or park that provides outdoor space for Downtown residents, employees, shoppers, and visitors and that can accommodate events and activities such as Redlands’ annual New Year’s Eve festivities. A market hall or civic building could be introduced adjacent to the plaza or park. A park or common area for the adjacent housing can also be introduced over the stormwater easement.
• New mixed-use and multi-family buildings that are located next to and accessed directly from the sidewalk and face the street and proposed plaza/park with ample windows and ground floor frontage elements that provide a pedestrian-friendly transition from the sidewalk to the building – shopfronts for retail and restaurant uses, and stoops or lobbies with articulated entries for residences. Ranging from three to five stories in height, these buildings employ massing strategies in character with Redlands’ historic buildings.
• Parking in a subterranean garage(s) and/or a garage(s) located at the center of the block and lined with retail, office, and/or residential uses in order to provide sufficient parking and to enable the creation of a vibrant, pedestrian-oriented public realm.
Eureka Street
State Street
Third Street
Orange Street
Oriental Avenue
Citrus Avenue
Brookside Avenue
Sixth Street
Redlands Boulevard Fourth Street
Shoppers Lane
Example of an urban plaza (Healdsburg, California).
The landscape of State Street is extended westward into the Mall site.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:5
2 3
5 4
7 LEGEND
Downtown Station
State Street Extension
Third Street Extension
Fourth Street Extension
Plaza and Park
Park or Common Area over
Stormwater Easement
Parking Garage
Existing Downtown
Smiley Park
3 2
1 5
4 6
7 8
1 8
9 6
9 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 367 of 1815
Bird’s-eye view of a revitalized Redlands Mall site.
New building on Mall site reminiscent in deisgn to the demolished La Posada Hotel.
3. REDLANDS MALL
3.3. VISION (CONTINUED)
A market hall building.
An urban park.
Active sidewalks.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:6
Eureka Street
Third Street
Orange Street
Fourth Street
Redlands Boulevard
Citrus Avenue
Shoppers Lane
State Street
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 368 of 1815
A. Alternatives. The Illustrative Plan on the previous page and the three alternatives on this page show three of many different ways the Redlands Mall could be redeveloped into a walkable, pedestrian-friendly, mixed-use, transit-oriented destination. Key attributes of each alternative are:
1. Alternative 1. State Street and Third Street are extended through the site with the section between Third and Euareka streets being pedestrian-only. A new plaza or park is introduced on the west side of Orange Street, centered on State Street and terminating the vista from either direction. Cars navigate around the north and south sides of the plaza or park. A park is also introduced on the stormwater easement that crosses the southeast corner of Eureka street and Redlands Boulevard. A new lined parking garage is built on the block bounded by Orange Street, Redlands Boulevard, State Street, and Third Street.
2. Alternative 2. State Street, Third Street, and Fourth Street are extended into the site. Like Alternative 1, a plaza or park is introduced centered on State Street, but at the center of the site. A new lined parking garage is located on the block bounded by Eureka Street, Redlands Boulevard, Third Street, and State Street, assuming the stormwater pipe is relocated.
3. Alternative 3. State Street, Third Street, and Fourth Street are extended into the site. A north-south linear park flanks the Third Street and Fourth Street extensions, connecting Redlands Boulevard to Citrus Avenue. Like Alternative 2, a new lined parking garage is located on the block bounded by Eureka Street, Redlands Boulevard, Third Street, and State Street, assuming the stormwater pipe is relocated.
All of the alternatives extend the existing landscape character of State Street into the site, provide new buildings with pedestrian-oriented ground floors and massing that is consistent with Redlands’ historic buildings (both existing and demolished), and provide a comfortable and attractive place for transit riders to wait for buses and other transit options along Redlands Boulevard. Regardless of how the site develops, proposed designs must adhere to the principles of transit oriented development described in Section 2.1 and to the standards of the Development Code (Chapter 4).
State Street
Orange Street
Citrus Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Eureka Street
Fourth Street
State Street
Orange Street
Citrus Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Eureka Street
Fourth Street
State Street
Orange Street
Citrus Avenue
Redlands Boulevard
Eureka Street
Fourth Street
Third Street Third Street
State Street extension through the Redlands Mall site.
A parking garage located at the center of the block and lined with commercial uses.
A new building with varied massing.
Redlands Mall Illustrative Alternative 3 (with connected parks concept).
Redlands Mall Illustrative Alternative 1 (with pedestrian paseo concept).
Redlands Mall Illustrative Alternative 2 (with central park/plaza concept).
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:7
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 369 of 1815
3. REDLANDS MALL
3.3. VISION (CONTINUED)
B. Design Considerations. The pedestrian-scaled, downtown character envisioned for the Mall site requires that new buildings, open spaces, and streets be designed together to generate a walkable, pedestrianscaled environment. Key design considerations, further elaborated in the Development Code (Chapter 4), needed to achieve this end, include:
1. Building Design. New buildings on the Mall site must be designed not as over-sized, monolithic structures, but as a series of smaller scale buildings, similar to those currently found in Downtown and to historic buildings that have been demolished over the years.
This is achieved by introducing multiple buildings on each bock, or designing single buildings to appear like multiple buildings.
Strategies for achieving this include:
• Employing interesting building articulation strategies. • Assigning unique architectural styles or design treatments to individual buildings or portions of buildings.
• Accentuating corner buildings and/or providing corner plazas. • Providing a variety of frontage elements, and varying their type, design, and/or detailing.
• Varying how residential buildings are accessed, including direct access from the sidewalk through a stoop or porch, or through a common lobbies.
• Designing buildings along Orange Street to be compatible with the massing and scale of the historic buildings along the west side of Orange Street (across the street from the Mall site).
See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing Standards), Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards), Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards), and Section 4.15 (Special Lot Conditions)
2. Open Space Design. The Mall’s plaza or park must be designed as an attractive, inviting, comfortable outdoor room. Key design components include:
• The park or plaza must be at least one third of an acre in size (0.33 acre) and must front at least one street.
• Visibility from one side of the park or plaza to the other is essential. Hedges, walls, and other visual impediments must be kept low and to a minimum.
• Adjacent buildings must face the park or plaza with windows, doors, and appropriate frontage types. Park-facing ground floor uses should be retail and/or restaurant uses.
• Access to the park or plaza must be provided from adjacent sidewalks by accessible paths that are consistent with the design theme of the park or plaza and with its urban, downtown setting.
See Section 4.16 (Park, Plaza, and Open Space Design Standards) of the Development Code for more detailed requirements.
3. Block Design. A street and block network must be introduced in order to generate a walkable, interconnected, Downtown environment. New streets must accommodate automobile traffic and on-street parking, although State Street between the Third Street alignment and Eureka Street may be pedestrian-only. See Section
4.14 (Block Design Standards) of the Development Code and Section
5.6 (Street Types) for more detailed requirements.
4. Street Design. The design of new streets within the Mall site and new streetscapes along existing surrounding streets must be designed to promote an inviting, active, walkable, downtown environment. Key design components include:
• Street trees that provide shade, do not uplift sidewalks, and can thrive in an urban environment.
• Pedestrian-scaled street lighting.
• Street furnishings such as benches, waste receptacles, bicycle racks, and similar items that help to define pedestrian use areas. Additional and optional amenities include tables, chairs, umbrellas, kiosks, and planters.
See Section 4.16 (Street and Streetscape Design Standards) of the Development Code for more detailed requirements.
A downtown plaza hosts an evening concert.
A mixed-use building with a corner tower element.
A multi-family building with varied floor heights.
A new street detailed with curbs, street trees, and street lights.
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
3:8
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 370 of 1815
CHAPTER 4: DEVELOPMENT CODE
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:1
Church St.
Stuart Ave.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
Cajon St.
Cypress Ave.
State St.
Orange St.Sixth St.
Brookside Ave.
Ninth St.
Clark Ave.
4.0. INTRODUCTION
The Development Code provides standards for implementing the City's goals of meeting State of California mandates to increase housing supply, especially near transit stations, and of creating walkable, mixeduse districts and neighborhoods comprised of beautiful streets and open spaces that are fronted by buildings that accommodate a variety of housing, office, and retail opportunities within walking and biking distance of the three proposed Redlands Passenger Rail stations, the Downtown commercial district, Smiley and Sylvan Parks, and the Esri and University of Redlands campuses.
To this end, the Development Code provides land use and design standards for the development of buildings on private property that face and are accessed from the street through appropriate frontage types; locate parking either subterranean or at the center of the block; have massing and articulation that resembles a series of smaller scale buildings in keeing with Redlands' small town character; and that provide on-site open spaces conceived as outdoor rooms, not just leftover space to be landscaped. The Development Code also provides street and block standards designed to break up the automobileoriented megablocks surrounding each station through the introduction of pedestrian-scaled streets and blocks that are consistent in scale with the those of Downtown and the surrounding pre-World War II residential neighborhoods. Development Code Sections are:
4.1. Purpose and Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2
4.2. Regulating Plan, Zones, and Land Use Standards . . . . . . . . . 4:4
4.3. Development Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:15
4.4. On-Site Open Space and Fence/Wall Standards . . . . . . . . . . . 4:28
4.5. Building Articulation and Massing Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:34
4.6. Frontage Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:37
4.7. Building Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:44
4.8. Emergency Shelter Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:52
4.9. Signage Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:53
4.10. Service and Utility Placement Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:62
4.11. On-Site Landscape, Outdoor Lighting,
and Public Art Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:63
4.12. Parking Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:64
4.13. Sustainable Stormwater Management Guidelines . . . . . . . . . 4:67
4.14. Block and Special Lot Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:68
4.15. Street and Streetscape Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:72
4.16. Park, Plaza, and Open Space Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . 4:74
4.17. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:75 Regulating Plan.
Building Massing and Articulation Standards Development Standards On-Site Open Space.
Building Size and Separation.
Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access.
Primary Street
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Primary Street (front)
Side Street
Sideyard
Courtyard
Frontage Element
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Primary Street (front)
Sideyard
Courtyard
Front 40% of lot depth
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
a
b
c
c
b
b
d
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 371 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:2
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.1. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY
4.1.1. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY
A. Purpose. This Chapter of the Transit Villages Specific Plan (TVSP) provides detailed regulations for development and new land uses within the specific plan area, and describes how these regulations will be used as part of the City's development review process.
These provisions supersede and replace regulations in the Redlands Zoning Code (Title 18 of the Redlands Municipal Code) as noted in Section 4.1.2.G (Relationship to Zoning Code). This Development Code is intended to provide for the continuing evolution of the Plan Area into a place where:
• A mixture of land uses including shops, restaurants,
entertainment venues, workplaces, and residences are within walking distance of the New York Street, Downtown, and
University Street Passenger Rail stations;
• Streets are attractive to pedestrians and also conveniently and efficiently accommodate the needs of cyclists and motorists; • New and remodeled buildings define the pedestrian-oriented space of the public streets and are harmonious with each other and the desired character of each Station Area.
• Active building frontages enhance the pedestrian activity of the streets.
• Parking is seamlessly integrated through on-street and on-site subterranean parking and lined parking garages.
B. Applicability.
1. The provisions of this Development Code chapter are applicable to all properties within the Transit Villages Specific Plan area.
2. The regulations, development standards, and guidelines as contained in this Development Code Chapter shall apply in their entirety to the review of development proposals. Where the development standards and guidelines of this Development Code chapter do not provide adequate direction, the City of Redlands Municipal Code shall prevail.
4.1.2. ADMINISTRATION
A. Administration and Enforcement. It shall be the duty of the City of Redlands to enforce the provisions set forth in the Transit Villages Specific Plan. All officers, employees, and officials of the City of Redlands who are vested with the duty or authority to issue permits or licenses shall comply with the provisions of the Transit Villages Specific Plan, and shall not issue any permit or license or approve any use or building that would be in conflict with the Transit Villages Specific Plan. Any permit, license, or approval issued that is in conflict with the requirements of the Transit Villages Specific Plan shall be considered null and void.
B. Relationship to Zoning Code. This Specific Plan is adopted by ordinance and is therefore a specific zoning regulatory document that replaces the requirements of the Redlands Zoning Code, Title 18 of the Redlands Municipal Code. Otherwise applicable requirements of the Zoning Code that are not covered by this Development Code apply to development within the specific plan area, as noted in this Development Code chapter. If a conflict occurs between a requirement of this Development Code and the Redlands Municipal Code, the provisions of this Development Code shall control.
C. Relationship to Building Code, Fire Code, Health Code and other Requirements and Regulations. The implementation of all development standards and provisions of this Development Code are subject to the requirements and regulations of the California Building Code, Fire Code, Health and Safety Code, and other applicable State and Federal regulations.
D. Effect of Specific Plan Changes on Projects in Progress. An application for a Building Permit, Commission review and approval, Subdivision Permit, Conditional Use Permit, or Variance that has been accepted by the Development Services Department as complete prior to the effective date of this Specific Plan or any amendment shall be processed in compliance with the requirements in effect when the application was accepted as complete.
A project that is under construction on the effective date of this specific Plan or any amendment, need not be changed to satisfy any new or different requirements of this Specific Plan, provided that the approved use of the site shall be established, including the completion of all structures and other features of the project as shown on the approved permit, before the expiration of the permit, or applicable time extension.
E. Nonconforming Buildings and Nonconforming Uses.
Nonconforming buildings and nonconforming uses of land within the Specific Plan area are subject to Section 18.184 (Nonconforming Buildings and Uses) of the Redlands Municipal Code, as incorporated herein by this reference.
F. Historic and Potentially Historic Buildings.
1. Rehabilitations and Additions. All rehabilitations and additions to historic buildings shall conform to the recommendations of the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation and Illustrated Guidelines for Rehabilitation of Historic Structures and/ or the Redlands Historic Architectural Design Guidelines.
2. Project sites adjacent to historic structures. Buildings on project sites located immediately adjacent to lots (i.e., that share side or rear property lines) that have designated or eligible historic structures on them shall be designed per the requirements of this Specific Plan and per the
recommendations of the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation and Illustrated Guidelines for Rehabilitation of Historic Structures and/or the Redlands Historic Architectural Design Guidelines.
G. Effect on properties designated for civic buildings, parks, or parking structures. A property designated by the Regulating Plan as a potential site for a civic building, park, or parking structure may continue to be used as follows:
1. Existing land uses and development may continue on the site in compliance with Subsection 4.1.2.D, above;
2. The property owner may choose to propose new development and land uses in compliance with this code; and
3. The property owner may choose to work with the city to develop the proposed public facility.
H. Minor Deviations. Minor deviations from the standards and guidelines of the Transit Villages Specific Plan are permitted per the requirements of Section 18.196.130 (Modifications to Property Development Standards) of the Redlands Municipal Code, as incorporated herein by this reference.
I. Submittal Requirements. Development applications and processing fees shall be submitted according to the development types shown in Table 4-1 (Submittal Requirements) and Redlands Municipal Code Section 18.12.080 (Site Plan Approval and Procedures) and Section
18.12.170 (Architectural Review; Criteria).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 372 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:3
TABLE 4-1. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Development Code Standard Development Code Section
Applicable Development Code Sections
Renovation
of Existing
Buildings
Additions to
Existing Buildings
Less than 20% of
Existing Floor Area
Additions to
Existing Buildings
More than 20% of
Existing Floor Area
New
Buildings
Parcels
Larger than
3.5 acres in
Area
Land Use Standards 4.2
Allowable Land Uses and Planning
Permit Requirements 4.2.2 and Table 4-2 Required Required Required Required Required Development Standards 4.3
Building Setback Standards 4.3.1.A, 4.3.2.A, 4.3.3.A,
4.3.4.A, 4.3.5.A, or 4.3.6.A Required Required Required Required Building Height Standards 4.3.1.B, 4.3.2.B, 4.3.3.B,
4.3.4.B, 4.3.5.B, or 4.3.6.B Required Required Required Parking Placement Standards 4.3.1.C, 4.3.2.C, 4.3.3.C,
4.3.4.C, 4.3.5.C, or 4.3.6.C Required Required Required Parking Requirement Standards 4.3.1.D, 4.3.2.D, 4.3.3.D,
4.3.4.D, 4.3.5.D, or 4.3.6.D Required Required Required Required Required On-Site Open Space Standards 4.3.1.E, 4.3.2.E, 4.3.3.E,
4.3.4.E, 4.3.5.E, or 4.3.6.E Required Required Required Building Size and Separation
Standards
4.3.1.F, 4.3.2.F, 4.3.3.F,
4.3.4.F, 4.3.5.F, or 4.3.6.F Required Required Required Frontage Elements, Allowed
Encroachments, and Access
4.3.1.G, 4.3.2.G, 4.3.3.G,
4.3.4.G, 4.3.5.G, or 4.3.6.G Required Required Required Required Design Standards and Guidelines 4.4 - 4.14
On-Site Open Space Standards 4.4 Required Required
Building Articulation and Massing
Standards 4.5 Required Required Required
Frontage Standards 4.6 Required Required Required Required Building Design Standards 4.7 Required Required Required Required Required Emergency Shelter Standards 4.8 Required Required Required Required Required Signage Standards 4.9 Required Required Required Required Required Service and Utilities Placement and
Screening Standards 4.10 Required Required Required Required Required On-Site Landscape, Outdoor
Lighting, and Public Art Standards 4.11 Required Required Required Required Required Parking Design Standards 4.12 Required Required Required Required Required Sustainable Storm Water
Management Guidelines 4.13 Required Required Required
Block and Special Lot Design
Standards 4.14 Required
Public Realm Design Standards 4.15 - 4.16
Street and Streetscape Design
Standards 4.15 Required
Park, Plaza, and Open Space
Design Standards 4.16 Required
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 373 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:4
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Route 10
Colton Ave.
Texas St. Texas St.
Brookside Ave.
Eureka St.
Orange St. Orange St.
New York St.
Alabama St.Kansas St.Tennessee St.
Olive Ave.
Gorgonio Dr.
Pine Ave.
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Route 10
State St.
San
Michigan St.
Fern Ave.
Eureka St.
See Page 4:5 See Page 4:5
4.2. REGULATING PLAN, ZONES, AND LAND USE STANDARDS
FIGURE 4-1. REGULATING PLAN
4.2.1. REGULATING PLAN AND ZONES
A. Purpose. This Section establishes the zones applied to property within the specific plan area. The Regulating Plan (Figure 4-1 on pages 4:3-4:4) divides the specific plan area into separate zones that are based on intensities that range from the most intense types of development and land use within the specific plan area to the least intense types, with all zones allowing a broad and varied mixture of land uses.
Each zone allocates land uses and provides detailed standards for building placement, height, massing, articulation, frontage, landscape, and parking.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 374 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:5
Church St.
Colton Ave.
Sylvan Blvd.
Park Ave.
University St.Grove St.Judson St.
Route 10
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave. Citrus Ave.
Brockton Ave.
Cajon St.
Cypress Ave.
State St.
See Page 4:4 See Page 4:4
Clark Ave.
Fern Ave.
Village Center (VC)
Village Corridor (COR)
Downtown (DT)
Neighborhood General 1 (NG1)
Village General (VG)
Neighborhood General 2 (NG2)
Special District 1 (SD1)
Civic Space (CS)
LEGEND
Specific Plan Boundary
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 375 of 1815
The Village Center zone applies to the parcels immediately surrounding the three stations. Harkening back to the three- and four-story buildings that lined State and Orange Streets prior to World War II, new buildings reach an average height of four stories1 and are mixed-use, all residential, or all office. Retail ground floors are located at the back of sidewalk, while residential ground floors are set back behind small front yards. Buildings are accessed directly from the sidewalk via shopfront, stoop, terrace, or lobby frontage types. Parking is located behind buildings or subterranean The Downtown zone applies to parcels facing State Street east of Orange Street and along the east side of Orange Street between the railroad right of way and State Street.
New buildings up to three-stories in height accommodate a mix of uses with commercial ground floors and residential or commercial upper floors. New buildings are located at the back of sidewalk, and accessed via shopfronts or lobbies. Parking is located behind buildings, subterranean, or in park-once lots or structures.
Applying to parcels located around the periphery of the three stations, the Village General zone enables multi-family and mixed-use buildings with an average height of three stories.2 Retail ground floors, accessed via shopfronts, are located at the back of sidewalk, while residential ground floors, accessed via stoops, terraces, or lobbies, are located behind small front yards. Parking is located behind buildings or subterranean The Village Corridor zone applies to parcels located along the north side of Colton Avenue, both sides of Orange Street north of the I-10 freeway, and both sides of Olive Avenue. The Village Corridor zone enables small-scale mixed-use buildings up to two stories in height with commercial ground floors and residential or commercial upper floors. Building access is directly from the sidewalk via shopfront, stoop, terrace, or lobby frontage types. Parking is located behind and to the sides of buildings, subject to minimum street-facing building frontage requirements
The Neighborhood General 1 zone applies to parcels located between Sixth Street and Church Street. The Neighborhood General 1 zone enables small-scale commercial and house-form buildings that accommodate commercial, light industrial, and live-work uses. New buildings are up to two stories in height and located at or near the back of sidewalk. Parking is allowed behind and to the side of buildings, subject to minimum street-facing building frontage requirements
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:6
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
1. Village Center (VC)
2. Downtown (DT)
3. Village General (VG)
4. Village Corridor (COR)
5. Neighborhood General 1 (NG1)
4.2. REGULATING PLAN, ZONES AND LAND USE STANDARDS (CONTINUED) B. Zones established. The following zones are hereby established by this Specific Plan, and are applied to property within the Specific Plan Area as shown on the Regulating Plan (Figure 4-1).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 376 of 1815
The Neighborhood General 2 zone enables house-form buildings that accommodate residential and office uses. New buildings are up to two stories in height and are set back from the sidewalk behind front yards. Parking is located behind buildings. New buildings match or complement prevalent building setbacks along the length of the block and complement building heights and massing of adjacent buildings or buildings across the street.
The Special District 2 zone applies to school and other institutional sites. New buildings accommodate educational, religious, and other civic uses. Parking is located in surface parking lots or garages. Development standards are negotiated between the institutional entity and the City.
The Civic Space zone applies to parks, plazas, greens, and other open spaces within the Specific Plan area. These open spaces may accommodate small structures such as gazebos, restrooms, and community centers.
4.2.2. ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PLANNING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS determine whether the proposed use is permitted based on the determination that the use is similar to, and no more detrimental than, those permitted in the district. Uses not listed, or otherwise determined by the Director to not be permitted, shall be prohibited.
B. Permit requirements. Table 4-2 provides for land uses that are:
1. Permitted subject to compliance with all applicable provisions of this Specific Plan. These are shown as "P" uses in the table;
2. Allowed subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Redlands Municipal Code 18.192, and shown as "CUP" uses in the table;
3. Allowed subject to the approval of a Administrative Use Permit in compliance with Redlands Municipal Code 18.193, and shown as "AUP" uses in the table
4. Not allowed in particular zones, and shown as a "-" in the table.
C. Standards for specific land uses.
1. Additional Regulations. Where the last column in Table 4-2 ("Additional Regulations per Redlands Municipal Code") includes a section number, the regulations in the referenced section of Redlands Municipal Code apply to the use. Provisions in other sections of the Redlands Municipal Code may also apply.
A. Allowable land uses. A parcel or building within the specific plan area shall be occupied by only the land uses allowed by Table 4-2 within the zone assigned to the site as shown on the Regulating Plan.
1. Multiple uses. Any one or more land uses identified by Table 4-2 as being allowable within a specific zone may be established on any parcel within that zone, subject to the planning permit requirement listed in the table, and in compliance with all applicable requirements of this Development Code.
2. Use not listed. When a use is not specifically listed in Table 4-2:
a. The Planning Commission shall have the authority to decide as an administrative act (with review of an application for entitlement) whether the proposed use is permitted based on the determination that the use is similar to, and no more detrimental than, those permitted in the district. Uses not listed, or otherwise determined by the Planning Commission to not be permitted, shall be prohibited.
b. For ministerial actions (such as review of a building permit application, zone clearance form for a business license, etc.), the Development Services Director shall have the authority to Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:7
6. Neighborhood General 2 (NG2)
7. Special District 2 (SD1)
8. Civic Space (CS)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 377 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
4.2.2. ALLOWABLE LAND USES AND PLANNING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:8
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.2. REGULATING PLAN, ZONES AND LAND USE STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
ADMINISTRATIVE / PROFESSIONAL
Architectural, design, and engineering design
services P P P P P — —
Art studios with less than 15% sales area P P P P P — — Attorney/legal services P (1) P P P P — —
Banks, credit unions, financial institutions,
emote ATMs (stand-alone - without drivethrough)P P P P P — — Banks, credit unions, financial institutions,
remote ATMs (with drive-through) CUP — CUP CUP CUP — —
Brokerage firms and financial institutions P (1) P P P P — — Business management services P (1) P P P P — —
Exhibit halls and galleries with 15% or less
retail sales area (for galleries with more than
15% retail sales area – see Art Gallery use
under General Merchandise/Retail Trade)
P P P P P — —
General administrative offices P (1) P P P P — —
Insurance and accounting offices P (1) P P P P —
Massage, acupressure, reflexology as primary
use CUP (1) CUP (1) CUP CUP CUP — — RMC §5.28
Massage, acupressure, reflexology as ancillary use to a primary permitted use – less than 40% of gross floor area of business
AUP (1) AUP (1) AUP AUP AUP — — RMC §5.28
Offices for medical, dental, chiropractic, acupuncture, and similar uses – see use in Medical/Health Services
P (1) P (1) P P P — —
Real estate, escrow, property management
offices P (1) P (1) P P P P —
Recording or film studios CUP CUP CUP — — — —
ANIMAL SERVICES
Feed/tackle supplies — — — — — — —
Pet day care (no overnight boarding) CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — Pet grooming/training (no outdoor activities) P P P P P — — Pet hospitals and boarding/kennels — — CUP CUP CUP — —
Pet sales and supplies retail sales (no outdoor storage) P P P P P — — Veterinarian office (no boarding of pets) P P P P P — — Veterinarian office or clinic (with overnight
boarding of pets) — — CUP CUP CUP — —
TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
2. Outdoor display and of retail goods. Outdoor display and vending of retail goods and products in front of stores is permitted in the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), Village General (VG), and Village Corridor (COR) zones, subject to he following requirements:
a. Goods and products may be displayed on private property or on public sidewalk, but may only be displayed in front of the building/business vending the goods and products.
b. Good and products may be displayed for no more than four (4) consecutive days in any calendar month, and with at least four (4) days without display between any outdoor display periods.
c. Outdoor displays shall maintain any necessary ADAaccessibility (four feet minimum clearance) on any required Path of Travel or public sidewalk area.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 378 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:9
Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
GENERAL MERCHANDISE / RETAIL TRADE
Antique retail sales (antique furniture, housewares, or clothing) P P P P P — — Art gallery with retail sales P P P P P — —
Art supplies, framing, arts and crafts P P P P P — —
Beauty supplies P P P P P — —
Bicycles and parts sales, with repair services P P P P P — — Books and magazines P P P P P — —
Camera and photographic supplies P P P P P — —
Cannabis sales or commercial activities — — — — — — — Ord. 2851 Clothing/shoes stores (new merchandise) P P P P P — —
Cigar/cigarette/smoke shops/electronic cigarettes as primary use CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — Consignment clothing and merchandise sales
(used merchandise) and thrift stores P P P P P — —
Consumer personal electronics, computer or
software, phone or telecommunication equipment retail sales or storeP P P P P — — Convenience stores CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
Discount variety/volume liquidation/cut-rate
merchandise stores, or military/army surplus — — CUP CUP CUP — — Equipment sales/rentals, with or without outdoor storage — — — — — — — Fabric stores P P P P P — —
Farmers market SEP SEP SEP — SEP — — RMC §18.195
Florists, gift shops P P P P P — —
Food/drug and kindred products P P P P P AUP —
Food and beverage retail sales P P P P P AUP —
Food truck SEP SEP SEP — SEP — —
Furniture, appliances, office, home furnishings store (no outdoor display or storage) P P P P P — — General merchandise, specialty retail, gift,
craft items, housewares, and variety (non-discount) storesP P P P P — — Hardware stores (under 10,000 square-feet
GFA) P P P P P — —
Hardware, home improvement stores (10,000
square-feet or more GFA) — — — — — — —
Herbal, health, botanical stores P P P P P — —
Hobbies, toys, and game stores P P P P P — —
Hookah lounge, cigar lounge, smoking room
(as primary or ancillary use) CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
Indoor swap meet, concession malls — — — — — — —
Interior decorating, linen, bath stores P P P P P — —
Music, records, tape, or video sales P P P P P — —
Musical instruments, with or without repair
services P P P P P — —
Office supplies, stationary/cards P P P P P — —
Nurseries, garden supplies retail sales (under
10,000 square-feet GFA) — CUP CUP — CUP — —
Pet stores, pet supplies retail sales P P P P P — —
Pharmacies, drug stores (without drivethrough) P P P P P — — Pharmacies, drug stores (with drive-through) — — CUP CUP — — — Shoe stores P P P P P — —
Sporting goods and equipment retail sales P P P P P — — Vision aids, opticians/optometry, hearing
aids, prosthetic sales P P P P P — —
TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 379 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:10
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.2. REGULATING PLAN, ZONES AND LAND USE STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE SALES
Alcohol sales for off-site consumption, with
or without tasting room CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — RMC §18.190 Bar or lounge as primary use, without a
restaurant — CUP — — — — — RMC §18.190
On-site sales and consumption in connection
with a restaurant, alcoholic beverage sales do
not exceed 50% of all sales (with or without
ancillary bar or lounge)
P P P P P — — RMC §18.190
On-site sales and consumption in connection
with a restaurant, alcoholic beverage sales
are 50% or more of all sales
CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — RMC §18.190
On-site sale and consumption without
restaurant, ancillary to primary use CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — RMC §18.190 Manufacturing, wholesale and distribution,
including winery or micro-brewery, with or
without tasting room and no restaurant
CUP CUP CUP — CUP — — RMC §18.190
Micro-brewery in connection with restaurant CUP CUP CUP — CUP — — RMC §18.190 Tasting room as primary use, with or without
food service CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — RMC §18.190
Wine sales as primary use (off-sale license) P P P P P — — RMC §18.190
PERSONAL SERVICES
Arts and crafts studio – retail, indoors only P P P P P — — Barbers, hair/nail/skincare/tanning salons
and day spas P P P P P — —
Body art (tattooing, body piercing, or
permanent cosmetics) — — CUP — CUP — —
Check cashing, payday advance uses with or
without ancillary services — — CUP CUP CUP — —
Consumer personal electronics, computer
and phone/telecommunication equipment
repair
P P P P P — —
Drapery and carpet service — — P P P — —
Dry cleaners (under 5,000 square-feet GFA) P P P P P — — Fortune telling, tarot, psychic reading, or
similar services — — — — — — —
Funeral services, without morgue or
crematory — — CUP CUP CUP — —
Laundromat, self-serve or coin operated AUP — P P — — — Locksmith and key shop P P P P P — —
Pawn shop, cash for gold and diamonds (as
primary use) — — — — — — —
Photocopying and photo developing - retail P P P P P — — Photography studios P P P P P — —
Postal services, mailbox rental P P P P P — —
Shoe repair P P P P P — —
Tailor and alterations P P P P P — —
RESIDENTIAL / LODGING
Assisted living facilities — — — — — — —
Bed and breakfast facilities — — CUP CUP CUP CUP — RMC §18.156, Article III
Community care facilities (licensed or
unlicensed, 7 or more residents) — — CUP CUP CUP CUP —
Convalescent home or care — — — — — — —
Emergency shelter — — — — P — — See section 4.8
Group care 7 or more people — — CUP CUP CUP CUP —
Home Occupations P P P P P P — RMC §18.160
Hotels and motels CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
Live/Work dwelling units (commercial use on
ground floor only) P (2) P (2) P (2) P (2) P (2) — —
Multi-family attached, apartments P — P — — P —
TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 380 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:11
Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
RESIDENTIAL / LODGING (CONTINUED)
Residential units within mixed use development having a commercial component (may include senior and other types of apartments)
P P (1, 2) P (2) P (2) P (2) — —
Residential accessory use or structure — — — P P P —
Senior housing P P (1) P P P P —
Single-family attached, condominiums P P (1) P P P P —
Single-family detached — — — — — P —
Student housing/dormitory — — — — — CUP —
Supportive housing and Transitional housing P P (1) P P P P — Residential use of existing residential development
P P P P P P P
MOTOR VEHICLE SERVICES
Auto body repair and/or painting as primary
use — — — — — — —
Automobile broker office — — AUP AUP AUP — —
Automobile car washes — — CUP CUP CUP — —
Automobile rental agencies with parking for
vehicle rentals — — CUP — CUP — —
Automobile or motorcycle sales – new vehicles — — CUP CUP — — — Automobile or motorcycle sales – used vehicles in connection with (and ancillary to) new vehicle sales
— — CUP CUP — — —
Automobile/motorcycle parts or accessories
sales, with installations (within an enclosed
building only)
— — P — P — —
Automobile/motorcycle repair – general,
including quick lube, smog check or repair,
transmission repair, engine repair, tune-up
— — CUP — — — —
Boat or RV sales – new or used — — CUP — — — —
Commercial parking lots and garages, private, as primary use CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — CUP Electric vehicle (EV) charging stations, as
ancillary use only P P P P P P P
Gas/fuel station — — CUP CUP CUP — —
Gas/fuel station, with mini-mart, automatic
car wash, or restaurant — — CUP CUP CUP — —
Limousine service with parking lot for limousine vehicles — — CUP — CUP — — Truck, trailer, and small or large equipment
rental — — — — — — —
EDUCATIONAL / INSTRUCTIONAL / DAY CARE USES
Adult day care — — CUP — — — —
Adult vocational classes, trade schools, computer classes or training, traffic/driving schools, and similar uses – greater than 500
Sq. Ft.
CUP (1) CUP (1) CUP CUP CUP — P
Adult vocational classes, trade schools, computer classes or training, traffic/driving schools, and similar uses – less than 500 Sq.
Ft.
AUP (1) AUP (1) AUP AUP AUP — P
Children’s daycare, as primary use AUP AUP AUP AUP AUP — AUP Children’s daycare, ancillary to major employment center P P P P P — P
Children’s tutorial services AUP (1) AUP (1) AUP AUP AUP — P Colleges or online educational institutions –
new CUP (1) CUP (1) CUP — — — CUP
Colleges or online educational institutions –
existing — — — — — — P
Elementary, junior, and high schools – private — — — CUP — CUP CUP TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 381 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:12
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.2. REGULATING PLAN, ZONES AND LAND USE STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
EDUCATIONAL / INSTRUCTIONAL / DAY CARE USES (CONTINUED) Personal physical arts studio (e.g., music, art,
dance, gymnastics, yoga, martial arts instruction, talent/acting studio) – greater than 1,500 Sq. Ft.
CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
Personal physical arts studio (e.g., music, art,
dance, gymnastics, yoga, martial arts instruction, talent/acting studio) – less than 1,500 Sq. Ft.
AUP AUP AUP AUP AUP — —
Ancillary uses to primary permitted uses P P P P P — P
MEDICAL / HEALTH SERVICES
Acute care/walk-in medical services — — CUP — CUP — —
Ambulance facility/services — — — — — — —
Hospitals — — — — — — —
In-patient treatment facilities — — — — — — —
Offices for medical, dental, chiropractic, acupuncture, podiatry, audiology, psychology/ psychiatry, or other medical office uses
P (1) P (1) P P P — —
Offices, clinics, or facilities for occupational
therapy or physical therapy P (1) P (1) P P P — —
Optometry related services and sales P P P P P — —
Outpatient treatment facility — — — — — — —
Overnight treatment facility — — — — — — —
Surgical centers or facilities — — — — — — —
PUBLIC FACILITIES / UTILITIES
Wireless telecommunications antennas, facilities, or towers CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — CUP Government office uses P (2) P P P P — P
Government maintenance yard and other
non-office uses — — — — — — P
Public parks and other recreational or community facilities P P P P P P P Public utility structures CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP
Public or semi-public utility outdoor storage
yard or fleet vehicle parking — — — — — — —
Radio and transmitter towers — — — — — — —
FOOD / RESTAURANTS / EATING ESTABLISHMENTS
Alcohol for on-site consumption – see
Alcoholic Beverage Sales
Bakery – primarily retail sales P P P P P — —
Banquet hall or event rental facility CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — Convenience stores – see General
Merchandise/Retail Trade CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
Food markets – see General Merchandise/
Retail Trade P P P P P AUP —
Ice cream, yogurt, juice, tea, and candy shops P P P P P — — Restaurants – dine-in or quick-serve (no
drive-through) P P P P P — —
Restaurants – dine-in or quick-serve (with
drive-through) — — CUP — — — —
Restaurants – take-out or delivery as primary
use
— — P P P — —
Restaurants – walk-up window AUP AUP AUP AUP AUP — —
Retail food including specialty food markets -
see Food/drug and kindred products under
General Merchandise/Retail Trade
P P P P P AUP —
TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 382 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:13
Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
RECREATION / ENTERTAINMENT
Adult-oriented businesses — — — — — — — RMC §8.76
Billiards and pool halls, game and video
arcades CUP CUP CUP — — — —
Golf course and driving ranges — — — — — — —
Health club/fitness club/gym or similar commercial exercise facilities (within an enclosed building – no outdoor activities)
CUP — CUP — CUP — —
Indoor uses – amusement/recreation/skating/soccer/batting cages/roller hockey facilities/shooting range (not within a public park) CUP — CUP — CUP — —
Outdoor uses – amusement/recreation/skating/soccer/batting cages/ roller hockey facilities/shooting range (not within a public park) — — CUP — CUP — —
Nightclub, with or without live entertainment CUP (1) CUP (1) CUP — CUP — — RMC §18.190 Public assembly/meeting halls/private clubs/
auditoriums – new CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
Theatres (live stage, movies) and concert
halls CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — —
SERVICE / NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
Churches/places of worship, and related
accessory uses CUP (1) CUP (1) CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP
Office for philanthropic, charitable, and service organizations P (1) P (1) P P P — — Second-hand clothing/household goods sales
or distribution – see Discount variety/volume
liquidation/cut-rate merchandise, or surplus
under General Merchandise/Retail Trade
— — CUP CUP CUP — —
Social clubs/service clubs P (1) P (1) P P P — —
Social services agencies or facilities CUP (1) CUP (1) CUP CUP CUP — — Temporary political campaign offices and
headquarters P P P P P — —
TEMPORARY / SPECIAL USES
Commercial or office use of residential structures (ground floor only) – see Live/Work under Residential / Lodging
P (2) P (2) P (2) P (2) P (2) — —
Fruit stands — — — — — — —
Holiday tree and pumpkin sales SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP — — RMC §18.195 Small collection recycling centers and reverse
vending units AUP AUP AUP AUP AUP — — RMC §18.156, Article XI Parking lot sale SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP — — RMC §18.195
Temporary outdoor displays, sales, storage,
or provision of services SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP — — RMC §18.195 Temporary parking lots AUP AUP AUP AUP AUP — —
Temporary use of structures for carnivals,
famer’s markets, circuses, and religious gatheringsSEP SEP SEP SEP SEP — — RMC §18.195
MANUFACTURING / INDUSTRIAL USES
Apparel/textile products — — — — — — —
Assembly of products — — — — — — —
Bakery – commercial with ancillary sales — — — — — — —
Blueprint services — — — — — — —
Cannabis cultivation — — — — — — — Ord. 2851
Cannabis products manufacture, packaging,
or testing — — — — — — — Ord. 2851
Catalog/online distribution with no retail
sales on the premises — — — — — — —
TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 383 of 1815
VC Village Center
DT Downtown
VG Village General
COR Village Corridor
(1) Use permitted or conditionally permitted only on
parcels directly fronting Redlands Boulevard.
(2) Use allowed only on upper floors.
(3) Occupational uses allowed within Live-Work spaces
include “Business and Professional Offices,” “Artist
Studio/Gallery,” and other occupational activity
compatible with a residential use.
P Permitted Use
CUP Conditional Use Permit
Required
SEP Special Event Permit Required
— Use not allowed
Key to Zone Symbols: Key to Permit Types Notes
NG1 Neighborhood General 1
NG2 Neighborhood General 2
SD1 Special District 1
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:14
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Land Use Type Permit Required by Zone Additional
Regulations per RMC VC DT VG COR NG1 NG2 SD1
MANUFACTURING / INDUSTRIAL USES (CONTINUED)
Electronic, optical, and scientific products — — — — — — — Equipment repair, machine repair, appliance
repair — — — — — — —
Food and kindred products — — — — — — —
Furniture and household products — — — — — — —
Funeral parlors and mortuaries — — — — — — —
Furniture refinishing/upholstery, antique restoration — — — — — — — Limited retail in conjunction with permitted
manufacturing/industrial use — — — — — — —
Laundry/dry cleaners – commercial (5,000
square-feet or more GFA) — — — — — — —
Lumber/wood products assembly, processing, or distribution — — — — — — — Manufacturing as a minor ancillary use to a
permitted use CUP — CUP — CUP — —
Metalwork fabrication, welding, assembly, or
distribution — — — — — — —
Micro-brewery, winery, distillery – manufacture, wholesale, tasting – see use under Alcoholic Beverage Sales
CUP CUP CUP — CUP — — RMC §18.190
Micro-brewery in connection with restaurant
– see use under Alcoholic Beverage Sales CUP CUP CUP — CUP — — RMC §18.190 Morgue or crematory – see funeral services,
without morgue or crematory, under Personal
Services
— — — — — — —
Outside operations with permitted manufacturing/industrial use — — — — — — — Paper products — — — — — — —
Photocopying, computer publishing and
related personal services — — — — — — —
Plumbing, heating, HVAC supply and services — — — — — — — Printing/publishing – commercial, large volume/heavy equipment — — — — — — — Research, development, and testing of products — — — — — — — Sand and gravel extraction, aggregate processing — — — — — — — Stone, clay, and glass products — — — — — — —
Water resource development — — — — — — —
Wholesale or distribution as primary use — — — — — — —
WAREHOUSING / STORAGE USES
Cannabis products storage, warehousing, distribution or wholesale — — — — — — — Ord. 2851 Mini-storage/warehouse facilities — — — — — — —
Indoor storage as primary use — — — — — — —
Outdoor storage as primary use — — — — — — —
Outdoor storage as ancillary use to a permitted use in a building CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP — — Outdoor storage for gardening/landscape
companies — — — — — — —
Parcel delivery service, with or without customer pick-up — — — — — — — Warehouse as primary use — — — — — — —
Warehouse distribution/operations — — — — — — —
Warehouse fulfillment center, with or without
customer pick-up — — — — — — —
Wholesale building materials, with or without
outdoor storage — — — — — — —
TABLE 4-2. ALLOWED LAND USES AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED)
4.2. REGULATING PLAN, ZONES AND LAND USE STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 384 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:15
4.3. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards to ensure that proposed development within the Specific Plan area promotes a pedestrian-friendly environment along the street by placing buildings at the front of the site and locating parking at the center or the back of the site; provides adequate open space either on-site or in a park, plaza, or other open space within walking distance of the project; consists of buildings with heights and lengths in scale with the intended character of the zone and that are accessed from the sidewalk via appropriate frontage types. Unless stated otherwise, all requirements are expressed as "minimums" and may be exceeded (e.g., 1 parking space required and 2 provided) in compliance with all applicable provisions of this code and the City of Redlands Municipal Code.
B. Applicability. Each proposed improvement and building shall be designed in compliance with the development standards of this Section for the applicable zone, except for public and institutional buildings, which because of their unique disposition and application are not required to comply with these requirements and are reviewed by a special permit and procedures.
C. Requirements for All Zones.
1. Building Setback Standards.
a. Street-facing facades shall be built parallel to the right-of-way. b. For corner lots:
i. Primary Street side of the lot shall be the short side of the lot, and
ii. Side Street side of the lot shall be the long side of the project site.
iii. Applicability of standards for reverse corner lots, through lots, or irregularly shaped lots shall be interpreted by the Development Services Director.
2. Building Heights Standards.
a. Buildings, roofs and roof equipment shall comply with the height requirements described in Sections 4.3.1.B, 4.3.2.B,
4.3.3.B, 4.3.4.B, 4.3.5.B, and 4.3.6.B.
b. Measurement of Building Height.
i. Building height shall be measured at the front of the building between the finished sidewalk, finished grade, and/ or 1% (100-year) base flood plain elevation and the top of plate of the top floor of the building. Buildings within the flood plain are subject to review by the Development
Services Director to ensure building frontage and access is consistent with the intent of Section 4.6 (Frontage
Standards).
ii. For buildings located at the back of sidewalk, building height shall be measured from the adjacent sidewalk and/or 1% (100-year) base flood plain elevation (see Figure 4-2). iii. For building located behind front yard setbacks, building height shall be measured from the average elevation of the finished grade and/or 1% (100-year) base flood plain
elevation (see Figure 4-3).
Front Street
Side Street
top floor
ground floor
FIGURE 4-4. AVERAGED HEIGHT IN THE VILLAGE GENERAL (VG) ZONE Front Street
Side Street
top floor
ground floor
Maximum allowed base building height
may be exceeded by one story for up to
30% of the building footprint area . . .
Allowed
Additional
Height
BASE HEIGHT WITH AVERAGED HEIGHTS
Allowed "Base"
Height
. . . provided an equal amount of building
footprint area is one story shorter than
the allowed base building height
Allowed "Base"
Height additional floor
iv. Building height shall be measured every 60 feet along the building frontage.
v. Chimneys, elevator shafts, and vents may project
beyond the maximum building height as allowed by the
California Building Code.
c. Average building heights.
i. Buildings within the Village General (VG) zones may
exceed the maximum allowed base building height by one
story for up to 30% of the building footprint area provided an equal amount of building footprint area is one story shorter than the maximum allowed base building height
(see Figure 4-4).
ii. Additional height may be located anywhere on the site.
3. Corner Cutoffs. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed in conformance with the corner cutoff and traffic sight safety requirements of Chapter 18.168 of the Redlands Municipal Code.
FIGURE 4-3. BUILDING HEIGHT AT SETBACK
FIGURE 4-2. BUILDING HEIGHT AT SIDEWALK
Finished Sidewalk
Top of ridge
Top of parapet
Parapet height
Top of plate
Sloped Roof Building Height
Top Floor
Ground Floor
Finished Grade
Top of ridge
Top of parapet
Parapet height
Top of plate
Sloped Roof Building Height
Top Floor
Ground Floor
Finished Sidewalk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 385 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:16
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.3.1. VILLAGE CENTER
A. Building Setbacks as measured from property lines
B. Building Height
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Surface 25 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Surface 20 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
4. Rear Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
C. Parking Placement
1. Top of plate height above adjacent sidewalk (max.) 4 stories / 55 ft.
2. Top of parapet height above top of plate (max.) 4 ft.
3. Pitched roof height above top of plate (max.) allowed
4. Ground floor above grade at building setback line (max.) i. Non-residential 0 ft. 1
ii. Residential 3.5 ft. max.
5. Ground story floor to floor height (min.)
i. Non-residential 15 ft. min.
ii. Residential 12 ft. min.
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential 5 ft. min. / 10 ft. max.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors 5 ft. min. / 10 ft. max.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Non-Residential 0 ft.
ii. Residential 8 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. With Alley 5 ft. min.
ii. Without Alley 15 ft. min.
1 The intent of non-residential ground floor height above grade is to enable direct access from the adjacent sidewalk into ground floor commercial spaces.
Ground floor height may be higher than zero (0) ft. in response to existing sloping grades, subject to Director of Development Services approval.
D. Parking Requirements
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
a
b
c
d
a
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street
1. On-site parking shall be located as indicated below and shown at right. See Section 4.12 (Parking Design Standards) for additional standards.
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
a d
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
e
1. Buildings shall be located on the site as indicated below and shown at right and shall be located no closer than 12 feet from the face of curb. Setbacks shall apply to all floors (for example, if the ground floor is set back 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line, upper floors shall be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line).
1. Building heights shall comply with the below standards and as shown at right.
Primary Street
Ground
Story
Second
Story
Third
Story
Fourth
Story
Property Line Building Frontage
Line
a
c
d
e
b
1. Minimum off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each land per the below standards. See Section 4.12 for additional parking requirements. a. Residential
i. Units up to 999 sf: 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units between 1,000 – 1,499 sf: 1.5 spaces/unit
iii. Units 1,500 sf and greater: 2.0 spaces/unit
iv. Guest: 0.25/unit
b. Lodging: 0.75 space/room
c. Live/Work
i. Units up to 1,499 sf: 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units 1,500 sf and greater: See Commercial
d. Commercial (Retail/Office/Restaurant)
i. Ground floor commercial: 1/300 sf gross ground floor building area ii. Upper Floor commercial: 1/350 sf gross upper floor building area e. Standalone Restaurant*: 1/150 sf gross restaurant area f. Civic: 1/350 sf gross building area
g. Mixed-Use: See Section 4.12.C.4 (Spaces for Multiple Uses and Mixed-use Developments).
* A single restaurant, café, or similar business in a single building on a single parcel with on-site parking dedicated to the single restaurant use.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 386 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:17
4.3.1. VILLAGE CENTER (CONTINUED)
E. On-Site Open Space. See Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
F. Building Size and Separation. See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing) for additional standards.
G. Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access. See Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards) for additional standards.
H. Signage. See Section 4.9 (Sign Standards) for additional standards.
1. Required Frontage Elements. All Street- and Court-facing building facades shall provide at least one (1) of the frontage elements listed below. Required Frontage Elements may encroach into the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks or right-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Arcade, Gallery Within 2 ft. of curb
b. Shopfront 0 ft.
c. Stoop 5 ft. into setback
d. Door Yard To R.O.W. line
2. Optional Frontage Elements. The following Frontage Elements may be provided on all Street- and Courtyard-facing facades.
Optional Frontage Elements may encroach into in the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks or right-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Balcony* 3 ft. into R.O.W. or setback
b. Bay Window 3 ft. into R.O.W. or setback
c. Cantilevered Room* 2 ft. into setback
d. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb
* Architectural Element only permitted on upper floors
3. Pedestrian Access.
a. All ground floors shall be accessed directly from the sidewalk either directly to each unit or commercial space through an appropriate Frontage Element, Lobby, or Onsite Open Space, such as a Court or Side Garden. b. Upper floor uses may be accessed through an Exterior Stair, Interior Stair, or Lobby.
1. Common On-Site Open Space. One (1) or more of the
On-Site Open Space Types listed below shall be provided on each lot that accommodates residential uses. The required On-Site Open Space shall be generally rectangular in form, per the below-listed minimum size requirements, and must be accommodated behind the Primary Street setback line.
Open Space
Type Minimum Area Minimum Dimensions
a. Side Garden 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
b. Courtyard 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
c. Roof Deck 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Private On-Site Open Space. Private open space in the form of a yard, balcony, or roof deck shall be provided for each residential unit. Min. area: 40 square feet. Min. width: 5 feet.
3. Exceptions. Permitted exceptions, subject to payment of parks and open space in-lieu fees: on-site open space (common or private) not required for buildings that line
4. Vehicular Access.
a. Parking shall be accessed from an alley.
b. Where an alley is not present, parking/service areas may be accessed from primary street. Driveways shall be located as close to side property line as possible. c. Parking/service areas for corner lots shall be accessed from side street. .
Primary Street
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
c
a
Primary Street (Front)
RESIDENTIAL BLOCK
LINER
MIXED-USE BLOCK
Frontage Element
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access Primary Street
1. Buildings shall be designed per the following building length and facade increment standards. Facade increments shall be designed according to the massing and articulation strategies described in Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing):
a. Building length along Primary Street (max.) 180 ft.
b. Building length along Side Street (max.) 120 ft.
c. Building separation along Primary Street (min.) 20 ft. d. Length between facade breaks (max.) 80 ft.
e. Facade break length (min.) 20 ft.
f. Facade break depth (min.) 20 ft.
a
b
c a
b
c
"black box" buildings such as parking garages and theaters, and/or if building is located within 1/4-mile walking distance of a park or plaza that is at least 0.5 acres in size. d
e
f
c
c
a
c
c
a
a
b
c
e
f
d
b
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Alley (where occurs)
Alley (where occurs)
Primary Street
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Alley (where occurs)
"Black Box Building"
e
c
1. Allowed Signage Types. A maximum of two of the below sign types are allowed per business. Signs may encroach into Primary Street and Side Street rights-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Signage Type Encroachment Signage Type Encroachment
a. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb f. Roof 0 ft.
b. Projecting 3 ft. g. Marquee Display Within 2 ft. of curb c. Wall/Bldg. ID Sign Thickness h. Blade 5 ft.
d. Window Sign 0 ft. i. Directory Sign Thickness
e. Sidewalk Within 2 ft. of curb j. Mural Within 2 ft. of curb Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 387 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:18
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.3.2. DOWNTOWN
1. Top of plate height above adjacent sidewalk (max.) 3 stories / 45 ft.
2. Top of parapet height above top of plate (max.) 4 ft.
3. Pitched roof height above top of plate (max.) allowed
4. Ground floor above grade at building setback line (max.) i. Non-Residential 0 ft. 1
ii. Residential n/a
5. Ground story floor to floor height (min.)
i. Non-Residential 15 ft. min.
ii. Residential n/a
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential n/a
2. Side Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors n/a
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Non-Residential 0 ft.
ii. Residential n/a
4. Rear Setback
i. With Alley 5 ft. min.
ii. Without Alley 15 ft. min.
A. Building Setbacks as measured from property lines
B. Building Height
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Surface 35 ft. min.
ii. Podium 35 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Surface 20 ft. min.
ii. Podium 35 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
4. Rear Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
C. Parking Placement
1 The intent of non-residential ground floor height above grade is to enable direct access from the adjacent sidewalk into ground floor commercial spaces. Ground floor height may be higher than zero (0) ft. in response to existing sloping grades, subject to Director of Development Services approval.
D. Parking Requirements
4.3. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
e
Primary Street
Side Street
a
c
d
b
a
Alley Where Occurs
1. Building heights shall comply with the below standards and as shown at right.
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street
1. On-site parking shall be located as indicated below and shown at right. See Section 4.12 (Parking Design Standards) for additional standards.
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
a d
Primary Street
Ground
Story
Second
Story
Third
Story
Property Line Building Frontage
Line
a
c
d
e
b
1. Buildings shall be located on the site as indicated below and shown at right and shall be located no closer than 12 feet from the face of curb. Setbacks shall apply to all floors (for example, if the ground floor is set back 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line, upper floors shall be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line).
1. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each land per the below standards. See Section 4.12 for additional parking requirements. a. Residential
i. Units up to 999 sf: 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units between 1,000 – 1,499 sf: 1.5 spaces/unit
iii. Units 1,500 sf and greater: 2.0 spaces/unit
iv. Guest: 0.25/unit
b. Lodging: 0.75 space/room
c. Live/Work
i. Units up to 1,499 sf: 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units 1,500 sf and greater: See Commercial
d. Commercial (Retail/Office/Restaurant)
i. Ground floor commercial: 1/300 sf gross ground floor building area ii. Upper Floor commercial: 1/350 sf gross upper floor building area e. Standalone Restaurant*: 1/150 sf gross restaurant area f. Civic: 1/350 sf gross building area
g. Mixed-Use: See Section 4.12.C.4 (Spaces for Multiple Uses and Mixed-use Developments).
* A single restaurant, café, or similar business in a single building on a single parcel with on-site parking dedicated to the single restaurant use.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 388 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:19
4.3.2. DOWNTOWN (CONTINUED)
E. On-Site Open Space. See Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
F. Building Size and Separation. See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing) for additional standards.
G. Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access. See Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards) for additional standards.
H. Signage. See Section 4.9 (Sign Standards) for additional standards.
1. Buildings shall be designed per the following building length and facade increment standards. Facade increments shall be designed according to the massing and articulation strategies described in Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing):
a. Building length along Primary Street (max.) 280 ft.
b. Building length along Side Street (max.) 120 ft.
d. Building separation along Primary Street (min.) 0 ft. d. Facade increment (max.) 50 ft.
e. Facade break length (min.) 0 ft.
f. Facade break depth (min.) 0 ft.
a
b
c
1. Required Frontage Elements. All Street- and Court-facing building facades shall provide at least one (1) of the frontage elements listed below. Required Frontage Elements may encroach into the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Arcade, Gallery To R.O.W. line
b. Shopfront 0 ft.
c. Stoop 5 ft.
d. Door Yard To R.O.W. line
2. Optional Frontage Elements. The following Frontage Elements may be provided on all Street- and Courtyard-facing facades.
Optional Frontage Elements may encroach into in the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks or right-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Balcony* 3 ft. into R.O.W. or setback
b. Bay Window 3 ft. into R.O.W. or setback
c. Cantilevered Room* 2 ft. into setback
d. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb
* Architectural Element only permitted on upper floors
3. Pedestrian Access.
a. All ground floors shall be accessed directly from the sidewalk either directly to each unit or commercial space through an appropriate Frontage Element, Lobby, or Onsite Open Space, such as a Court. b. Upper floor uses may be accessed through an Exterior Stair, Interior Stair, or Lobby.
Primary Street (front)
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Alley
Side Street
Primary Street (front)
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Alley
Side Street
Frontage Element
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access
Primary Street (front)
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Alley
Side Street
1. Common On-Site Open Space. One (1) or more of the
On-Site Open Space Types listed below shall be provided on each lot that accommodates residential uses. The required On-Site Open Space shall be generally rectangular in form, per the belowlisted minimum size requirements, and must be accommodated behind the Primary Street setback line.
Open Space
Type Minimum Area Minimum Dimensions
2. Courtyard 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
d. Roof Deck 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Private On-Site Open Space. Private open space in the form of a yard, balcony, or roof deck shall be provided for each residential unit. Min. area: 40 square feet. Min. width: 5 feet.
3. Exceptions. Permitted exceptions, subject to payment of parks and open space in-lieu fees: on-site open space (common or private) not required for buildings that line "black box" buildings such as parking garages and theaters, a
b
LINER
MIXED-USE BLOCK
4. Vehicular Access.
a. Parking shall be accessed from an alley.
b. Where an alley is not present, parking/service areas may be accessed from primary street. Driveways shall be located as close to side property line as possible. c. Parking/service areas for corner lots shall be accessed from side street. d
a
b
and/or if building is located within 1/4-mile walking distance of a park or plaza that is at least 0.5 acres in size.
c
d
1. Allowed Signage Types. A maximum of two of the below sign types are allowed per business. Signs may encroach into Primary Street and Side Street rights-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Signage Type Encroachment Signage Type Encroachment
a. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb f. Roof 0 ft.
b. Projecting 3 ft. g. Marquee Display Within 2 ft. of curb c. Wall/Bldg. ID Sign Thickness h. Blade 5 ft.
d. Window Sign 0 ft. i. Directory Sign Thickness
e. Sidewalk Within 2 ft. of curb j. Mural Within 2 ft. of curb d
d
d
d
d
a
b
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 389 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:20
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.3.3. VILLAGE GENERAL
1. Top of plate height above adjacent sidewalk (max.) 3 stories average / 45 ft. 1, 2
2. Top of parapet height above top of plate (max.) 4 ft.
3. Pitched roof height above top of plate (max.) allowed
4. Ground floor above grade at building setback line (max.) a. Non-Residential 0 ft. 3
b. Residential 3.5 ft. max.
5. Ground story floor to floor height (min.)
a. Non-Residential 15 ft. min.
b. Residential 12 ft. min.
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors 10 ft. min. / 15 ft. max
2. Side Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential 10 ft. min. / 15 ft. max
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Non-Residential 0 ft.
ii. Residential 8 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. With Alley 5 ft. min.
ii. Without Alley 15 ft. min.
A. Building Setbacks as measured from property lines
B. Building Height
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Surface 25 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Surface 20 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
4. Rear Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 0 ft.
C. Parking Placement
1 Up to 30% of building footprint area may be four (4) stories/55 ft. to top of plate, provided an equal amount of building footprint area is no taller than two (2) stories/30 ft. to top of plate (see Figure 4-4 on page 4:15).
2 Buildings on parcels located abutting single-family zoned parcels must step down to two (2) stories/25 ft. to top of plate for a distance of 25 ft. from the adjoining single-family zoned parcel. 3 The intent of non-residential ground floor height above grade is to enable direct access from the adjacent sidewalk into ground floor commercial spaces. Ground floor height may be higher than zero (0) ft. in response to existing sloping grades, subject to Director of Development Services approval.
D. Parking Requirements
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
e
Primary Street
Side Street
a
c
d
b
a
Alley Where Occurs
1. Building heights shall comply with the below standards and as shown at right.
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street
1. On-site parking shall be located as indicated below and shown at right. See Section 4.12 (Parking Design Standards) for additional standards.
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
a d
4.3. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
Primary Street
Ground
Story
Second
Story
Third
Story
Property Line Building Frontage
Line
a
c
d
e
b
1. Buildings shall be located on the site as indicated below and shown at right and shall be located no closer than 12 feet from the face of curb. Setbacks shall apply to all floors (for example, if the ground floor is set back 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line, upper floors shall be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line).
1. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each land per the below standards. See Section 4.12 for additional parking requirements. a. Residential
i. Units up to 999 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units between 1,000 – 1,499 sf 1.5 spaces/unit
iii. Units 1,500 sf and greater 2.0 spaces/unit
iv. Guest 0.25/unit
b. Lodging: 0.75 space/room
c. Live/Work
i. Units up to 1,499 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units 1,500 sf and greater See Commercial
d. Commercial (Retail/Office)
i. Ground floor commercial 1/300 sf gross ground floor building area ii. Upper Floor commercial 1/350 sf gross upper floor building area e. Restaurant, Cafes, or similar
i. Up to 24.99% gross building area 1/300 sf restaurant area ii. 25% of gross building area or greater 1/300 sf restaurant for first 24.99%; per RMC Section 18.164.240
f. Civic 1/350 sf gross building area
g. Mixed-Use: See Section 4.12.C.4 (Spaces for Multiple Uses and Mixed-use Developments).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 390 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:21
4.3.3. VILLAGE GENERAL (CONTINUED)
E. On-Site Open Space. See Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
F. Building Size and Separation. See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing) for additional standards.
G. Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access. See Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards) for additional standards.
H. Signage. See Section 4.9 (Sign Standards) for additional standards.
1. Buildings shall be designed per the following building length and facade increment standards. Facade increments shall be designed according to the massing and articulation strategies described in Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing):
a. Building length along Primary Street (max.) 150 ft.
b. Building length along Side Street (max.) 100 ft.
c. Building separation along Primary Street (min.) 15 ft. d. Length between facade breaks (max.) 65 ft.
e. Facade break length (min.) 15 ft.
f. Facade break depth (min.) 15 ft.
a
b
c
d
e
f
1. Required Frontage Elements. All Street- and Court-facing building facades shall provide at least one (1) of the frontage elements listed below. Required Frontage Elements may encroach into the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Arcade, Gallery To R.O.W. line
b. Shopfront n/a
c. Stoop 5 ft.
d. Door Yard To R.O.W. line
2. Optional Frontage Elements. The following Frontage Elements may be provided on all Street- and Courtyard-facing facades.
Optional Frontage Elements may encroach into in the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks and right-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Balcony* 3 ft. into R.O.W. or setback
b. Bay Window 3 ft. into R.O.W. or setback
c. Cantilevered Room* 2 ft. into setback
d. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb
* Architectural Element only permitted on upper floors
3. Pedestrian Access.
a. All ground floors shall be accessed directly from the sidewalk either directly to each unit or commercial space through an appropriate Frontage Element, Lobby, or Onsite Open Space, such as a Court or Side Garden. b. Upper floor uses may be accessed through an Exterior Stair, Interior Stair, or Lobby.
1. One (1) or more of the On-Site Open Space Types listed below shall be provided on each lot. The required On-Site Open Space shall be generally rectangular in form with the below-listed minimum size requirements and must be accommodated behind the Primary Street setback line. See Section
4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
Open Space
Type Minimum Area Minimum Dimensions
1. Side Garden 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Courtyard 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
3. Back Yard 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
d. Roof Deck 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Private open space in the form of a yard, balcony, or roof deck shall be provided for each residential unit. Private open space shall have a minimum area of 40 square feet with a minimum width of 5 feet.
a
b
c
d
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access
Sideyard
Courtyard
Frontage Element
4. Vehicular Access.
a. Parking shall be accessed from an alley.
b. Where an alley is not present, parking/service areas may be accessed from primary street. Driveways shall be located as close to side property line as possible. c. Parking/service areas for corner lots shall be accessed from side street.
1. Allowed Signage Types. A maximum of two of the below sign types are allowed per business. Signs may encroach into Primary Street and Side Street rights-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Signage Type Encroachment Signage Type Encroachment
a. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb e. Window Sign 0 ft. b. Projecting 3 ft. f. Blade 3 ft.
c. Wall Sign Thickness g. Directory Sign Thickness
d. Bldg. ID Sign Sign Thickness
Primary Street
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
RESIDENTIAL BLOCK
LINER
MIXED-USE BLOCK
Alley (where occurs)
e
b
f
c
c
c
c
c
c
d
d
a
a
e
a
b
c Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Alley (where occurs)
ROWHOUSES
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Alley (where occurs)
Primary Street (Front)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 391 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:22
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.3.4. VILLAGE CORRIDOR
A. Building Setbacks as measured from property lines
B. Building Height
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min. for 34% max. of lot width; 50% of lot depth for remaining 66% of lot width; parking prohibited on corners. ii. Podium 50% of lot depth
iii. Subterranean 10 ft. min.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 20 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
C. Parking Placement
1. Top of plate height above adjacent sidewalk (max.) 2 stories / 30 ft.
2. Top of parapet height above top of plate (max.) 4 ft.
3. Pitched roof height above top of plate (max.) allowed
4. Ground floor above grade at building setback line (max.) i. Non-residential 0 ft. 1
ii. Residential n/a
5. Ground story floor to floor height (min.)
i. Non-residential 15 ft. min.
ii. Residential n/a
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors n/a
2. Side Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. max
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors n/a
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Non-Residential 5 ft.
ii. Residential n/a
4. Rear Setback
i. With Alley 10 ft. min.
ii. Without Alley 15 ft. min.
1 The intent of non-residential ground floor height above grade is to enable direct access from the adjacent sidewalk into ground floor commercial spaces. Ground floor height may be higher than zero (0) ft. in response to existing sloping grades, subject to Director of Development Services approval.
D. Parking Requirements
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
a
b
c
d
a
1. On-site parking shall be located as indicated below and shown at right. See Section 4.12 (Parking Design Standards) for additional standards.
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
e
1. Building heights shall comply with the below standards and as shown at right.
4.3. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
Side Street
Primary Street
a
b
c
d
Alley Where Occurs
a
Primary Street
Ground
Story
Second
Story
Property Line Building Frontage
Line
a
c
d
e
b
1. Buildings shall be located on the site as indicated below and shown at right and shall be located no closer than 12 feet from the face of curb. Setbacks shall apply to all floors (for example, if the ground floor is set back 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line, upper floors shall be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line).
1. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each land per the below standards. See Section 4.12 for additional parking requirements. a. Residential
i. Units up to 999 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units between 1,000 – 1,499 sf 1.5 spaces/unit
iii. Units 1,500 sf and greater 2.0 spaces/unit
iv. Guest 0.25/unit
b. Lodging: 0.75 space/room
c. Live/Work
i. Units up to 1,499 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units 1,500 sf and greater See Commercial
d. Commercial (Retail/Office)
i. Ground floor commercial 1/300 sf gross ground floor building area ii. Upper Floor commercial 1/350 sf gross upper floor building area e. Restaurant, Cafes, or similar
i. Up to 24.99% gross building area 1/300 sf restaurant area ii. 25% of gross building area or greater 1/300 sf restaurant for first 24.99%; per RMC Section 18.164.240
f. Civic 1/350 sf gross building area
g. Mixed-Use: See Section 4.12.C.4 (Spaces for Multiple Uses and Mixed-use Developments).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 392 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:23
4.3.4. VILLAGE CORRIDOR (CONTINUED)
E. On-Site Open Space. See Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
F. Building Size and Separation. See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing) for additional standards.
G. Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access. See Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards) for additional standards.
H. Signage. See Section 4.9 (Sign Standards) for additional standards.
1. Required Frontage Elements. All Street- and Court-facing building facades shall provide at least one (1) of the frontage elements listed below. Required Frontage Elements may encroach into the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Arcade, Gallery To R.O.W. line
b. Shopfront 0 ft.
c. Stoop 5 ft.
d. Door Yard To R.O.W. line
e. Porch 5 ft.
f. Front Yard 0 ft.
2. Optional Frontage Elements. The following Frontage Elements may be provided on all Street- and Courtyard-facing facades.
Optional Frontage Elements may encroach into in the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Balcony* 3 ft.
b. Bay Window 3 ft.
c. Cantilevered Room* 2 ft.
d. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb
* Architectural Element only permitted on upper floors
3. Pedestrian Access.
a. All ground floors shall be accessed directly from the sidewalk either directly to each unit or commercial space through an appropriate Frontage Element, Lobby, or Onsite Open Space, such as a Court or Side Garden. b. Upper floor uses may be accessed through an Exterior Stair, Interior Stair, or Lobby.
4. Vehicular Access.
a. Parking shall be accessed from an alley.
b. Where an alley is not present, parking/service areas may be accessed from primary street. Driveways shall be located as close to side property line as possible. c. Parking/service areas for corner lots shall be accessed from side street.
Primary Street
Side Street
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Primary Street (front)
1. One (1) or more of the On-Site Open Space Types listed below shall be provided on each lot. The required On-Site Open Space shall be generally rectangular in form with the below-listed minimum size requirements and must be accommodated behind the Primary Street setback line. See Section
4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
Open Space
Type Minimum Area Minimum Dimensions
a. Side Garden 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
b. Courtyard 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
c. Back Yard 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
d. Roof Deck 10% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Residential projects without a Back Yard shall provide for each residential unit a private open space in the form of a Balcony, Door Yard, or Yard. Private open space shall have a minimum area of 40 square feet with a minimum width of 5 feet.
1. Buildings shall be designed according to the following building length and building separation standards:
a. Building length along Primary Street on front
40% of lot depth (max.) 75 ft.
b. Building length along Side Street for 40% of lot
width (max.) 75 ft.
c. Building separation along front 40% of lot
(min.). Building separation must extend entire
lot depth or width or lead to Courtyard.
15 ft.
d. Building length along rear property line. 150 ft.
a
b
c
a
b
c
d
Side Street
Sideyard
Courtyard
Frontage Element
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Primary Street (front)
LIVE/WORK
MIXED-USE BLOCK
COURT
BUILDING
COURT
BUILDING
(SIDEYARD)
Sideyard
Courtyard
Front 40% of lot depth
d
1. Allowed Signage Types. A maximum of two of the below sign types are allowed per business. Signs may encroach into Primary Street and Side Street rights-of-way as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Signage Type Encroachment Signage Type Encroachment
a. Porch Sign 0 ft. d. Projecting 3 ft.
b. Yard Sign 0 ft. e. Wall sign thickness
c. Awning, Canopy Within 2 ft. of curb f. Blade 3 ft.
d. Window Sign 0 ft. g. Directory Sign Thickness
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
a
b
c
c
b
b
d
d
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 393 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:24
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.3.5. NEIGHBORHOOD GENERAL 1
A. Building Setbacks as measured from property lines
B. Building Height
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min. for 34% max. of lot width; 50% of lot depth for remaining 66% of lot width; parking prohibited on corners. ii. Podium 50% of lot depth
iii. Subterranean 10 ft. min.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 20 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
C. Parking Placement
1. Top of plate height above adjacent sidewalk (max.) 2 stories / 30 ft.
2. Top of parapet height above top of plate (max.) 4 ft.
3. Pitched roof height above top of plate (max.) allowed
4. Ground floor above grade at building setback line (max.) i. Non-residential 0 ft. 1
ii. Residential 3.5 ft. max.
5. Ground story floor to floor height (min.)
i. Non-residential 12 ft. min.
ii. Residential 10 ft. min.
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 10 ft. / 25 ft. max.
ii. Ground Floor Residential 10 ft. / 25 ft. max.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 5 ft. min.
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors 10 ft. min.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Non-Residential (front 40% of lot/rear 60% of lot) 7.5 ft. min. /5 ft. min. ii. Residential (front 40% of lot/rear 60% of lot) 7.5 ft. min. /5 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. With Alley 10 ft. min.
ii. Without Alley 15 ft. min.
1 The intent of non-residential ground floor height above grade is to enable direct access from the adjacent sidewalk into ground floor commercial spaces. Ground floor height may be higher than zero (0) ft. in response to existing sloping grades, subject to Director of Development Services approval.
D. Parking Requirements
4.3. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
a
b
c
d
a
Side Street
Primary Street
1. On-site parking shall be located as indicated below and shown at right. See Section 4.12 (Parking Design Standards) for additional standards.
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
d
e
1. Buildings shall be located on the site as indicated below and shown at right. Setbacks shall apply to all floors (for example, if the ground floor is set back 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line, upper floors shall be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line).
1. Building heights shall comply with the below standards and as shown at right.
Alley Where Occurs
a
Primary Street
Ground
Story
Second
Story
Property Line Building Frontage
Line
a
c
d
e
b
1. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each land per the below standards. See Section 4.12 for additional parking requirements. a. Residential
i. Units up to 999 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units between 1,000 – 1,499 sf 1.5 spaces/unit
iii. Units 1,500 sf and greater 2.0 spaces/unit
iv. Guest 0.25/unit
b. Lodging: 0.75 space/room
c. Live/Work
i. Units up to 1,499 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units 1,500 sf and greater See Commercial
d. Commercial (Retail/Office)
i. Ground floor commercial 1/300 sf gross ground floor building area ii. Upper Floor commercial 1/350 sf gross upper floor building area e. Restaurant, Cafes, or similar
i. Up to 24.99% gross building area 1/300 sf restaurant area ii. 25% of gross building area or greater 1/300 sf restaurant for first 24.99%; per RMC Section 18.164.240
f. Civic 1/350 sf gross building area
g. Mixed-Use: See Section 4.12.C.4 (Spaces for Multiple Uses and Mixed-use Developments).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 394 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:25
4.3.5. NEIGHBORHOOD GENERAL 1 (CONTINUED)
E. On-Site Open Space. See Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
F. Building Size and Separation. See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing) for additional standards.
G. Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access. See Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards) for additional standards.
H. Signage. See Section 4.9 (Sign Standards) for additional standards.
1. One (1) or more of the On-Site Open Space Types listed below shall be provided on each lot. The required On-Site Open Space shall be generally rectangular in form with
the below-listed minimum size requirements and must be
accommodated behind the Primary Street setback line.
Open Space
Type Minimum Area Minimum Dimensions
1. Side Garden 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Courtyard 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
3. Back Yard 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Residential projects without a Back Yard shall provide for each residential unit a private open space in the form of a Balcony, Door Yard, or Yard. Private open space shall have a minimum area of 40 square feet with a minimum width of 5 feet.
a
b
1. Buildings shall be designed according to the following building length and building separation standards:
a. Building length along Primary Street on front
40% of lot depth (max.) 60 ft.
b. Building length along Side Street for 40% of lot
width (max.) 75 ft.
c. Building separation along front 40% of lot
(min.). Building separation must extend entire
lot depth or width or lead to Courtyard.
15 ft.
d. Building length along rear property line. 150 ft.
a
b
c
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Courtyard
Backyard
Primary Street (front)
Alley Where Occurs
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street (front)
Courtyard
Frontage Element
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access
1. Required Frontage Elements. All Street- and Court-facing building facades shall provide at least one (1) of the frontage elements listed below. Required Frontage Elements may encroach into the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Shopfront n/a
b. Stoop 5 ft.
c. Door Yard To R.O.W. line
d. Porch 5 ft.
e. Front Yard n/a
2. Optional Frontage Elements. The following Frontage Elements may be provided on all Street- and Courtyard-facing facades.
Optional Frontage Elements may encroach into in the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Balcony* 3 ft.
b. Bay Window 3 ft.
c. Cantilevered Room* 2 ft.
d. Awning, Canopy To R.O.W. line
* Architectural Element only permitted on upper floors
3. Pedestrian Access.
a. All ground floors shall be accessed directly from the sidewalk either directly to each unit or commercial space through an appropriate Frontage Element, Lobby, or Onsite Open Space, such as a Court or Side Garden. b. Upper floor uses may be accessed through an Exterior Stair, Interior Stair, or Lobby.
c
HOUSE
DUPLEX
TRIPLEX
QUADPLEX
COURT
ROSE WALK
BUNGALOW COURT
Courtyard
Front 40% of lot depth
Primary Street
4. Vehicular Access.
a. Parking shall be accessed from an alley.
b. Where an alley is not present, parking/service areas may be accessed from primary street. Driveways shall be located as close to side property line as possible. c. Parking/service areas for corner lots shall be accessed from side street.
1. Allowed Signage Types. A maximum of two of the below sign types are allowed per business. Signs may encroach into Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as identified below.
Signage Type Encroachment
a. Porch Sign 5 ft. in conjunction with Porch or Stoop frontage element b. Yard Sign within 3 ft. of R.O.W. line
a. Awning To R.O.W. line in conjunction with Awning frontage element d
a
a
a a
a
a
a
a c
c
c
c
b
c
b
b
c
c
b
b
d
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 395 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:26
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
A. Building Setbacks as measured from property lines
4.3.6. NEIGHBORHOOD GENERAL 2
B. Building Height
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Surface 50% of lot depth
ii. Podium 50% of lot depth
iii. Subterranean 10 ft. min.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 25 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 15 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. Surface 5 ft. min.
ii. Podium 20 ft. min.
iii. Subterranean 5 ft. min.
C. Parking Placement
1. Top of plate height above adjacent sidewalk (max.) 2 stories / 30 ft.
2. Top of parapet height above top of plate (max.) 4 ft.
3. Pitched roof height above top of plate (max.) allowed
4. Ground floor above grade at building setback line (max.) i. Non-residential 0 ft. 1
ii. Residential 3.5 ft. max.
5. Ground story floor to floor height (min.)
i. Non-residential 12 ft. min.
ii. Residential 10 ft. min.
1 The intent of non-residential ground floor height above grade is to enable direct access from the adjacent sidewalk into ground floor commercial spaces. Ground floor height may be higher than zero (0) ft. in response to existing sloping grades, subject to Director of Development Services approval.
1. Primary Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 10 ft. / 25 ft. max.
ii. Ground Floor Residential 10 ft. / 25 ft. max.
2. Side Street Setback
i. Ground Floor Non-Residential 5 ft. min.
ii. Ground Floor Residential and Upper Floors 10 ft. min.
3. Side Yard Setback
i. Non-Residential (front 40% of lot/rear 60% of lot) 7.5 ft. min. /5 ft. min. ii. Residential (front 40% of lot/rear 60% of lot) 7.5 ft. min. /5 ft. min.
4. Rear Setback
i. With Alley 15 ft. min.
ii. Without Alley 20 ft. min.
D. Parking Requirements
4.3. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street
1. On-site parking shall be located as indicated below and shown at right. See Section 4.12 (Parking Design Standards) for additional standards.
a
b
c
d
a
b
c
a d
a
b
c
d
e
1. Building heights shall comply with the below standards and as shown at right.
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
a
b
c
d
a
a
b
c
d
Primary Street
Ground
Story
Second
Story
Property Line Building Frontage
Line
a
c
d
e
b
1. Buildings shall be located on the site as indicated below and shown at right. Setbacks shall apply to all floors (for example, if the ground floor is set back 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line, upper floors shall be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the Primary Property Line).
1. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each land per the below standards. See Section 4.12 for additional parking requirements. a. Residential
i. Units up to 999 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units between 1,000 – 1,499 sf 1.5 spaces/unit
iii. Units 1,500 sf and greater 2.0 spaces/unit
iv. Guest 0.25/unit
b. Lodging: 0.75 space/room
c. Live/Work
i. Units up to 1,499 sf 1.0 space/unit
ii. Units 1,500 sf and greater See Commercial
d. Commercial (Retail/Office)
i. Ground floor commercial 1/300 sf gross ground floor building area ii. Upper Floor commercial 1/350 sf gross upper floor building area e. Restaurant, Cafes, or similar
i. Up to 24.99% gross building area 1/300 sf restaurant area ii. 25% of gross building area or greater 1/300 sf restaurant for first 24.99%; per RMC Section 18.164.240
f. Civic 1/350 sf gross building area
g. Mixed-Use: See Section 4.12.C.4 (Spaces for Multiple Uses and Mixed-use Developments).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 396 of 1815
z
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:27
E. On-Site Open Space (See Section 5.4 for Design Standards and Guidelines)
4.3.6. NEIGHBORHOOD GENERAL 2 (CONTINUED)
E. On-Site Open Space. See Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Types) for additional standards.
F. Building Size and Separation. See Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing) for additional standards.
G. Frontage Elements, Allowed Encroachments, and Access. See Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards) for additional standards.
H. Signage. See Section 4.9 (Sign Standards) for additional standards.
1. One (1) or more of the On-Site Open Space Types listed below shall be provided on each lot. The required On-Site Open Space shall be generally rectangular in form with
the below-listed minimum size requirements and must be
accommodated behind the Primary Street setback line.
Open Space
Type Minimum Area Minimum Dimensions
1. Side Garden 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Courtyard 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
3. Back Yard 15% of total lot area 20 ft. x 20 ft.
2. Residential projects without a Back Yard shall provide for each residential unit a private open space in the form of a Balcony, Door Yard, or Yard. Private open space shall have a minimum area of 40 square feet with a minimum width of 5 feet.
1 2
Courtyard
Backyard
Alley Where Occurs
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Primary Street (front)
Courtyard
Frontage Element
Pedestrian Access
Vehicular Access
1. Required Frontage Elements. All Street- and Court-facing building facades shall provide at least one (1) of the frontage elements listed below. Required Frontage Elements may
encroach into the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Shopfront n/a
b. Stoop 5 ft.
c. Door Yard To R.O.W. line
d. Porch 5 ft.
e. Front Yard n/a
2. Optional Frontage Elements. The following Frontage Elements may be provided on all Street- and Courtyard-facing facades.
Optional Frontage Elements may encroach into in the Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as measured from the building facade as identified below.
Frontage Element Encroachment
a. Balcony* 3 ft.
b. Bay Window 3 ft.
c. Cantilevered Room* 2 ft.
d. Awning, Canopy To R.O.W. line
* Architectural Element only permitted on upper floors
3. Pedestrian Access.
a. All ground floors shall be accessed directly from the sidewalk either directly to each unit or commercial space through an appropriate Frontage Element, Lobby, or Onsite Open Space, such as a Court or Side Garden. b. Upper floor uses may be accessed through an Exterior Stair, Interior Stair, or Lobby.
3 Primary Street (front)
HOUSE
DUPLEX
TRIPLEX
QUADPLEX
ROSE WALK
BUNGALOW COURT
COURT
4. Vehicular Access.
a. Parking shall be accessed from an alley.
b. Where an alley is not present, parking/service areas may be accessed from primary street. Driveways shall be located as close to side property line as possible. c.Parking/service areas for corner lots shall be accessed from side street.
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley where occurs
Side Street
Alley Where Occurs
Courtyard
Front 40% of lot depth
Primary Street
1. Allowed Signage Types. A maximum of two of the below sign types are allowed per business. Signs may encroach into Primary Street and Side Street setbacks as identified below.
Signage Type Encroachment
a. Porch Sign 5 ft. in conjunction with Porch or Stoop frontage element b. Yard Sign within 3 ft. of R.O.W. line
1. Buildings shall be designed according to the following building length and building separation standards:
a. Building length along Primary Street on front
40% of lot depth (max.) 60 ft.
b. Building length along Side Street for 40% of lot
width (max.) 75 ft.
c. Building separation along front 40% of lot
(min.). Building separation must extend entire
lot depth or width or lead to Courtyard.
15 ft.
d. Building length along rear property line. 150 ft.
a
b
c
d
b
c
c
b
b
a
a
a a
a
a
a
a c
c
c
c
b
c
b
d
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 397 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:28
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
LEGEND
Back Yard
Side Garden
Courtyard
Roof Deck
Backyard
Backyard
Roof Deck
Roof Deck
Side Garden
Side Garden
Courtyard
Courtyard
Courtyard
FIGURE 4-5: OPEN SPACE TYPES
4.4. ON-SITE OPEN SPACE AND FENCE/WALL STANDARDS
A. Intent. On-site open space provides private and common public outdoor space for the enjoyment and use of residents, employees, and visitors and also provides comfortable spaces through which pedestrian access is provided from the street to any buildings (or portions of buildings) that lack direct street frontage.
B. Applicability. Each proposed new building shall be designed in compliance with the open space standards of this Section for the applicable zone, except for public and institutional buildings, which because of their unique disposition and application are not required to comply with these requirements and are reviewed by a special permit and procedures.
C. Requirements for All Open Space Types.
1. Fence and Garden Wall Standards
a. Walls.
i. Garden walls and retaining walls along street frontages, shall be made of or clad in brick, stone, or stucco and shall be compatible with the design of the principal building. ii. Garden walls shall be no less than eight inches wide and capped by smooth mortar cap or a brick, terra cotta, or similar cap that overlaps the wall below by no less than one half inch on each side.
b. Fences and Gates.
i. Wood fences and gates enclosing front yards shall be made of vertical pickets with no more than three inch gaps in between.
Sideyard
Courtyard
Back Yard
Roof Deck
Frontyard
ii. Wood fences and gates are not recommended on frontages in the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), and Village
General (VG) zones.
iii. Wrought iron fences and gates shall be made of true wrought iron, or steel bar that faithfully simulates true wrought iron. Spacing between bars shall be no less than four-inches. Wrought iron fences shall have iron or steel posts and/or brick or stone piers.
iv. Chain link fencing is prohibited, except along alleys within the Neighborhood General 1 (NG1) and Neighborhood
General 2 (NG2) zones.
c. Corner Cutoffs. The design of front yard fences and hedges at corner lots shall conform to the corner cutoff and traffic sight safety standards requried by Chapter 18.168 of the Redlands Municipal Code.
D. On-Site Open Space Types. This Section identifies a series of open space types, including the configuration and design characteristics of each type. Refer to the Zone that applies to a particular parcel to determine which open space type may be applied toward meeting the required amount of on-site open space, and the size and configuration criteria that apply (see Sections 4.3.1.E; 4.3.2.E; 4.3.3.E;
4.3.4.E; 4.3.5.E; or 4.3.6.E.). Defined Open Space Types are: Side Garden, Courtyard, Roof Deck, Back Yard, and Frontyard (see Figure 4-5).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 398 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:29
Side Garden
1. Side Garden
a. Definition. A landscaped open space along one side of a lot. Side Gardens may be semi-private spaces through which occupant and visitor access is provided to one or more buildings or dwellings. Side Gardens of single-family dwellings are private, primarily landscaped open spaces. For multi-family buildings, Side Gardens may be designed for the shared use of all residents. Note that Side Gardens strongly defined by buildings on two or more sides – particularly if they include significant hardscape areas – may also be classified as Side Courts (see Section 4.4.D.2).
b. Design Standards
i. Configuration.
(a) Side Gardens are located between the building and the Side Yard property line and should have a basic rectangular shape. (b) For Multi-family buildings, the Side Garden provides access to units.
(c) Size. Refer to Section 4.3.1.E, 4.3.2.E, 4.3.3.E, 4.3.4.E, 4.3.5.E, or 4.3.6.E for dimensional requirements. Parking courts may count towards minimum size requirements, provided finishes and landscape are consistent with Section 4.4.D.1.b.ii below. (d) Encroachments. Dooryards, porches, stoops, and
architectural elements may encroach into the Side Garden as indicated in the Design Criteria for the applicable Zone. ii. Multi-Family or Commercial Side Gardens.
(a) Finishes. Side Garden materials, finishes, fixtures, and colors shall be designed in a manner that is consistent with the architectural language of the building.
(b) Landscape.
(i) Except for paved areas, Side Gardens shall be planted in their entirety with trees, shrubs, ground cover, and water conserving plant materials.
(ii) The top of walls of planters shall be no taller than eighteen (18) inches, but some may be up to forty-two (42) inches if required to support the health of plantings.
(iii) Appropriate irrigation and drainage shall be provided to all planted areas, including pots.
(iv) Trees scaled to the space are recommended for shade and to screen views to and from neighboring buildings.
(v) See Section 4.11 (On-Site Landscape, Outdoor Lighting, and Public Art Standards) for additional landscaping and maintenance requirements.
iii. Single-Family Side Gardens. Since Single-Family Side Gardens are private open space areas, no design standards are provided, however trees scaled to the space are generally recommended for shade and to screen views to and from neighboring buildings. c. Wall, Fence, and Hedge Standards.
i. Side Yard fences and walls located behind the front building facade may be up to six (6) feet high as measured from adjacent finished grade.
ii. Side Yard fences built parallel to the frontage between buildings to enclose the Side Yard(s) shall be set back a minimum of five (5) feet behind the facade line, except walls that are an integral part of the architecture of the building, which may be flush with the facade or set back (see Figure 4-6 and Figure 4-7).
iii. On corner lots, walls or hedges enclosing Side Gardens that front the Side Street may not exceed three (3) feet in height as measured from the adjacent sidewalk.
iii. Fences enclosing the Front Yard – including walls separating the Front Yard from the Side Garden – may not exceed three (3) feet in height as measured from the adjacent sidewalk.
Side Street
Primary Street
Alley (where present)
5 ft.
min.
15 ft.
min.
FIGURE 4-6: SINGLE-FAMILY SIDE GARDEN
5 ft.
min.
Side Street
Primary Street
Alley (where present)
FIGURE 4-7: MULTI-FAMILY SIDE GARDEN
LEGEND
Sideyard
Frontyard
LEGEND
Sideyard
Frontyard
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 399 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:30
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Side Court Open to Street
2. Court
a. Definition. A semi-public, shared open space within a lot, for use by more than one resident or tenant. It is a well-defined, coherent area that is an essential component of the project's design, not merely space left over after the building mass is placed. Courts generally provide visitor access from the street to dwellings, retail or office spaces, and/or buildings within the lot that lack direct frontal access from the street. The degree of enclosure or openness may vary according to the requirements of each zone and the design intent of the project designer.
4.4. ON-SITE OPEN SPACE AND FENCE/WALL STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Primary Street
b. Design Standards
i. Configuration. Courts – particularly the portion of the court(s) that is intended to meet the minimum Required On-Site Open Space area requirements of each individual zone – may be placed in the following ways:
(a) Side Court. The Court is placed along the side yard of the parcel to (see Figures 4-8, 4-9, and 4-10):
(i) Correspond with a court or back yard on an adjacent lot to create the effect of one large open space;
(ii) Provide a contiguous space for entrances to a
neighboring existing building that face the proposed
project and are located close to the property line, to
face; or
(iii) When the adjoining lot contains a single-family house, to create a large open space next to the house.
(b) Open to Street. The Court adjoins the minimum Primary Street setback line creating a deep, combined garden/terrace facing the street (see Figures 4-8 and 4-11).
(c) Internal Courtyard. The Court is an internal courtyard, entirely contained within the site (see Figures 4-9 and 4-12). (d) Special Circumstances. When a site contains an exceptional feature, such as a large, healthy tree or topography, the Court is placed to retain and take advantage of that special feature.
ii. Size. Refer to Section 4.3.1.E, 4.3.2.E, 4.3.3.E, 4.3.4.E, 4.3.5.E, or
4.3.6.E for dimensional requirements. Parking courts may count Primary Street
Primary Street
Side Street
Corner
Lot
Interior
Lot
Side Street
Primary Street
Corner
Lot
Interior
Lot
Primary Street
Side Street
Corner
Lot
Interior
Lot
FIGURE 4-8: SIDE COURT OPEN TO STREET
FIGURE 4-9: INTERNAL SIDE COURT
FIGURE 4-10: SIDE COURT OPEN TO STREET
FIGURE 4-11: COURT OPEN TO STREET
FIGURE 4-12: INTERNAL COURT
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 400 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:31
A court with a common seating area oriented around an outdoor fireplace.
A court with a central fountain and wood benches. A court with a fountain and formal planting A court with an informal seating area.
2. Court (continued)
towards minimum size requirements, provided finishes and landscape are consistent with Section 4.4.D.2.b.viii and ix below. iii. Enclosure.
(a) In general, a Court's perimeter shall be defined by building walls on at least two sides, and on a third side by building walls or architectural or landscape elements such as low walls or trellises, or linear landscape elements such as hedges or rows of trees.
(b) In some cases, one side of a Court may be defined by a building wall or a linear landscape element on an adjoining property.
(c) Driveways located adjacent to a Court shall be screened by architectural elements such as low walls or trellises, or linear landscape elements such as hedges or rows of trees so as not to appear to be located within the Court.
iv. Encroachments into Courts. Dooryards, stoops, and
architectural elements may encroach into the Court as allowed by the Urban Standards of each Zone.
v. Common Area. Courts shall be designed to be gathering places for the occupants and also circulation spaces through which pedestrian access is provided from the street to any buildings (or portions of buildings) that lack direct street frontage. Courts shall provide a central, flat area that is usable and encourages human activity and interaction. This area should contain a combination of paving and landscaping.
vi. Private Area. Courts should be designed to provide for private access to dwellings and businesses that lack direct street frontage. Courts should also provide space for private outdoor space in the form of private patio and terrace spaces.
vii. Amenities. Courts should include public amenities such as seating areas, fountains, BBQ islands and/or outdoor fireplaces to encourage their use as common outdoor rooms or gathering places.
viii. Finishes. Court materials, finishes, fixtures, and colors shall be designed in a manner that is consistent with the architectural language of the building.
ix. Landscape.
(a) Except for paved areas, courts shall be planted in their entirety with trees, shrubs, ground cover and water
conserving plant materials.
(b) Arbors, trellis structures and raised planter/seating walls may be provided.
(c) Court planting may be in permanent planters. The top of walls of planters shall generally be no taller than eighteen (18) inches, but some may be up to forty-two (42) inches if required to support the health of plantings.
(d) Appropriate irrigation and drainage shall be provided to all planted areas and planter pots.
(e) Trees scaled to the space are recommended for shade and to screen views to and from neighboring buildings.
(f) See Section 4.11 (On-Site Landscape, Outdoor Lighting, and Public Art Standards) for additional landscaping and maintenance requirements.
c. Wall, Fence, and Hedge Standards. See Section4.4.D.1.c.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 401 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:32
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. A private, landscaped open space
located behind a single family or multi-family
building that is for the use of the residents of
one or more dwellings. For buildings with two
or more units, Backyards may be divided into
separated private yards, provided each private
yard is located directly adjacent to the dwelling
unit.
b. Design Standards. Since Back Yards are
private open space areas, no design standards
are provided.
c. Wall, Fence, and Hedge Standards.
i. Back Yard fences and walls located behind
the front building facade may be up to six
(6) feet high (see Figure 4-13 on the
following page).
ii. Fences and walls along the Side Street
frontage may be up to six (6) feet high for
the rear portion of the site up to fifteen
(15) feet behind the primary street facing
facade line (see Figure 4-13). Fences
along the remaining side street frontage,
adjacent to the front yard, may be up to
three (3) feet high.
iii. Wood fences at interior side and rear
property lines shall provide fronts to both
sides of the property line (“good neighbor
fencing”), for example by alternating
members from one side of the fence to
the other.
4. Back Yard
a. Definition. A rooftop open space that may be
assigned to individual units or a shared open
space available for use by all residents or
tenants. Amenities can include trellises,
landscaping, seating areas, BBQ islands, and/
or outdoor fireplaces, and the like. .
b. Design Standards
i. Configuration. Roof Decks may be located
on a portion or all of a building, subject to
the California Building Code (CBC).
ii. Size. Refer to each individual zone for
minimum and maximum size
requirements. Roof decks can meet the
minimum open space requirements in
certain zones.
iii. Amenities. Roof Decks designated to
meet the minimum on-site open space
requirements shall include design
elements such as seating areas, fountains,
and/or outdoor fireplaces to encourage
their use as outdoor rooms or gathering
places.
iv. Finishes. Roof Deck materials, finishes,
fixtures, and colors visible from the street
and Required On-Site Open Spaces –
including trellises, railings, and walls –
shall be designed in a manner that is
consistent with the architectural language
of the building.
3. Roof Deck
4.4. ON-SITE OPEN SPACE AND FENCE/WALL STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 402 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:33
Continuous lawn extends across several frontyards.
Individual frontyards separated by frontyard fences.
Front yard planter boxes between entry stoops.
a. Definition. The Frontyard is the area between the Primary Street facing building facade and the Primary Street property line and/or back of sidewalk (see Figure 4-13). On corner lots, the Frontyard also includes the area between the Side Street facing facade and the Side Street property line up to the fence enclosing the back yard.
Frontyards provide a physical separation between the street and buildings on the site, while presenting a place to greet one's neighbors and for informal play. Access to buildings from the sidewalk also occurs through the front yard. Frontyards may be visually continuous with adjacent yards with a common landscape, or enclosed by a low fence, wall, or hedge.
b. Design Standards
i. Courts and Side Gardens may extend into the Primary Street and/ or Side Street Frontyard area(s), but portions within these setbacks areas do not count towards the minimum Required On-Site Open Space requirements of each individual zone. ii. Dooryards, porches, stoops, and architectural elements may encroach into the Frontyard as allowed by each individual zone. iii. Frontyards shall be landscaped and maintained as follows:
(a) Except for walkways, front yards shall be planted in their entirety with trees, shrubs, ground cover and water conserving plant materials.
(b) Frontyard landscape shall be maintained in an orderly and neat condition.
(c) See Section 4.11 (On-Site Landscape, Outdoor Lighting, and Public Art Standards) for additional landscaping and
maintenance requirements.
iv. Tree Well and Parkway Planting. Tree wells and the parkway between the sidewalk and the street shall be landscaped and maintained as follows:
(a) Street trees of an approved type shall be provided in tree wells or parkways. Street trees shall be specified as indicated in Chapter 7.
(b) Parkways shall be landscaped per Section 4.15.C (Street and Streetscape Design Standards).
(c) Parkways in front of commercial uses may be omitted to allow for pedestrian access. Trees shall be accommodated in tree wells.
c. Wall, Fence, and Hedge Standards.
i. Front yard fence and wall materials and design shall be compatible with the architectural style of the building. ii. Fences built parallel to the frontage between buildings to enclose the side yard(s) may be up to six (6) feet high and shall be set back a minimum five (5) feet behind the facade line (see Figure 4-13). Walls that are an integral part of the architecture of the building may be located either flush with the building facade or set back.
ii. Front yard fences, walls, and hedges shall be no taller than three (3) feet above the adjacent sidewalk.
iii. On corner lots, fences and walls along the side street frontage may be up to 6 feet high for the rear portion of the site up to fifteen (15) feet behind the primary street facing facade line (see Figure 4-13). Fences along the remaining side street frontage may be up to a maximum of three (3) feet above the sidewalk. iv. Retaining walls at street frontages may be up to three (3) feet in height. Retaining walls within the frontage setback area shall be made of or clad in brick, stone, or stucco and shall be compatible with the design of the principal building. Retaining walls behind the fence line and substantially obscured from views from the public way may be relieved of this requirement.
vi. Landscaped berms are prohibited.
5. Frontyard
Primary Street
Side Street
Alley (where present)
Corner
Lot
Interior
Lot
15 ft. min.
5 ft. min.
Front Yard
FIGURE 4-13: FRONT YARD
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 403 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:34
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Mixed-use building with recessed third floor balcony and creative differentiation of floors (floor level articulation.
Multi-family building articulated with raised center volume.
Building designed with two-, three-, and four-story building massing (height aver- Multi-family Building with second-story protruding Monterey balcony. aging).
Mixed-use building with protruding Monterey and standard balconies.
Mixed-use building articulated with corner tower.
4.5. BUILDING ARTICULATION AND MASSING STANDARDS
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards to ensure that new development not appear as over-sized, monolithic structures, but instead as a series of smaller scale buildings. This goal is a particular importance when one large ownership, or smaller consolidated parcels are proposed for development as a single project. The standards of this Section ensure that these larger projects are designed to appear as carefully conceived groups of separate structures that, along with an attractive streetscape, contribute to the overall urban, pedestrian-friendly character of the Specific Plan area.
B. Applicability. The requirements of this Section apply to all new buildings within the Specific Plan area.
C. Building Massing and Articulation. New buildings shall be composed of simple, well-proportioned masses designed according to a combination of a minimum of four (4) of the following massing and articulation techniques: Horizontal Articulation, Vertical Articulation, Architectural Projections, Architectural Recessions, Facade Differentiation, Height Averaging, and Floor Level Articulation. Please see page 4:33 for standards and illustrations of each massing and articulation technique.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 404 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:35
7. Floor Level Articulation
1. Horizontal Articulation
5. Architectural Projections
2. Architectural Recessions
6. Height Averaging
4. Facade Differentiation
3. Vertical Articulation
Articulate the facade to express the
building's floor levels as base,
middle, and top by:
a. Providing a substantial
horizontal articulation of the
facade at the top of the first
story such as a cornice, belt
course, or other such
architectural element which is
appropriate to the style of the
building.
b. Provide articulation at the
parapet (for buildings with flat
roofs) or below the eve (for
buildings with sloped roofs)
that marks the top of the
building with a cornice, color
change, or material change.
c. For buildings or portions of
buildings which are three
stories in height or taller,
provide articulation for the top
story of the building. This may
be accomplished by a color
change, material change, a
cornice/belt course at the
bottom of the uppermost story.
Top Middle Base
Step a portion of the street-facing facade forward or backward from the predominant facade plane a minimum of six (6) feet for a minimum distance of twenty-five (25) feet
Primary Street (Front)
Side Street
Append or project facade elements such as balconies, bay windows, cantilevered rooms, and/or awnings.
Recess architectural elements or spaces – such as recessed porches, covered passages, recessed balconies, and windows – into the plane of the facade.
Primary Street (Front)
Up to 30% of the building footprint area may be one story/10 feet taller than the maximum height allowed in a given zone, provided an equal amount of building footprint area is one story/10 feet shorter than the maximum allowed height.
Side Street
Side Street
Design the facade to appear as though it is composed of two or three distinct “buildings” with differing material and/or color combinations on each “building.”
Step a portion of the street-facing facade upward or downward from the predominant building height a minimum of four (4) feet for a minimum distance of twenty-five (25) feet. This technique is useful for "stepping down" the scale of a new building adjacent to an existing smaller building
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Side Street
Side Street
Base Height
1 story lower than Base
1 story higher than Base
Primary Street (Front)
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Side Street
Side Street
Primary Street (Front)
Side Street
Side Street
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 405 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:36
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Multi-family building with recessed, double-story balcony (architectural recession).
Rowhouses articulated as individual buildings with different materials and colors (facade differentiation).
The main volume of this multi-family building is stepped-back from the street.
Further articulation is achieved by making the building look like two buildings.
Volume on left side of building is set back from the rest of the building (horizontal articulation). Building is further articulated with protruding galleries and canopies (architectural projection) and paint color.
F. Materials, Color Variation, and Architectural Styles. In addition, to the above articulation and massing techniques, building facades may employ the following material, color, and architectural style strategies:
1. Variety of materials and colors. Utilize different materials and colors to divide building facades into vertical and/or horizontal increments and/or to emphasize certain architectural elements or features.
2. Diversity of Architectural Styles.
a. Employ a variety architectural styles in order to give large buildings the appearance they are comprised of multiple, smaller, attached, village-scale “buildings.”
b. On project sites that accommodate more than one building, multiple architectural styles are required.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 406 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:37
Front Yard / Porch Stoop
Dooryard
(Residential)
Dooryard
(Commercial)
Shopfront Gallery
Arcade
Dooryard (Commercial)
Shopfront
Gallery
Arcade
Stoop
Dooryward (Residential)
Front Yard
Porch
FIGURE 4-14: FRONTAGE TYPES
4.6. FRONTAGE STANDARDS
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards to ensure proposed development promotes a pedestrian-friendly environment along the street through the provision of street-facing windows, entries, and appropriately designed frontages; commercial ground floors that support pedestrian activity through maximum ground floor transparency (large shopfronts); and frontage designs that do not disrupt or detract from the general intended pattern for frontages on the subject block face.
Frontages consist of the street facade of the building(s), including any projecting elements, and any landscape, hardscape, walls, and fences between the building facade and the back of sidewalk. They provide a transition between the public environment of the street and the semi-private and private environments of the building interior. They also signal the location of the building entrance and provide a semi-public space within which neighbors and visitors can interact.
B. Applicability. The requirements of this Section apply to all new buildings within the TVSP area.
C. Frontage Types. This Section identifies the frontage types allowed within the Transit Villages Specific Plan area, and for each type provides a description and design standards to ensure that proposed development is consistent with this Specific Plan's goals for building form, character, and quality. Frontage types are divided into two categories, Required (Porch, Stoop, Dooryard, Shopfront, Gallery, and Arcade) as shown in Figure 4-14 and Optional (Balcony, Bay Window, Cantilevered Room, Awning, Canopy).
The provisions of this Section work in combination with the underlying Zone as identified on the Regulating Plan. Refer to Sections 4.3.1.G, 4.3.2.G, 4.3.3.G, 4.3.4.G, 4.3.5.G, and 4.3.6.G for required and optional frontage types within each zone and allowed encroachments into the setback or right-of- way.
In addition, all buildings designs are subject to the applicable requirements and regulations of the Building Code, Fire Code, Health Code, etc.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 407 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:38
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Section
Plan
Section
Plan
a. Definition. The area between the building
facade and the property line. Front Yards may
be visually continuous with adjacent yards with
a common landscape, or enclosed by a low
fence, wall, or hedge. On sloping sites, front
yards may be raised above the level of the
adjacent sidewalk and supported by a low
retaining wall at the property line with steps
providing access between the sidewalk and the
yard. Porches, stoops, balconies, and bay
windows may encroach into Front Yards..
b. Design Standards
i. Front yards and continuous planters between
the curb and sidewalk along the primary and
side streets shall be landscaped.
ii. Paved areas shall be limited to walks and
driveways, where present.
iv. Front yard fence and wall design and
materials shall be compatible with the
architectural style of the building.
v. Fences defining the front yard shall not
exceed four (4) feet as measured from the
adjacent sidewalk.
vi. See Section 4.11 (On-Site Landscape, Outdoor
Lighting, and Public Art Standards) for
additional requirements.
1. Front Yard
a. Definition. A roofed, unenclosed room
attached to the exterior of a building that
provides a physical transition between the
sidewalk and the building. Porches may be
provided on buildings that are set back from
the Primary and/or Side Street property lines
and may encroach into the front yard and side
street yard.
b. Design Standards
i. Porch materials and design shall be
compatible with the design of the rest of the
building.
ii. Porches may be enclosed with insect screens
if recessed from the exterior wall plane and if
visibility is maintained from the sidewalk.
iii. Porches shall be designed according to the
following dimensional requirements:
Dimension Min. Max.
Depth (clear) 6 ft. –
Width (clear) 12 ft. –
Height: ceiling (clear) 8 ft. 12 ft.
Height: floor above
adjacent finished grade
12 in. 3 ft.
Height: fence, hedge,
or wall above adjacent
finished grade
– 3 ft.
R.O.W. Parcel Setback Line
2. Porch
c
a
e d
b
a
b
c
d
e
4.6. FRONTAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 408 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:39
Section
Plan
Section
Plan
Residential Dooryard
Commercial Dooryard
a. Definition. An elevated or at-grade garden or
terrace that is located in the front yard setback
and that is enclosed by a low wall located at or
near the property line. For elevated Door Yards,
access from the sidewalk to the Door Yard is via
a stair or ramp. The Door Yard can
accommodate a variety of activities, ranging
from dining patios for commercial uses to
patios for residential uses. In addition, the
interior building spaces are separated from the
adjacent sidewalk by the depth of the Door Yard
and in the case of raised Door Yards, by the
terrace height.
b. Design Standards
i. Walls and/or fences shall be consistent with
the architectural style of the building in their
design, materials, and finishes.
ii. Dooryards shall be designed according to
the following dimensional requirements:
Dimension Min. Max.
Depth (clear) 7 ft.
Height: floor above
adjacent finished grade
0 ft. 3 ft.
Height: wall above floor 2 ft.
Right-of-Way Parcel
Setback Line
3. Dooryard
4. Stoop
a. Definition. A stair and landing leading directly
from the sidewalk to a building entrance. The
ground floor of the building is typically raised to
provide increased privacy for the rooms facing
the public street. Accordingly, stoops are ideal
frontage types for ground floor housing that is
near the street.
b. Design Standards
i. Stoops must correspond directly with the
building entry(s) they provide access to.
ii. The exterior stairs may be perpendicular or
parallel to the adjacent sidewalk.
iii. The landing may be covered or uncovered.
iv. Landscaping shall be placed on the sides of
the stoop, either at grade or in raised
planters.
v. Stoops shall be designed according to the
following dimensional requirements:
Dimension Min. Max.
Depth: landing (clear) 4 ft. 10 ft.
Width (clear) 4 ft. 10 ft.
Height: floor above
adjacent finished grade
12 in. 3 ft.
Height: fence, hedge,
or wall above adjacent
finished grade
– 3 ft.
Low Fence/
wall
Parcel
Setback line
curb
4. Stoop
Right-of-Way
c
d
b
a
c
a
b
d
a
b
c
a
b
c
d
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 409 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:40
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Section
Plan
Section
Plan
a. Definition. Shopfronts are large openings in a
building facade that are enclosed with large
transparent windows and doors that provide
direct, at-grade access to ground floor
commercial/retail uses. The basic required
architectural elements of shopfronts include
large windows, doors with glass, transom
windows, and a solid base (bulkhead). Optional
elements include awnings, canopies, signage,
lighting, and cornices.
b. Design Standards
i. Storefront glass shall be clear without
reflective coating or dark tinting. Lightly
tinted glazing less than 15%, low emissivity,
solar) is acceptable.
ii. Primary Street and Side Street setbacks, if
any, shall be paved with a paving material
that is consistent with or matches the
adjacent sidewalk.
iii. Shopfronts shall be designed according to
the following dimensional requirements:
Dimension Min. Max.
Height (clear) 10 ft. 16 ft.
Distance to bottom of
awnings, canopies (clear)
8 ft. 10 ft.
Width of storefront bay(s) 10 ft. 15 ft.
Glass area % of ground
floor wall area
70 90
Parcel/Setback Line
curb
5. Shopfront
a. Definition. Galleries are facades with ground
floor colonnades that support a cantilevered
shed roof or a deck that covers the sidewalk.
Galleries contain ground floor storefronts,
making them ideal for retail use. Railing on top
of the gallery is only required if the gallery roof
is accessible as a deck.
b. Design Standards
i. Along primary frontages, the Gallery
columns shall correspond to Shopfront
openings as defined in Section 4.6.C.5.a.
ii. Galleries shall be a minimum of two (2) bays
wide.
iii. Column spacing and colonnade detailing,
including lighting, shall be consistent with
the style of the rest of the building.
iv. Galleries shall be designed according to the
following dimensional requirements:
Dimension Min. Max.
Depth (clear) 10 ft. 16 ft.
Width (clear) 20 ft. 80 ft.
Width: single bay (clear) 10 ft. 16 ft.
Height (clear) 12 ft. 16 ft.
Distance from face of
curb (clear)
2 ft. –
Distance between
adjacent Galleries that
encroach into R.O.W.
20 ft. –
Parcel/Setback Line
curb
6. Gallery
Right-of-Way
Right-of-Way
a b
d
a
b
e
a
b
c
a
b
c
d
e
f
4.6. FRONTAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 410 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:41
Section
Plan
a. Definition. Arcades are facades with a ground
floor colonnade that supports the upper stories
of the building or, for one-story buildings, the
roof. Arcades contain ground-floor shopfronts,
making them ideal for retail or restaurant use,
as the arcade shelters the pedestrian while
shading the storefront glass, preventing glare
that might obscure views of merchandise.
b. Design Standards
i. Along primary frontages, the arcade shall
correspond to Shopfront openings as
defined in Section 4.6.C.5.a.
ii. Arcades shall be a minimum of two (2) bays
wide.
iii. Column spacing and colonnade detailing,
including lighting, shall be consistent with
the style of the rest of the building.
iv. Arcades shall be designed according to the
following dimensional requirements:
Dimension Min. Max.
Depth (clear) 10 ft. 16 ft.
Width (clear) 20 ft. 80 ft.
Width: single bay (clear) 10 ft. 16 ft.
Height (clear) 12 ft. 16 ft.
Distance from face of
curb (clear)
2 ft. –
Distance between
adjacent Arcades that
encroach into R.O.W.
20 ft. –
curb
7. Arcade
a. Definition. A platform enclosed by a wall or
balustrade on the outside of a building, with
access from an upper-floor door.
b. Design Standards
i. Balcony design character, palette of
materials, and approach to detailing shall be
consistent and compatible with the building's
style.
ii. Balconies shall be designed to be consistent
and compatible throughout the building.
iii. Balconies of traditionally styled buildings
shall have visible supports in the form of
projecting beams or braces. Balconies on
modern styled buildings may simply project.
iv. Balcony railings on traditional buildings shall
be made of wood, wrought iron, steel bar or
tube faithfully simulating true wrought iron.
Modern buildings may also use galvanized
or painted steel, aluminium, and cable railing
components. Vinyl substitutes shall be
avoided.
8. Balcony
right-of-way
da
b
abcd
c
ef
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 411 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:42
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. A large window or series of windows
projecting from the outer wall of a building and
forming a recess within.
b. Design Standards
i. Bay windows shall be a maximum of ten (10)
feet wide and shall have a height that is
equal to or greater than their width.
ii. Bay windows shall be placed a minimum of
two (2) feet from any building corner and a
minimum of three (3) from any other bay
window.
iii. Bay windows shall consist of at least 75%
transparent fenestration.
9. Bay Window
a. Definition. An upper floor room or rooms that
projects from the building facade providing
additional upper floor square footage and
contributing to the articulation of the facade.
b. Design Standards
i. Cantilevered Room shall be a maximum of
twenty (20) feet wide.
ii. Cantilevered Rooms shall be placed a
minimum of ten (10) feet from any other
Cantilevered Room.
iii. Cantilevered rooms of traditional style
buildings shall be supported by brackets,
extended beams, or other elements that .
10. Cantilevered Room
4.6. FRONTAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 412 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:43
a. Definition. A cloth cover fastened to a
building or structure and supported by a
frame that is used to protect pedestrians from
the sun or rain.
b. Design Standards
i. Awnings shall be of a simple shed form,
made of code-compliant fire-resistant
canvas or materials of similar appearance;
materials which are shiny, stiff, and
obviously synthetic shall be avoided.
ii. Each awning shall correspond to a
storefront.
iii. Upper floor awnings may be provided as
follows:
(a) Each individual awning shall cover no
more than one Shopfront or window
opening.
(b) Signage is not permitted on upper
floor awnings.
iv. Awnings shall be positioned so that
signage is not obstructed.
vi. Awning color(s) and pattern(s) shall be
coordinated with the overall design of the
building. As appropriate awning colors
may vary between adjacent businesses.
vii. Internally illuminated and backlit awnings
and any associated light diffusers are
prohibited.
11. Awning
a. Definition. A flat, metal awning that extends
perpendicular from the building and parallel
to the sidewalk. The canopy's frame is
connected to the wall and spanned by a
variety of materials, including metal lattice,
glass, and metal slats.
b. Design Standards
i. Canopies shall be of a simple form, made
of metal and/or glass.
ii. Canopies shall be supported either from below
by metal brackets, or from above by rods,
wires, or chains that affix to the wall.
iii. Canopies may extend across multiple
storefronts.
iv. Upper floor awnings may be provided as
follows:
(a) Each individual canopy shall cover no
more than one window opening.
(b) Signage is not permitted on upper
floor canopies.
v. Canopies shall be positioned so that
signage is not obstructed.
vi. Canopies shall be coordinated with the
overall design of the building; all canopies
on a single building shall be consistent in
their design, color, and material.
12. Canopy
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 413 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:44
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
AVOID. The tower of a mixed-use building occupies the street terminus, but appears to be mistakenly off center.(Right) A tower that is placed on the center line of the street.
A mixed-use building with a scalloped corner entryway and second floor corner balcony.
A corner tower.
A tower that is placed on the center line of the street.
Center Line of Street
Center Line of Street
4.7. BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards to ensure proposed new buildings and additions are designed to relate to the street, to public open spaces, and to neighboring buildings in a way that contributes positively to the Specific Plan area's neighborhoods and districts.
B. Applicability. The requirements of this Section apply to all renovations of existing buildings, all additions to existing buildings, and new buildings within the Transit Villages Specific Plan area.
C. Relationship to the Public Realm. Buildings are the principal determinants of street and urban form. As they are incrementally constructed, they contribute, along with their neighbors, to both the formation of the public realm and to the collective built fabric of the city.
Essential, therefore, to the design of new projects is the careful consideration of how they relate to their physical context (towards the street, towards buildings across the street, and towards adjacent buildings), as well as to their historical, cultural, and climatic context. In order for this to be successfully achieved, new buildings must be designed both from the inside out and the outside in. They should be inspiring to both those who inhabit them and to those who pass by on foot, bicycle, or automobile.
It is important to note that compatibility is not necessarily the repetition of existing or historical design patterns, but is the interpretation of these patterns – whether they be traditional or contemporary – in a manner that contributes to the distinctive and eclectic street form that so characterizes Downtown Redland's and its surrounding neighborhoods.
1. Building Orientation. New buildings shall be oriented to define and frame adjacent public streets and/or public or common spaces with consistent setbacks and with street-facing windows, entries, and frontage elements.
2. Significant Sites. All multi-family and mixed-use buildings are part of the urban fabric. They are a continuous background form that provides the backdrop for public and civic buildings such as schools, libraries, city halls, etc.
While the form of multi-family and mixed-use buildings is by definition repetitive, when placed in unique locations within the body of the City, such buildings should be designed in a manner that responds to the special character of their location with some appropriate degree of uniqueness in form.
This is particularly true in buildings that are placed on corner lots or at the termination of streets.
a. Corner Buildings. Corner buildings play a stronger role in defining the character of neighborhoods and districts than other buildings along a block face. They can act as informal entryways to the street, setting the tone for the streetscape that follows. Accordingly, the design of corner buildings must recognize their prominent positions along streets and blocks. Corner building design strategies include:
• Design both street facades to be fenestrated, articulated and finished as “front” facades.
• Add emphasis with more architectural detailing than
found on other buildings on the block face.
• Where appropriate, use a greater building height to add emphasis.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 414 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:45
The shape and detailing around the opening of this parking entrance to a mixeduse building are in scale and character with its commercial frontages.
The windows of this rowhouse building are designed to reflect the character and size of the rooms to which they belong: larger windows for formal rooms and smaller windows for bedrooms and bathrooms.
AVOID. The adjacency of these two multi-family residential parking entrances has a major impact on the pedestrian’s perception of building. The mismatch in the size of the two respective openings compounds the problem.
The main entrance to this multi-family building is prominent and easily identifiable. • Design a more complex building form with projecting
facade elements and special building features such as
towers, cupolas, wrap-around bay windows, balconies,
porches, or other architectural embellishments.
• Create a prominent building entrance by notching the
corner.
b. Buildings at Street Terminations. Building massing or outdoor spaces on lots located at terminations of streets shall either be placed to align with the street’s center line, or positioned in a manner that convincingly shows that they were not meant to be centered.
3. Elevations Visible from Public Realm. The rear and/or side elevations of new buildings that are visible from the public realm shall be designed with equal care and quality as the front or principal facade.
4. Room Orientation. Formal rooms (living rooms, dining rooms) shall be oriented to face onto adjacent public streets and/or public or common spaces. Secondary rooms, such as bedrooms, bathrooms, and kitchens shall generally be oriented towards side and back yards.
5. Window and Door Size and Placement. Windows and doorways shall be designed to reflect the character and size of the rooms to which they belong, such as larger windows for formal rooms and smaller windows for secondary rooms such as bedrooms, bathrooms and kitchens.
6. Pedestrian Access to Buildings. Building entrances provide a connection between the public realm of the street and sidewalk, and the private realm of the building. A well-designed building entrance is easily identifiable and welcoming to pedestrians. a. Entrances into buildings. Entrance ways and doorways shall be clearly identifiable as prominent points of access into buildings.
b. Entrances into courtyards.
i. Courtyards shall be entered from the street through a covered passage or through a passage that is either
open to the sky or covered by a trellis. Courtyard
entrance trellises shall be of the character of the rest of the building both in their overall form and detailing.
ii. Courtyards within the Neighborhood General 1 (NG1)
and Neighborhood General 2 (NG2) zones shall be visible from the street. iii. The openings to courtyards may be either gated or completely open to the street, but should be unobstructed by garden walls, railings, or other elements that may limit views into the courtyard.
7. Vehicular Access to Buildings. Garage entries can occupy a major portion of a building’s ground floor and can therefore have a major impact on the pedestrian’s perception of buildings. In order to minimize the visual impacts of garage entries, they must be designed to be integral parts of a the architectural design of the building.
a. Garage Entry Design.
i. Parking garage entrances shall be designed and composed as an integral part of the building facade. They shall be conceived as doorways or gateways that are in
character with the character and design of the rest of the building.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 415 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:46
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
FIGURE 4-15: RELATIONSHIP TO NEIGHBORING BUILDINGS
ii. Recess the garage door so it appears less intrusive.
Garage doors that are recessed to provide adequate vertical clearance must not be recessed so far as to result b. Placement.
i. The parking entrances of new buildings shall not be
located adjacent to parking entrances of existing adjacent buildings. ii. To the extent possible, parking entrances shall avoid street trees, infrastructure, and streets with excessive traffic. Driveways providing access to corner lots shall be located as far from the street intersection as possible.
D. Relationship to Neighboring Buildings. Buildings designed in isolation and without regard to their surroundings can appear to be glaringly out of context. This is especially true when large mixed-use or multi-family infill buildings are inserted into lots surrounded by single-family houses or small multi-family buildings or are located on a parcel within a higher density zone that is immediately adjacent to a lower density zone. As a result, people living in existing buildings that are negatively affected by new ones, see the quality of their lives diminished.
The compatibility of new buildings inserted into such existing contexts can be ensured by fitting their scale and mass to that of their neighboring existing buildings.
1. Scale and Orientation. New buildings over two stories in height shall be designed to relate to and respect the massing and scale of adjacent buildings, particularly buildings of historical character (see Figure 4-15 below). Strategies include:
a. Matching existing building heights or exceeding them by only one story. Modulating additional stories by stepping them back.
b. Modulating side yard and rear yard volumes to provide as much distance as possible between the facades of a proposed building and existing buildings in order to preserve the privacy of the outdoor spaces of both.
c. Orienting the side gardens or side courts of proposed buildings to face the side gardens or side courts of adjacent buildings.
d. Mirror the side yard massing of an existing, neighboring building.
4.7. BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
Relate to existing open space of neighboring building.
Primary Street (Front)
Incorporate the upper floor space within the attic space and provide day light with dormer windows.
Match the form of neighboring building.
Step back upper floors to reflect the massing of existing, adjacent buildings.
Use frontage types such as porches to reduce the scale of a taller building facade in relation to adjacent buildings.
Continue prevalent massing rhythm along street.
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
Primary Street (Front)
Existing Building New Building Open Space
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 416 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:47
Lamps, address signs, and door hardware are consistent with each other and the building.
AVOID. Lamps, address signs, and columns are inconsistent in style and finish.
A multi-family building clad in plaster and fiber-cement siding. The vertical transition between the plaster and siding occurs at the inside corners.
A mixed-use building clad in plaster. The moldings and column bases are constructed of durable materials (precast concrete and tile, respectively). e. Stepping back upper floors to preserve the lower scale massing of existing, adjacent buildings.
f. Including elements such as porches, galleries, arcades, etc. to relate the scale of facades to those of existing buildings. g. Reducing building bulk by introducing dwelling space in attic spaces.
h. Introducing landscape and/or trees as a screen between existing and new buildings.
2. Side and rear windows. The placement and size of windows in side yards and rear yards shall respect the privacy and need for light and air of existing buildings.
3. Project sites adjacent to historic structures. Buildings on project sites located immediately adjacent to lots that have designated or eligible historic structures on them shall be designed per the requirements of this Specific Plan and per the recommendations of the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation and Illustrated Guidelines for Rehabilitation of Historic Structures and/or the Redlands Historic Architectural Design Guidelines.
E. Design Standards.
1. Holistic design. Design all components of new projects (building, open space, landscape, and parking) to be internally consistent with the chosen architectural language and character of the overall project.
2. Durable Materials. Utilize durable materials and architectural details that promote permanence and longevity and are designed to be consistent within the building’s architectural style in terms of structural expression, scale, and proportion.
3. Modifications to Existing Buildings. For modification to existing buildings, utilize or match the materials, configurations, colors and finishes of the existing building. “Stucco wraps” of buildings originally clad in exposed wood, masonry, and/or stone are prohibited
4. Exposed Wood. Finish exposed wood (or wood-like materials) in a manner that minimizes maintenance and promotes the material’s longevity.
5. Reflective Materials. Avoid using reflective materials, unless they are applied to small areas (such as to highlight signage) and they can be shown to not cause a nuisance to automobile traffic, pedestrians, and neighboring buildings.
6. Masonry and Stone. Detail masonry veneer walls in a manner that expresses the structural integrity of real masonry, especially at corners, windows, and doors.
7. Synthetic Materials. Use synthetic materials only when:
a. They adequately simulate the appearance of the natural material it imitates;
b. They demonstrate an ability to age similar to or better than the natural material it imitates;
c. They have a permanent texture, color, and character that is acceptable for the proposed application; and
d. They can be pressure washed and, in general, withstand anti-graffiti measures.
8. Prohibited materials. Do not use the following materials:
a. T1-11 siding;
b. Rough-sawn wood;
c. Vertical siding, except board and batten;
d. Metal siding or concrete block as an exterior finish, except in the NG-1 zone.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 417 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:48
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
AVOID. The white window color is inconsistent with the color of the surrounding trim and cladding. White trim and perhaps a different color cladding material would result in a more consistent color palette.
The window color is consistent with the surrounding colors - even though the window color contrasts with the surrounding trim. This is one of many traditional color schemes for the Craftsman style.
AVOID. Random window placement with windows not relating by shape and proportion to one other.
The windows of this mixed-use building are composed according to a logical order.
The second floor windows are grouped in threes and centered above the ground floor shopfront doors and windows.
9. Multiple Materials. When combining two or more wall materials on one facade:
a. Place lighter materials above more substantial materials (e.g. wood above stucco or masonry, or stucco and glass above masonry).
b. Locate vertical joints between different materials at inside corners.
10. Color. Compose materials and finishes in a manner that results in visually balanced compositions. Avoid large areas of bright colors.
11. Attached Architectural Elements. Design attached architectural elements such as lighting fixtures, attic vents, custom signage, awnings, hand rails, balconies, and trellises to be consistent with each other and with the style of the building.
12. Solar Panels. Fully integrate active solar devices into the overall form of the building.
13. Windows and Doors
a. Materials.
i. Utilize windows, doors, frames, colors, and styles that are appropriate to the building’s architectural style in terms of window type (double hung, casement, etc.),
proportion, and color.
ii. For replacement windows, utilize the same window
types as the original windows (e.g., replace double-hung windows with double-hung windows, etc.).
iii. Preferred window and door materials include wood,
fiberglass, steel, or aluminum. Vinyl and vinyl-clad
windows are allowed with muntin patterns and colors
appropriate to the building’s architectural style.
4.7. BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
iv. Flush nail-on aluminum windows and horizontal aluminum sliding windows are prohibited. v. Specify clear glass glazing, particularly in storefront and primary window applications.
b. Details.
i. If used, specify true muntins that are of a substantial dimension (e.g., not flat).
ii. Design head casing to be equal in width to or wider than jamb casing.
iii. Detail window sills to properly shed water.
iv. Recess windows in a manner that is specific to the building’s architectural style (e.g., provide greater recesses for Mediterranean style buildings, etc.).
c. Configurations.
i. Design the orientation and proportion of windows and doors to be consistent with the building’s architectural style.
ii. Design windows and doors to relate to one another proportionally and according to a rational system of design, such as designing building elevations to exhibit a hierarchy between window sizes to differentiate between public rooms (living rooms and dining rooms) and private rooms (bedrooms, bathrooms).
iii. Locate windows on new building facades in a manner that maintains existing privacy with neighbors;
iv. Design bay windows to be habitable spaces.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 418 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:49
a. Definition. The Main Street Commercial building is found on almost every pre-World War II American Main Street. Basically a decorated rectangular masonry box in form, one-story buildings are always commercial in use, while multi-story buildings are mixed-use with commercial ground floors. Multi-story facades are typically divided into base, body and top with the ground floor taller than the shorter upper floor, which is finished by a significant parapet. The ground floor has expansive glass interrupted by structural columns with transoms to allow light to penetrate deep into the interior. Upper floor windows are smaller with vertical windows directly relating to the ground floor window, door, and Shopfront openings. Whether one-story or multiple-story, Main Street Commercial buildings tend to be square or rectangular boxes. However, subtle variations in height can add interest to a facade, emphasize important architectural features such as a building entrance or variations can accentuate a corner condition. b. Key Characteristics
i. Roof. Flat roof with projecting cornice or parapet.
ii. Floor Plan/Elevation. Simple, rectangular plans with L-shaped or U-shaped variations.
iii. Base. Articulated base by change in material, change in plane, or both.
iv. Shading. Recessed arcades & entries, balconies, or fabric awnings.
v. Form/Massing. One to multiple stories, with base, middle, and top. Vertically proportioned with corner towers common. vi. Walls. Flat planes of stone, brick, or plaster, punctuated by deep set window openings.
i
vii
iii
vi
viii
vii iv
ix. not shown
vii. Openings. Large Shopfront openings at ground, vertically proportioned, with transoms arranged in rhythmic pattern.
Upper floors include combinations of small and large window openings relating to ground level window, door, and Shopfront openings.
viii. Articulation. Base, middle and top of facade are clearly defined by changes in material and horizontal banding.
Ground floor and/or building-scaled base receive most
detailed attention. Other details include cornices, balconies, awnings.
ix. Colors. Public buildings are more reserved, with muted colors. Otherwise, the palette is open to interpretation. ii
v
Main Street Commercial
Craftsman
California Contemporary
Mediterranean
Victorian
1. Main Street Commercial
d. Accessories. Consider using various architectural elements to add interest of building facades, including operable shutters sized to match their openings, opaque canvas awnings and other shading devices, and planter boxes supported by visible brackets.
F. Architectural Style Guidelines. The Architectural Design Guidelines in this Section are intended to assist owners, builders, and developers in the design of buildings that reflect Redlands' history, culture, and climate. These guidelines are not intended as a style manual but rather as a summary of the salient characteristics of architectural styles of buildings found in Redlands and throughout the Inland Empire and San Gabriel Valley.
1. The Architectural Design Guidelines apply to all parcels within the Specific Plan area.
2. Buildings may be designed according to architectural styles not described in this Section, provided the design submission per Section 4.1.2.B (Submittal Requirements) includes a description of the proposed architectural style in terms of the following nine primary elements and according to the same as this Section:
a. Roof.
b. Floor Plan/Elevation.
c. Base.
d. Shading.
e. Form/Massing.
f. Walls.
g. Colors
h. Openings.
i. Articulation.
3. The following five Architectural Styles are described in this Section: Main Street, Commercial, Mediterranean, Craftsman, Victorian, and California Contemporary.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 419 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:50
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. The Mediterranean Style features flat, austere stucco wall planes and punched, recessed windows and door openings. Window openings are elaborated with small metal balconies, grilles, or awnings and are deep set to accentuate shadows. Exterior trim is reserved for principal doorways and may be framed by elaborate pilasters, columns and capitals. Wood detailing is spare and is typically reserved for rafter tails, heavy timber brackets supporting cantilevered balconies, window shutters, or balcony railings. Roofs are always tile and shallow in slope.
b. Key Characteristics
i. Roof. Low pitch gable ends, occasional hipped ends, red clay tile.
Flat roofs in combination with pitched. Roof eaves are plaster molding transitions from wall or wooden bracketed overhangs. ii. Floor Plan/Elevation. Simple plans in rectangular, L-shaped, or U-shaped configurations.
iii. Base. Typically no base, wall meets ground simply. Articulated bases (projected, material changes, etc.) are reserved for public buildings.
iv. Shading. Recessed arcades & entries, balconies, or fabric awnings.
v. Form/Massing. One to multiple stories, simply proportioned, asymmetrical compositions. Corner towers common.
vi. Walls. Flat planes of smooth or textured plaster, punctuated by deep window and door openings.
vii. Openings. Vertically proportioned, combination of small and large window and door openings in asymmetrical or symmetrical pattern.
viii. Articulation. Plane of wall broken by modest planar changes, balconies, awnings, plaster brackets or
pilasters, & occasional roof eaves. Detailing is limited to metal or wood railings, grilles, and wood or tile
ornamentation at major door or window openings.
ix. Colors. Limited to off-white and white, terra-cotta roof tiles, & contrasting color of doors, windows, & wood
brackets, columns, and railings.
a. Definition. The Craftsman Style is derived from the constructional logic of carpentry in which buildings are proportioned and formed by the repetition of structural elements: walls, columns, beams, rafters railings and so on. Craftsman Style buildings are defined by large gabled roofs, occupied attic spaces lit by dormer windows, and streetfriendly porches. The massing is low slung. Walls of horizontally patterned wood siding or shingles typically sit upon a brick, stone or stucco foundation base. Windows and doors are vertical in proportion and are trimmed in wood. Roofs are shallow in slope and clad in wood or asphalt shingles with broad overhangs and exposed rafter tails.
Porch and balcony roofs are typically supported by brick, stone, stucco or heavy timber piers. Chimneys are stucco, stone or brick. b. Key Characteristics
i. Roof. Low to medium pitched low-slung roofs, with gables facing street, or crossing with rear gable, and occasional side-facing gable. Hipped roof used on occasion. Large overhangs with rafter tails, exposed eaves, braces, and brackets.
ii. Floor Plan/Elevation. Simple, rectangular or L-shaped plan, with added porches and frequently a porte cochere over drive leading to rear of lot.
iii. Base. Articulated in brick, stone, stucco, or shingle typically with change in plane.
iv. Shading. Very deep front and side porches or open shade structures added to mass of building, sometimes contained underneath main roof form. Upper level balconies and sleeping porches common.
v. Form/Massing. One to three 3 stories with third story incorporated into roof line, very horizontally proportions, rectangular mass is very simple with few projections.
vi. Walls. Wall planes are articulated in combinations - with heavier materials at ground [stucco] and lighter above
[clapboard, shingles].
vii. Openings. Vertical or square proportions, and grouped for horizontal compositions at public rooms. Of note, the
front door is lower and wider than standard front doors. viii. Articulation. Besides roof details, building base and porch columns and railings are detailed in wood, stone, or brick.
Windows have trim. Balconies, window planter boxes,
brick or stone chimneys and unique lantern light fixtures are common.
ix. Colors. Earth tones in the darker ranges. Field and accent colors are closely related and contrast is limited in the best examples.
i
viii
iii
vii
v
iv
ix. not shown
ii
vi
i
i
viii
iii
vii
v
iv
ix. not shown
ii
vi
i vii
vi
2. Mediterranean
3. Craftsman
4.7. BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 420 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:51
a. Definition. Dating back to the 1920s and 1930s, the California Contemporary style is an eclectic mix of simple forms of traditional Mediterranean architecture and the Modernist tradition, adjusted to the local climate and culture of Southern California. Solid building masses juxtaposed with walls of light materials, and big expanses of glass window openings were made possible.
Often focusing on the relationship between indoor and outdoor spaces, the California Contemporary is characterized by simple cubic forms, horizontal roof planes, cantilevered projections, and window and door openings often composed asymmetrically. The style emphasizes building massing – often expressed by the use of various construction materials and colors – over structural articulation.
Roofs are typically flat, but occasionally they are also sloped, or a combination thereof. Architectural elements such as awnings, balconies, and trellises are appended to these volumes, often occurring in the interstitial spaces between volumes.
b. Key Characteristics:
i. Roof - typically flat. Can vary with pitched elements, or a combination of the two. Occasional cantilevered eaves.
ii. Floor Plan/Elevations - asymmetrical layouts with open floor plans (larger, uninterrupted spaces).
iii. Base - either not expressed, or articulated by material changes, plane changes, or planters.
iv. Form/Massing - solid masses juxtaposed with large openings of doors, windows, or entry voids.
v. Walls - smooth, unadorned stucco, tiles, stone, or brick masses combined with contrasting materials articulated as tight skins stretched over underlying framework. Structural members and materials occasionally exposed when weather resistant
and integrated into composition. Color may be
monochromatic or multi-chromatic as appropriate to
the sun and light of California.
vi. Openings - Large, vertically proportioned window and door openings composed asymmetrically or
symmetrically and juxtaposed with the mass of the wall
as glass curtains or punched openings.
vii. Permeability - a strong relationship between interior and exterior spaces due to California’s mild climate and enhanced by porches, balconies, recesses, trellises,
galleries, awnings, openings, courts, and patios.
a. Definition. Victorian-era architecture became popular in the United States during the 1860s when new advances in construction, particularly lighter wood “balloon” framing and wire nails, allowed for more complicated building forms. Victorian styles reflect these changes through their extravagant detailing and complex volumes.
Victorian-era architecture was further popularized during the Centennial celebrations of 1876, becoming the dominant architectural idiom of the 20th century. Victorian architecture is loosely derived from medieval prototypes, typically featuring multi-colored or multitextured walls, steeply pitched roofs, and asymmetrical façades.
Regional variations prevalent in Redlands include Second Empire, Eastlake/Stick, Queen Anne, and Vernacular. By the turn of the century, Victorian styles had moved out of favor, replaced with America’s first truly modern styles, Craftsman and Prairie. b. Key Characteristics
i. Roof. Simple gable, or hipped with cross gables and main gable facing front. All roofs steeply pitched.
ii. Floor Plan/Elevation. Asymmetrical layout most typical, symmetry occurs infrequently.
iii. Base. Raised above grade on plinth.
iv. Porch. Sits on base, 2 or 1 sides of home, 1 story, with elaborate detailed wood columns, brackets, railings.
v. Form/Massing. 1, 2, & 3 stories, vertically proportioned, with high ceilings. Floor plan shape is reflected clearly in the massing. vi. Walls. masonry bases and/or wood walls, multiple textures & multiple colors on surfaces.
vii. Openings. Large, vertically proportioned window and door openings.
viii. Articulation. Plane of wall broken by window bays, planar changes, and material changes. Detailing is
intense at window and door openings, porches, and
gable ends.
ix. Towers (not shown above). Towers on occasion are
included in large two-story versions, located at center or corners of front facade.
viii
iii
v
iv
ix. not shown ii
vi
i
vii
iii
v
iv
ii
vi
i
vii
i
v
i
vi
vii
5. California Contemporary
4. Victorian
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 421 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:52
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
4.8. EMERGENCY SHELTER STANDARDS
A. Purpose. This Section provides a definition and development standards for Emergency Shelters within the Transit Villages Specific Plan area and are designed to make such buildings and uses compatible with surrounding buildings and uses.
B. Definition. Emergency Shelter shall be defined as: “Housing with minimal supportive services for homeless persons that is limited to occupancy of six months or less by a homeless person. No individual or household may be denied emergency shelter because of an inability to pay” (California Health and Safety Code, Section 50801).
C. Applicability. The requirements of this Section apply to all renovations of existing Emergency Shelter buildings, all additions to existing Shelter Buildings, and new Emergency buildings within the applicable zones of this Transit Villages Specific Plan.
D. Design Standards
1. Minimum / Maximum Number of Persons /Beds. Emergency shelters may have a minimum of 25 beds/persons for overnight occupants per facility. The Maximum number of Persons/beds shall be based on building occupancy requirements established by the building official for the structure(s). Facilities shall be designed with separate areas for males, females, and families with children.
2. On-site Supervisors. A minimum of two on-site supervisors one (1) male and one (1) female shall be present on site during the hours of operation. Additional supervisors shall be required on site at a ratio of one (1) supervisor for every twenty (20) persons.
4. Bicycle Parking. One secured bicycle space shall be provided per five (5) beds.
5. Waiting and Intake Areas. Each emergency shelter shall provide a minimum interior waiting area of no less than 500 square feet and be of adequate space to accommodate waiting clients in order to prevent queuing outside of the building and public right-of-way.
6. Personal Property Storage. Adequate area shall be provided, inside the building, for the storage of small personal items of the occupants of the facility. Storage of larger items (i.e. tents, carts, or items of similar size may be stored outside within a storage area that is secured and screened from Public-right-ofway and neighboring properties.
7. Pets. An enclosure shall be provided for the pets of occupants of the emergency shelter. The enclosure shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from the Primary Street property line and shall be designed in a manner that is not a nuisance to neighboring properties.
The enclosure shall be cleaned at least once a day.
8. On-site Management and Operations Plan. The agency or organization operating the shelter shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Each shelter shall be operated by a responsible agency or organization, with experience in managing and/or providing social services.
b. Staff and services shall be provided to assist residents to obtain permanent shelter and provide referral information and/or services for health or mental health services,
education opportunities, job training / employment and life skills training.
c. Operator shall maintain a log of occupants which may be reviewed by the City upon twenty-four (24) hour notice to assure compliance with Length of Stay provisions.
d. Operations Plan. An operations plan shall be submitted for review and approval by the Development Services Director, Police Chief, and other City departments as applicable prior to operation of the emergency shelter. The plan shall
include a floor plan that demonstrates compliance with
physical standards. The plan shall include minimum
provisions related to on-site security and safety including the use of security camera’s, staff training (including child safety and sexual harassment), requirements for
background checks for all staff, good neighbor policies, loitering control, client eligibility, food services (including food preparation and distribution times), and treatment programs for residents with services provided at the facility, transportation, indoor and outdoor management of the
facility, screening of residents to ensure compatibility, and for training, counseling. The operator of each emergency shelter shall annually submit the management plan to the Development Services Department with updated
information for review and approval. The City Council may establish a fee by resolution, to cover the administrative cost of review of the required management plan.
i. Separation Requirements. A minimum distance of 300 feet shall be maintained from other emergency shelters. The
distance separation shall be measured in a straight line between the property lines of each use without regard to intervening structures or objectives.
j. Hours of Operation. Occupants shall be permitted entry beginning at 5 p.m. (except children which may enter at 3 p.m. for study hours if provided by shelter services). Once admitted into the shelter, occupants shall not leave the premises until 3 a.m. the following morning. Occupants that leave before 8 a.m. may not be readmitted into the facility. Occupants that violate this provision may not be permitted to utilize the facility in the future pursuant to the operators and/or the City of Redlands Police Department’s determination.
k. Outdoor Use Area. Outdoor recreation areas may only be used between 4 p.m. and 10 p.m. Loitering shall not be permitted on the shelter site or on the sidewalks, streets, or adjacent to, or in the vicinity of, the shelter.
l. Length of Stay. Individuals and families may not stay at an emergency shelter for more than a total of 180 days in a consecutive 12 month period.
m. Lighting. Adequate external lighting shall be provided for security purposes in compliance with the Section 4.11 (On-Site Landscape, Outdoor Lighting, and Public Art Standards). n. Security. Parking and outdoor facilities shall be designed to provide security for clients, visitors, employees, neighbors and the public. On-Site supervisory and security personnel shall be provided at all times during the hours the shelter is in operation, with security provided at both interior and exterior locations. In addition, the area surrounding the shelter site during hours that the shelter is in operation shall be patrolled by the facilities security personnel, to ensure that homeless persons who have been denied access are not congregating in the neighborhood.
o. Laundry Facilities. Laundry facilities shall be provided for an emergency shelters with ten (10) or more beds.
p. Outdoor Cleanliness. The outdoor areas (yards) of shelters and surrounding areas shall be kept clean and free of debris, litter, and storage of personal effects shall not be stored outdoors. q. Vehicles. Nonoperational and unregistered vehicles shall not be kept on site. Towing shall be the responsibility of the emergency shelter operator.
r. Alcohol and Narcotics. Alcohol and narcotics use and consumption are prohibited within the facility and on the property.
s. Weapons. Weapons are prohibited within the facility and on the property.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 422 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:53
Examples of a wall mounted signs. Example of projecting sign. Example of window sign.
4.9. SIGNAGE STANDARDS
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards for the design, erection, maintenance, and use of signs and other exterior advertising media within the Specific Plan area that contribute to the creation of a rich urban environment that demonstrates variety, quality, and design integrity.
B. Applicability. The requirements of this Section apply to all renovations of existing buildings, all additions to existing buildings, and new buildings within the TVSP area.
C. Sign Permit and Review Requirements. Sign permits and/or building permits shall be required per Section 15.36.080 (Permits and Fees) and 15.36.090 (Permit Submittal Requirements) of the Redlands Sign Code and may be approved by Development Services staff, unless discretionary review is required as specified herein.
D. General Design Standards.
1. Location and Placement
a. Each sign shall be located on the same site as the subject of the sign.
b. In order to avoid sign clutter, signage shall only be allowed on facades that have building entrances.
c. Ground floor business within a building may have one or multiple storefront signs. See Section 15.36.050 (Area
Measurement) and Section 15.36.060 (Height
Measurement) of the Redlands Municipal Code for sign area and height measurement definitions. The maximum number of signs allowed per building shall per the requirements of the applicable zone (see Sections 4.3.1.H, 4.3.1.H,
4.3.3.H, 4.3.4.H, 4.3.5.H, and 4.3.6.H) and as identified for each sign type (see Section 4.9.F).
d. Upper floor businesses may be identified by Building Identification Signs for principal tenants (see Section
4.9.F.7) and/or Directory Signs (see Section 4.9.F.13). e. Logos or identification symbols are considered signs and shall conform to all requirements of this section.
f.Signs shall not cover, obscure, or interfere with the operation of windows, doors, storefronts, and/or building entrances.
Signs shall not cover or obscure architectural features of the building, including, but not limited to, transoms, cornices, columns, or other architectural elements, details, or ornamentation.
2. Size. The gross area of all signs on a building facade shall not exceed 10% of the total area of the facade. The maximum sign dimensions and area of each individual sign shall be as identified in the requirements for each allowed sign type (see Section
4.9.F).
3. Color. Colors on signs and structural members shall be harmonious with one another and relate to the dominant colors of the buildings on the project site. Contrasting colors can be utilized if the overall effect of the sign is still compatible with building colors.
4. Design and construction.
a. Except for banners, flags, temporary signs, and temporary window signs conforming with the requirements of
Section 15.36, Article VIII (Temporary Signs) of the Redlands Municipal Code, each sign shall be constructed of permanent materials and shall be permanently attached to the ground, a building, or another structure by direct attachment to a rigid wall, frame, or structure.
b. Each permanent sign shall be designed by a professional (e.g., architect, building designer, landscape architect, interior designer, or others whose principal business is the design, manufacture, or sale of signs), or who are capable of producing professional results.
c. Each permanent sign shall be constructed by persons
whose principal business is building construction or a related trade including sign manufacturing and installation, or others capable of producing professional results. The
intent is to ensure public safety, achieve signs of careful construction, neat and readable copy, and durability, to reduce maintenance costs, and prevent dilapidation.
5. Materials and structure.
a. Sign materials (including framing and supports) shall be representative of the type and scale of materials used on the project site where the sign is located. Sign materials shall match those used on the building(s) on the project site and any other signs on the project site.
b. Signs shall not include reflective material.
c. Materials for permanent signs shall be durable and capable of withstanding weathering over the life of the sign with reasonable maintenance. d. The size of the structural members (e.g. columns, crossbeams, and braces) shall be in proportion with the sign panel they are supporting.
e. The use of individual letters incorporated into the building facade design is encouraged, rather than a sign with background and framing other than the structure wall.
5. Street address. The City may require that a sign include the street address of the project site, where it determines that public safety and emergency vehicle response would be
more effectively served than if the street address were displayed solely on one or more buildings on the project site.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 423 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:54
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. A pedestrian-oriented sign that is
attached to the porch and hangs or is otherwise
suspended between columns supporting the
porch roof. The sign is prominent within a bay
created by the porch columns without
obstructing view from inside the building or
from the porch.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum of one (1) Porch Sign per
building.
ii. Sign may be located on ground floor only.
Upper floor signs prohibited
iii. If illuminated, external illumination is
required and shall be mounted in a manners
that maintains the visual integrity of the
sign.
iv. Sign design, including supporting hardware
such as brackets, shall be architecturally
compatible with the main building.
1. Porch Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
i. Width none 8 ft.
ii. Height none 2 ft.
iii. Thickness none 4 in.
iv. Vertical Clearance
from porch floor
7 ft. none
Area none 16 sf.
6. Copy design guidelines. The City does not regulate the message content (copy) of signs; however, the following are principles of copy design and layout that can enhance the readability and attractiveness of signs. Copy design and layout consistent with these principles is encouraged,but not required.
a. Sign copy should relate only to the name and/or nature of the business or commercial center.
b. Permanent signs that advertise continuous sales, special prices, or include phone numbers are only permitted as window signage. c. Information should be conveyed briefly or by logo, symbol, or other graphic manner. The intent should be to increase the readability of the sign and thereby enhance the identity of the business. d. The area of letters or symbols should not exceed 40 percent of the background area in commercial districts or 60 percent in residential districts. e. Freestanding signs should contain the street address of the parcel or the range of addresses for a multi-tenant building.
7. Sign lighting. Sign lighting shall be designed to minimize light and glare on surrounding rights-of way and properties.
a. External light sources shall be directed and shielded so that they do not produce glare off the project site, on any object other than the sign.
b. Sign lighting shall not blink, flash, flutter, or perceptibly change light intensity, brightness, or color.
c. Colored lights shall not be used at a location or in a manner so as to be confused or construed as traffic control devices. d. Neither the direct nor reflected light from primary light sources shall create hazards for pedestrians or operators of motor vehicles. e. For energy conservation, light sources shall be hard-wired fluorescent or compact fluorescent lamps, or other lighting technology that is of equal or greater energy efficiency.
Incandescent lamps are prohibited.
f. Internally illuminated box signs that light the entire sign (including letters, symbols, logos and background) are prohibited in the Village Center (VC) and Downtown (DT) Zones.
g. Neon tubing allowed for business identification signs, but not window signs or temporary signs.
E. Sign Maintenance.
1. Each sign and supporting hardware, including temporary signs and awning signs,shall be maintained in good repair and functioning properly at all times. Any damage to a sign or its illumination, including the failure of illumination shall be repaired within a maximum of 14 days from the date of damage or failure.
2. A repair to a sign shall be of materials and design of equal or better quality as the original sign.
3. When an existing sign is removed or replaced, all brackets, poles, and other supports that are no longer required shall be removed.
F. Signage Type Design Standards. The following Signage Types are described in this Section: .
1. Porch Sign
2. Yard Sign
3. Awning Sign
4. Canopy Sign
5. Projecting Sign
6. Wall Sign
7. Building Identification Sign
8. Window Sign
9. Sidewalk Sign
10. Roof Sign
11. Blade Sign
12. Marquee
13. Directory Sign
14. Mural
1 2
3 4
1 2
4 4.9. SIGNAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
5 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 424 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:55
a. Definition. A pedestrian-oriented sign that is
located within the front yard and is supported
by a post or posts.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum of one (1) Freestanding Yard Sign
per property.
ii. Signs shall not encroach into the right-ofway or private street. iii. If illuminated, external illumination is
required and shall be mounted in a manners
that maintains the visual integrity of the
sign.
iv. Sign design, including supporting hardware
such as brackets, shall be architecturally
compatible with the main building.
2. Yard Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
i. Width (sign) none 5 ft.
ii. Height (sign) none 4 ft.
iii. Thickness (sign) none 4 in.
iv. Post Height none 5 ft.
Setback from
right-of-way
3 ft. none
Area (sign) none 20 sf.
a. Definition. A sign in which a tenant's name
and/or logo that is applied to the lower vertical
portion ("valance") of a canvas awning
projecting from a facade.
b. Design Standards.
i. Maximum of one (1) sign per awning.
ii. The main panel of awnings shall only be
used for a logo feature and shall not be for
additional signage area.
iii. Letters shall be silkscreened printed or sewn
only onto the valance, or lower vertical
surface of the awning. Signage on the main
panel is prohibited.
iv. Awning signs only permitted on ground floor
awnings and expressly prohibited on upper
story awnings.
v. Encroachment permit required if awning
encroaches into right of way.
3. Awning Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
Width as % of
vertical valance width
none 90%
Height as % of
vertical valance width
none 90%
Width as % of angled
valance width
none 40%
Height as % of
angled valance width
none 40%
Area none none
1 4
2 5
1 2
3 4
1 2
3 1
2 3
4 5
4 5
6 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 425 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:56
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. A pedestrian-oriented sign that is
mounted on top of a horizontal awning parallel to
the sidewalk.
b. Design Standards.
i. Maximum of one (1) sign per storefront.
ii. Canopy signs only permitted on ground floor
canopies and expressly prohibited on upper
story canopies.
iii. Encroachment permit required if canopy
encroaches into right of way.
4. Canopy Sign
a. Definition. A double-sided sign that projects
perpendicular to the building facade from a
mounted wall brace or from the ceiling of a
balcony or arcade. Projecting signs typically
project into the public right-of-way, plaza, or
pedestrian passageway, and are intended for
viewing by pedestrians approaching the shop.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum one projecting sign per ground
floor business along frontage. In multitenant buildings, only businesses with ground floor frontage along the sidewalk, an
internal plaza, or a pedestrian passage, shall
be allowed a projecting wall sign.
ii. Projecting signs shall be mounted near
storefront entrances.
iii. Projecting signs that hang from the ceiling
of a balcony or arcade shall be centered
within the balcony or arcade
iii. The top of a projecting signs shall be located
below the second floor windows of the
building.
iv. Projecting signs shall be externally
illuminated by a light mounted on the facade
or by neon tubing used to illuminate letters,
symbols, and accent frames.
v. Supporting hardware such as brackets shall
be architecturally compatible with the
building facade.
5. Projecting Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
i. Width none 3 ft.
ii. Height none 3 ft.
iii. Thickness none 3 in.
iv. Vertical Clearance 8 ft. 12 ft.
Area none 6 sf.
vi. Projecting signs not allowed under an
awning or horizontally within five feet
of an awning or another projecting
sign.
vii. An encroachment permit is required
if sign projects within public right-ofway.
Dimension Min. Max.
Width none 16 ft.
Height none 2 ft.
Thickness none 9 in.
Area none 32 sf.
1 2
1 2
3 4
4 4
1 2
1 2
5 1
2 3
4 4.9. SIGNAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 426 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:57
a. Definition. A sign painted or applied directly to
the wall, typically above the storefront or more
creatively as approved by the City. This type
consists of a single externally illuminated panel
or individual letters and/or logo and does not
include cabinet signs. This type of sign is
intended for viewing from across the street,
along the sidewalk, or from an internal plaza or
pedestrian passageway.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum one wall sign per business along
frontage. In multi-tenant buildings, only
businesses with ground floor frontage along
the sidewalk, internal plaza, or pedestrian
passage shall be allowed a wall sign.
ii. Wall signs shall be located above the
storefront and at least 12 inches from any
eave, edge of building, or top of parapet.
iii. Maximum thickness of sign as measured
from the wall shall not exceed four inches.
iv. Minimum 24 inches between sign and any
windows or doors.
v. If illuminated, external illumination required
and shall be mounted to maintain visual
integrity of the sign.
vi. Wall sign square footage shall not be
transferred to other businesses or other
building frontages.
6. Wall Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
Width as percentage
of storefront width
none 60%
Height none 3 ft.
Thickness as
measured from wall
none 9 in.
Area none none
vii. Cabinet signs or replaceable face
signs are prohibited.
a. Definition. A wall sign placed at the top floor of
a multi-story commercial building on the
parapet or just below the eve. Building
identification signs identify the building name
or the principal tenant.
b. Design Standards
i. Multi-story commercial buildings may
provide one (1) Building Identification Sign
per building frontage.
ii. The Identification Sign shall be located
above the windows on the uppermost story
of the building.
iii. Building identification signs may be made of
illuminated individual letters applied to the
building face, may be engraved into the
building's material, or may be low-relief.
iv. Building identification signs may contain the
name of a building, or describe its function
or tenant, but may not identify any products
sold.
v. One of the primary tenant(s) may provide
only one (1) Building Identification Sign per
frontage. Multiple tenants shall not be
placed on the same frontage, nor may sign
area be allocated to different tenants.
vi. Sign square footage shall not be transferred
to other building frontages.
7. Building Identification Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
Width none 16 ft.
Height none 4 ft.
Thickness none 18 in.
Area none 48 sf.
123
1 2
1234
1 2
4 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 427 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:58
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. A two-sided, non-illuminated, portable and temporary sign placed outside a storefront on the adjacent sidewalk for viewing at close range. The sidewalk sign is intended for use by retailers, office tenants, theaters, restaurants, cafes, and other food-oriented businesses. b. Design Standards
i. Limit of one (1) sign per ground floor business.
ii. Signs shall be placed in front of building/business identified on sign and shall not obstruct the minimum
necessary ADA accessibility path clearance (four feet)
along the sidewalk.
iii. Sign shall be constructed of high-quality, durable materials such as wood, wrought iron, fiberglass, and
metal. Vinyl, plastic, breakable materials (such as
glass), and lighting are prohibited.
iv. The design, graphics, colors and materials shall
complement the design of the shopfront and business
and present a finished appearance. Graphic symbols,
utilizing images that convey the goods or services
offered, are recommended.
v. Each display face shall be flat and smooth, with no
moving parts or hinges. Sharp or jagged edges/corners
and projections that extend beyond one-half (1/2) inch
from the sign face are prohibited.
vi. Signs shall be of sufficient weight so as to withstand being overturned by wind or contact. Weights, if
required, shall be concealed or incorporated into the
design of the sign and not simply applied.
9. Sidewalk Sign
vii. Attention getting attachments such as
posters, flyers, balloons, pennants, or
flags, are prohibited.
viii. Sign must be stored indoors overnight
and/or when business is closed.
Dimension Min. Max.
Width none 30 in.
Height none 36 in.
Horizontal clearance
from curb
none 24 in.
Pedestrian clear path
along sidewalk
none 5 ft.
Area none 6 sf.
a. Definition. A temporary or permanent sign
painted or applied directly to the storefront
window(s) and/or door(s). Window signs also
include posters for advertisements and sales,
product merchandise posters, open and closed
signs, and painted or etched business names
and logos.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum one (1) window sign per window
or door.
ii. Window signs only permitted on ground
floor windows/doors and expressly
prohibited on upper story windows.
iii. Permanent window signs shall be
individually painted, etched, or otherwise
applied graphics surrounded by clear glass,
and shall be painted, applied, or adhered to
the interior surface of the glass.
iv. Signage inside the shopspace is not allowed
within 4 feet of the window;
v. Temporary signs window – including product
or event posters – may include an opaque
background.
vi. Holiday window painting, such as for
Christmas and Halloween, shall be
permitted and shall be exempt from the
window sign limitations. However, such
painting shall contain no reference to named
8. Window Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
i. Width as % of
window/door width
none 50%
ii. Height as % of
window/door height
none 50%
iii. Area as % of total
window/door area
none 25%
goods or services, and shall be
removed within 12 days after the
applicable holiday.
1 2
1 2
3 4
5 Window Width
Window Height
1 2
1 2
3 4.9. SIGNAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 428 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:59
a. Definition. A sign erected upon, against, or
directly above a roof or above the parapet of a
building. Roof signs are intended to help
emphasize the identity and presence of the
particular Station Area and Downtown,
especially to rail passengers and passing
motorists.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum one Roof Sign per block or a
distance of 500 feet, whichever is less.
ii. Roof signs shall not project beyond the face
of the building.
iii. No roof sign may cover, wholly or partially,
any window or door openings.
vi. If illuminated, Roof Signs may be only
illuminated by one of the following methods:
(a) External Illumination. Externally
illuminated with concealed flood lighting.
(b) Exposed Neon. Individual letters may be
internally illuminated with exposed neon
tubes or a similar light source, but shall
not have a translucent panel, lens, or
face.
(c)Halo. The illumination of a sign by
projecting light behind an opaque letter
or emblem which results in the
appearance of ring of light around the
unilluminated letter or emblem.
c. Review and Approval
10. Roof Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
i. Width none 12 ft.
ii. Height 3 ft. 20 ft.
iii. Area none 240 sf.
i. Roof signs up to 120 square feet in
area are subject to Planning
Commission review and approval, per
RMC Section 18.12.090.
ii. Roof signs exceeding 120 square feet
shall require a Conditional Use
Permit and approval per RMC Section
15.36.100(F).
a. Definition. A vertically-oriented two-sided sign that projects from the building facade over a sidewalk, public open space, or other public right-of-way and may project above the building’s parapet. This type of sign is intended for viewing along the sidewalk and down the street from the adjacent block.
b. Design Standards
i. Limit of one (1) Blade Sign per building.
ii. Blade Signs permitted on buildings with commercial
tenant space that have a minimum street frontage of 75
linear feet or more.
iii. Sign shall be vertically-oriented and placed within the top half of single-story buildings and on the upper
floor(s) of multi-story buildings.
iv. Projecting signs shall be externally illuminated by a light mounted on the facade or by neon tubing used to
illuminate letters, symbols, and accent frames.
v. An encroachment permit is required if sign projects
within public right-of-way.
c. Review and Approval
i. Blade Signs are subject to Planning Commission review and approval, per RMC Section 18.12.090.
11. Blade Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
Width none 5 ft.
Height none 12 ft.
Height above eave or
parapet
none 2 ft.
Clear height above
sidewalk
8 ft. none
Thickness none 18 in.
Area none 50 sf
1 2
3 4
5 1
2 3
6 4
1 2
3 2
1 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 429 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:60
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
a. Definition. Directory Signs are small wall signs
located at pedestrian eye level and intended to
identify multiple tenants within a building or
complex, particularly those that do not have a
ground floor street frontage or that are located
on upper floors of a building. Apartment
intercom call boxes are considered Directory
Signs. This Section 4.9.F.13 only applies to
Directory Signs that are mounted on building
walls that face adjacent public sidewalks and
open spaces.
b. Design Standards
i. Directory Signs must be located at the
ground level and adjacent to the entry to
upper floors.
ii. There shall be no more than one (1)
Directory Sign per ground level entrance.
iii. Letter height shall not exceed two inches.
iv. When tenancies are accessed via a building
lobby or outdoor court, Directory Sign must
be located within the lobby or court.
v. Directory Signs on street facades shall be
located within an entry alcove and located
on the alcove wall that is perpendicular to
the sidewalk. Directory Signs facing the
sidewalk (parallel to the sidewalk) may be
approved by the Director upon a finding of
special circumstances.
13. Directory Sign
Dimension Min. Max.
Width none 30 in.
Height none 36 in.
Thickness none 18 in.
Area none 6 sf.
vi. Directory Signs on street facades
shall be externally illuminated.
Internal illumination and neon
lighting is prohibited.
a. Definition. A sign that projects from the facade
to express a figural design and message to
motorists and pedestrians. Marquees may be
configured as a Marquee Blade Sign, a Marquee
Display Sign, or a combination of the two.
b. Design Standards
i. Maximum one Marquee Blade Sign and/or
Marquee Display Sign per site.
ii. Marquee Display Signs and Marquee Blade
Signs are permitted for movie theaters,
performance theaters, concert halls,
convention centers, and similar uses
characterized by human assembly and
periodically changing programs.
iii. Changeable copy on Marquee Display Signs
may occupy up to 75 percent of the area of a
marquee display sign. Letters for
changeable copy shall not exceed three
inches (3") in height.
iv. No portion of the changeable copy section
of the Marquee Display Sign shall be located
higher than the eave line or parapet wall of a
building.
v. Exterior poster cases shall be limited to a
maximum size of thirty-nine inches (39")
wide by fifty-two inches (52") high.
Maximum of one (1) poster case for every
two (2) screens. Poster sign area shall not
be counted toward the maximum sign area.
12. Marquee
Dimension Min. Max.
Marquee Display
Width none 35 ft.
Height none 8 ft.
Area none 200 sf
Encroachment within 2 ft. of curb
Marquee Blade
Width none 10 ft.
Height none 20 ft.
Height above eave
or parapet
none 15 ft.
Clear height above
sidewalk
8 ft. none
Thickness none 2 ft.
Area none 150 sf
c. Review and Approval
i. Marquee Display up to 120 square
feet in area are subject to Planning
Commission review and approval, per
RMC Section 18.12.090.
ii. Marquee Display exceeding 120
square feet shall require a
Conditional Use Permit and approval
per RMC Section 15.36.100(F).
1 2
3 4
1 2
4.9. SIGNAGE STANDARDS (CONTINUED).
2 5
6 1
2 3
5 6
7 1
Marquee Blade Sign
Marquee Display Sign
8 9
10 7
4 Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 430 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:61
a. Definition. A sign or graphic that is mounted
to or painted on facades fronting an alley,
pedestrian passage, or street.
b. Design Standards
i. Mural placement and content shall be at the
discretion of the artists and the building
owner.
ii. Mural placement, design, and content
should be mindful of surrounding
businesses and residents.
iii. Murals are prohibited from including off-site
advertising, product placement, or business
identification.
iv. A written contract between all parties
involved, i.e. artist, building owner or leaser,
and the funder if appropriate is highly
recommended. The contract should, at the
very least:
(a) Designate the lifetime of the mural to be
left undisturbed, after which the mural
can be painted over; and
(b) State who will maintain the mural if the
work is damaged or needs touch-up.
v. In order to ensure a long life for the mural, it
is recommended that the wall surface be
properly prepared prior to mural application
and that durable paints be used.
vi. All murals are subject to Cultural Arts
Commission review.
14. Mural
Dimension Min. Max.
Width none 16 ft.
Height none 2 ft.
Thickness none 9 in.
Area none none
G. Miscellaneous Signs
1. Existing Historic Signs
a. Historically significant painted wall signs shall be retained or recreated when possible.
b. Mounted signs announcing the name of a business no
longer in existence at the sign's location and having
historical significance may be salvaged and relocated.
c. All architectural signage in place on the building
announcing the original or historic name of the building, year of construction or insignias shall remain in place and shall not be removed, altered or covered under any
circumstances.
d. Historic signage shall not be calculated as part of the overall signage permitted pursuant to this division.
2. Service entry wall signs.
a. Must be located adjacent to the ground level service entrance.
b. No more than one service entry wall sign per business. c. The area of the service entry sign shall not exceed four square feet.
3. Temporary Signs. Temporary signs are permitted per Section
15.36, Article VIII (Temporary Signs) of the Redlands Municipal Code.
4. Credit Card and Trading Stamp Signs. Signs announcing credit card acceptance or trading stamps shall comply with the following:
a. No more than three such signs are allowed for each
business.
b.. Such signs shall not exceed six inches by six inches (6" x 6") individually nor one (1) square feet collectively.
c. Such signs are permitted only in ground level windows.
5. Informational Signs. Signs that display time and temperature or similar public service displays (which are not considered signs), and rotating barber poles, shall comply with the following:
a. No more than one (1) sign per building;
b. Must be permanently attached to the building and follow the same standards for Marquee Signs and Projecting
Signs.
Historic character sign.
1 2
1 2
3 4
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 431 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:62
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
A back flow preventer that is located immediately adjacent to the building and is screened from the view of the sidewalk and street by shrubs.
A Utility Box in the public realm screened with supergraphics.
A utility box screened by landscaping and a low fence.
4.10. SERVICES AND UTILITIES PLACEMENT AND SCREENING
A. Purpose. This Section establishes standards to ensure mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and venting systems and public utility connections are placed and/or integrated into the design of new buildings and their landscapes.
B. Applicability. All new development shall locate and design services and utilities in accordance with the requirements of this Section
4.10. C. Design Standards.
1. Service Areas.
a. For lots with alley access, service entrances, waste disposal areas, and other similar service areas shall be located adjacent to the alley and take their access from it.
b. When an alley is not present, service entrances, waste disposal areas, and other similar service areas shall be located as far away from – and screened from views from – the Primary and Secondary streets as practical.
c. Noise- and/or odor-generating equipment and/or
containers shall be located in areas that will not create a nuisance to adjacent properties. Services and garbage bins shall be located in a manner that does not impact single family neighbors.
d. Access openings to trash enclosures shall not be located within 50 feet of the Primary Street property line.
2. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment.
a. All mechanical and electrical equipment – including, but not limited to, air-conditioning units, antennas, garage door motors – whether roof-mounted, ground-mounted or
otherwise, shall be screened from public view or located so as not to be visible from Primary or Side Streets. Such equipment and related screening shall be designed with
materials and colors that conform to and are an integral part of the design of the building.
b. Satellite dishes shall be screened from view of Primary and Side Streets. Applicants shall work with satellite providers to locate satellite dishes out of view on building roofs and/or on rear yard or side yard facing facades. In multi-family and multi-tenant buildings, conduits shall be provided from satellite dish locations to each unit.
c. Air intake and exhaust systems, or other mechanical equipment that generates noise, smoke or odors, shall not be located on or within 10 feet of the Primary Street property line or any on-site common open spaces.
3. Utility Placement and Access.
a. For project sites provided with an alley, utility access and equipment such as back flow preventers, transformer boxes, gas and electric meters, and other utilities shall be placed within or adjacent to and be accessed from the alley, subject to the requirements and approval of the associated utility company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
b. When an alley is not present, these services shall be located in inconspicuous locations along the sides of project sites and shall be thoroughly screened from public view. Unless expressly required by a utility company, these services shall not be located within the front yard.
c. Utilities that must be located in a front yard due to utility requirements shall be located away from pedestrian and
vehicular routes and screened from the view of the street by landscape. To the extent possible, utilities shall be located within interior building corners, at building offsets, or other similar locations where the building mass acts as a shield from public view.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 432 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:63
Drought tolerant landscaping.
Landscaping that is suitable for an urban environment and can survive in constrained growing conditions.
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards for the provision of context-appropriate landscaping that incorporates plant materials, hardscape, and lighting that enhances the character of new buildings, addresses and mitigates the Redlands climate, and facilitates sustainable water use and drainage strategies.
B. Applicability. All new development shall provide landscape per the applicable requirements of this Section 4.11.
C. Design Standards.
1. Context Appropriate Landscaping
a. Required on-site open spaces shall incorporate landscape, hardscape, and site amenities per Section 4.4 (On-Site
Open Space Standards).
b. Plant species should be selected based on their suitability for an urban environment, for their cleanliness, and for their ability to survive in a healthy state despite constrained growing conditions. Ease of maintenance should also be
considered.
c. The majority of plant materials shall consist of drought tolerant and/or native plants with low water requirements. d. Turf is discouraged in Parkways or in Front Street or Side Street setback areas between the sidewalk and building
facade as shown in Figure 4-16. See Section 4.1.C.1.e for Parkway landscaping requirements.
e. The use of canopy trees for shading and cooling is
encouraged where appropriate. Where canopy trees are
used, site design should provide sufficiently sized tree pits or planting beds and appropriate planting medium to
provide for healthy tree growth.
f. No artificial trees, shrubs, turf or plants shall be used as landscape within the public right of way, any parking area, or within an open space area directly visible to from the public right of way.
g. Decorative water features shall use re-circulating water and, where available, shall use recycled water.
2. On-site landscaping, including required yard areas, shall be installed or constructed in compliance with the applicable landscaping standards contained in Chapter 18.168 of the Redlands Municipal Code.
3. Irrigation.
a. Permanent and automatic irrigation systems shall be
provided for all landscaped areas in compliance with the State of California model ordinance.
4. Site Lighting
a. Site lighting shall be shielded by permanent attachments to light fixtures so that light sources are not visible from a public way and to prevent off-site glare.
b. Site lighting shall illuminate parking areas, buildings, pedestrian routes, and public ways.
5. Public Art
a. Public art elements, in coordination with the City's "Art in Public Places" program, may be installed in on-site
locations that are visible from public streets and/or open spaces.
b. Placement of public art subject to Site Plan Review. c. Art piece subject to Cultural Arts Commission Review.
D. Maintenance.
1. Front yard landscape and continuous planters between the curb and sidewalk along the primary and side streets shall be maintained in an orderly and neat condition and shall remain free of weeds, debris, or high grass (with the exception of purposely cultivated native species, which shall be allowed).
2. Continuous planters between the curb and sidewalk along the primary and side streets shall be maintained by the adjacent property owner.
FRONT STREET
ALLEY
SIDE STREET
BACK YARD
PARKWAY
BACK
YARD
PARKWAY
SETBACK AREA
Turf Permitted Turf Discouraged
4.11. ON-SITE LANDSCAPE, OUTDOOR LIGHTING, AND PUBLIC ART STANDARDS FIGURE 4-16: AREAS WHERE TURF PERMITTED/DISCOURAGED.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 433 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:64
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
A commercial parking lot that includes planting areas and semi-permeable paving to facilitate rainwater recharging.
A parking lot shaded by trees planted in uniformly-spaced rows.
A Low Impact Design strategy whereby a break in the curb allows water to flow into planters.
The parking court of a multi-family residential building is paved with terra cotta tiles.
4.12. PARKING DESIGN STANDARDS
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards to ensure that proposed on-site parking is accommodated and designed in a manner that is consistent with the City's goals for generating a multi-modal, pedestrian-oriented public realm.
B. Applicability. On-site parking shall be designed per the applicable requirements of this Section 4.12.
C. Parking Requirements. On-site parking shall be provided in compliance with the applicable parking standards contained in Chapter 18.168 of the Redlands Municipal Code, except as modified by the following:
1. Dimensions of Parking Spaces. Each off street parking space shall have dimensions not less than nine feet (9') in width and eighteen feet (18') in length, except parallel parking stalls which shall be a minimum of eight feet (8') in width and twenty four feet (24') in length. No part of the area of a required parking space shall be used for driveways, aisles, walkways or other required improvements.
2. Tandem Parking. In mixed-use buildings, tandem parking stalls are permitted subject to the following:
a. Up to fifty percent (50%) of parking requirements for residential or live/work units may be satisfied by tandem parking.
b. Tandem spaces shall be assigned to the same dwelling unit so that residential occupants may have unrestricted access and movement of vehicles.
c. Guest spaces may not be tandem. Spaces for car share service, if any, may be tandem.
d. Garaged or structured tandem parking spaces shall be no smaller than nine feet (9') in width and thirty eight feet (38') in length, as measured from the interior walls, and with no more than a one foot (1') encroachment by any columns or pillars.
3. Compact Spaces. Compact spaces are permitted per Section
18.164.260.B (Dimensions of Parking Spaces) of the Redlands Municipal Code.
4. Spaces for multiple uses and mixed-use developments. If more than one use is located on a site, including multiple uses under a single ownership:
a. The number of off-street parking and loading spaces to be provided shall be equal to the sum of the requirements
identified for each individual use, unless a shared parking arrangement has been approved by the City.
b. The number of parking spaces may be reduced if shared parking is approved based on the requirements of Section 4.12.C.8. (Reduction to Parking Requirements). However, in no case shall the combined required parking for the mixed-use development provide less than the minimum required for the residential use. c. In mixed-use projects, required on-site residential parking spaces may be reserved, but commercial parking spaces must be made available for visitors or overflow from residences. Up to one-hundred percent (100%) of the required guest parking spaces for the residential units may jointly use the required parking spaces for the commercial uses.
5. Loading Spaces. Loading spaces or loading zones shall be provided in compliance with the applicable development standards contained in Chapter 18.164 of the Redlands Municipal Code, except as modified by the following. “Loading space” or “Loading zone” means the space adjacent to a curb or edge of a roadway reserved for the exclusive use of vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers or materials.
a. The number of loading spaces required shall be calculated for the primary use. For mixed-use buildings in mixed-use developments, the number of loading spaces required shall be calculated separately by type of use and gross floor area of each (commercial, residential, office, etc.).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 434 of 1815
P
P
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:65
P
Orange St.
Sixth St.
Stuart Ave.
Texas St.
Redlands Blvd.
Citrus Ave.
State St.
Seventh St.
Brookside Ave.
Stuart Ave.
Third St.
I-10 Freeway
Eureka St.
Ninth St.
Olive Ave.
LEGEND
1/2 Mile Pedestrian Shed
Historic Building Parking Exemption Area
Specific Plan Boundary
1/4 Mile Pedestrian Shed
Existing Public Parking Lot
P Existing Public Parking Garage
P
FIGURE 4-17: PARKING EXEMPTION FOR HISTORIC BUILDINGS
b. In a mixed-use development where a single building contains a mix of uses, the calculation for the highest number of spaces (by type of use) shall be the minimum requirement for that mixed-use building. For example, if a mixed use building requires two loading spaces for the commercial square-footage, and three loading spaces for the residential square-footage, then only three loading spaces would be required for the entire building and all uses therein.
c. For mixed-use buildings within the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), and Village General (VG) districts only:
i. On-street loading spaces or loading zones (not within a vehicle travel lane) may be provided and utilized in lieu of providing up to three (3) on-site loading spaces that are required for the adjacent mixed-use building. Such on-street loading spaces shall be limited to one (1) on-street loading zone per street frontage that abuts the adjacent mixed-use building it is intended to serve.
ii. Such on-street loading zones shall include appropriate curb painting, and shall be signed and readily identifiable. These loading zones may be used for passenger loading/unloading by ride hailing or rideshare services, autonomous vehicles, and other alternative transportation modes.
6. Off-Site Parking. Required on-site parking may be accommodated in parking garages or lots located within five-hundred (500) feet of the subject property.
7. Parking for Historic Buildings.
a. Historic Building Parking Exemption Area. Uses located in historic buildings that are either designated, contributing, or eligible structures over 50 years of age and are located in the on-site parking exemption area for historic structure shall not be required to comply with the Transit Villages Specific Plan parking standards or the parking requirements of Section 18.164.240 of the Redlands Municipal Code. The on-site parking exemption area is shown in Figure 4-17 and defined as follows: beginning at the intersection of Orange Street and the railroad tracks, running east along the railroad tracks to Fifth Street, then running south along Fifth Street to the northern property lines of the parcels fronting Redlands Boulevard, then running west to Orange Street, then running north along Orange Street to Shopper’s Lane, then running west along Shoppers lane until reaching the historic Mutual Orange Distributors (MOD) Packinghouse, including the packinghouse property, then running north along Third Street to the historic Santa Fe Depot property, including the Santa Fe Depot property, then running north again to Stuart Avenue, then running east along Stuart Avenue to Orange Street, and then running south along Orange Street back to its intersection with the railroad tracks.
b. Historic Building Parking Modifications. Parking for historic structures on the city's Register of Historic and Scenic Properties, list of individually designated historic resources, or a state or national listing of historical significance may be modified per Chapter 18.168, Article V of the Redlands Municipal Code.
8. Reduction to Parking Requirements. The required parking for a use shall be the combined total for all applicable uses listed (customers, employees, residents, places of assembly, etc.), except if a parking reduction for shared parking is granted pursuant to this section. a. Joint use parking agreements may be approved subject to the provisions of Section 18.164.320 (Joint Use Agreements) of the Redlands Municipal Code.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 435 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:66
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
An existing parking lot screened by a low wall and landscaping, benches, and a vinecovered trellis.
4.12. PARKING DESIGN STANDARDS (CONTINUED)
b. Shared parking agreements may be approved subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.164 of the Redlands Municipal Code. c. Off-site parking agreements may be approved subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.164 of the Redlands Municipal Code. d. Adjustments to parking requirements for mixed use projects may be approved subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.164 .325 (Adjustments to Off-Street Parking Requirements for Mixed-Use Projects within the Transit Villages Specific Plan, the C-3 and C-4 Districts) of the Redlands Municipal Code. e. The Planning Commission may also grant a reduction
in the amount of required parking when a mixed-use
development or institution provides carpool spaces, public transit incentives, flex-car sharing programs, secure bicycle parking with shower and clothing locker facilities, and/ or other transportation demand management measures
when it is demonstrated that such measures will result in reduced parking demands. The maximum reduction shall
be two percent (2%) of the required parking for each such program/measure.
D. Surface Parking Lot Design Standards. Surface parking lots shall be designed in compliance with the applicable standards contained in Chapter 18.168, Article III and Sections 18.168.210 of the Redlands Municipal Code, except as modified by the following:
1. Screening.
a. Street-Adjacent Parking Lots.
i. All surface parking lots shall be screened from the view of the street and sidewalk by buildings and/or low walls or hedges up to three feet (3') high.
i. Walls shall be made of or clad in brick, stone, or stucco and shall be compatible in design with the design of the principal building.
ii. Walls shall be minimum of eight (8) inches thick and shall be capped by a smooth mortar cap or a brick, terra cotta, or similar cap that overlaps the wall below by a minimum of one half inch on each side of the wall.
iii. Landscaped berms are prohibited.
b. Neighboring Parcels. Views from neighboring properties shall be screened with trees.
2. Landscape. Water conserving plant materials shall be applied in compliance with the applicable parking lot landscape standards contained in Chapter 18.168.210 of the Redlands Municipal Code, except as modified by the following:
a. Amount of Landscaping. Landscaping within or around the parking area shall cover a minimum ratio of 7% of the gross area of the parking lot. A minimum of one shade tree shall be provided for each four (4) parking spaces, or trees shall be provided to achieve 50% canopy coverage of paved area at maturity, whichever is greater.
b. Location and Type.
i. Landscaping shall be evenly dispersed in a parking areas with trees planted around the perimeter.
ii. Landscape materials may include groundcover, shrubs, decorative colored rock, and hardscape.
iii. Groundcover may include decorative, colored rock or hardscape and shall not exceed 50% of the parking lot
landscape area.
c. Size. Shrubs and trees shall be planted according to the following size requirements:
i. Shrubs: 5 gallon minimum.
ii. Trees: 15 gallon minimum. or 50% 5 gallon, 25% 24inch box, and 25% 36 inch box.
d. Irrigation. Appropriate irrigation and drainage shall be provided for all landscaped areas.
3. Shade Structures. In addition to trees, shade may be provided with the following structures and should match the architectural character of the adjacent structures.
a. Arbors, trellises, pergolas, mesh and overhead canopies. b. Solar Shade Structures. For lots without public frontage and out of public view, standalone solar structures may be used.
For lots within public view, individual solar panel may be applied to existing shade structures.
4. Lighting.
a. Outdoor light fixtures shall be no taller than 15 feet as measured from the bottom of the base of the light standard or the adjacent grade of the building on which the light is mounted.
b. Lighting shall be shielded or recessed so that:
i. The light source (i.e., bulb, etc.) is not visible from off the project site; and
ii. Glare and reflections is confined to the maximum
extent feasible within the boundaries of the project site.
Each light fixture shall be directed downward and away
from adjoining properties and the public right-of-way.
Shielding and/or high cut-off lens may be required.
c. All parking lots shall be illuminated with a lighting system designed to provide an average horizontal
illumination of greater than one (1.0) foot-candle of
light and a minimum horizontal illumination of not less than 0.25 foot-candle of light on the parking surface.
Applicants are encouraged to meet these illumination
levels with light fixtures mounted on light standards
placed in close proximity to each other rather than with light fixtures on buildings, and with less powerful lamps than what would otherwise be required if light standards were placed farther apart.
5. Paving. To reduce stormwater run-off and water pollution, and to allow for the replenishment of groundwater, consider utililzing Low Impact Design (LID) design strategies (see Section 4.13.C).
6. Wheel Stops. As approved by the Director of Development Services and Public Works Director, wheel stops are permitted in parking spaces in front of planters where the curb is omitted to enable stormwater run-off into the planter.
7. Finishes. Parking lot materials, finishes, fixtures, and colors shall be designed in a manner that is consistent with the architectural character of surrounding buildings.
8. Improvements. Parking lot improvements shall be constructed in compliance with the applicable parking lot development standards contained in Chapter 18.164.310 of the Redlands Municipal Code.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 436 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:67
Pervious Pavement Runoff from the street is directed into planters.
Rain Garden A break in the curb allows water to flow into planters.
A. Purpose and Intent. When fully implemented, the vacant and underutilized parcels surrounding the passenger rail stations will be developed with medium- to high-density residential buildings, multistory office and mixed use buildings, and surface, structured, or underground parking. In some cases, buildings could approach 100 percent coverage of the site. This section provides guidance for the provision of stormwater treatment facilities that are functional and visually attractive and that avoid the use of surface infiltration basins, which are not conducive to an urban setting.
B. Applicability. All new development is encouraged to provide stormwater management strategies per the applicable requirements of this Section 4.13.
C. Design Guidelines. In preparing mandated Water Quality Management Plans (WQMPs) the following design guidelines shall be considered and implemented to the greatest extent possible:
1. Consider the full range of BMP alternatives for addressing drainage, infiltration, and stormwater quality for the site, including drainage from roofs, plazas, courtyards, and any surface parking areas.
2. Utilize Low Impact Development (LID) design principles and practices to address infiltration of runoff through the use of:
a. Pervious surfaces in lieu of impermeable surfaces in plazas, courtyards, and surface parking areas where technically feasible. Acceptable pervious surfaces include: landscaping; pervious pavers including pervious interlocking pavers and permeable concrete; etc.; as approved by the Director of Development Services and Public Works Director.
b. Landscaped areas integrated into the drainage design where runoff can be directed into planters with subsurface features to further enhance storage or towards permeable surfaces where technically feasible.
c. Amended soils can be utilized where technically feasible to enhance infiltration, to provide water quality improvement, and to maintain healthy plant life in an urban setting where plants are subject to additional stresses and restricted growing areas.
3. On-site surface infiltration basins are not allowed, unless:
a. They are not located within the Primary Street or Side Street setback, are not visible from a street or public open space, and they are not located within the On-Site Open Space
required by Sections 4.3.1.E, 4.3.2.E, 4.3.3.E, 4.3.4.E, 4.3.5.E, and 4.3.6.E.
b. They are incorporated into an active or passive park or open space that can be closed during flood events.
4.13. SUSTAINABLE STORM WATER MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 437 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:68
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Streets and blocks introduced on site over 3.5 acres area. Site over two acres in size developed with buildings of different massing and architectural character arranged around a transit plaza.
Individual buildings on a site over 150 feet in length designed with varied roof forms and different wall colors.
Two buildings on the same site designed with varied frontage elements and different wall and window treatments and colors.
d. Sites with street frontage over 200 feet in length in the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), and Village General (VG) zones; and/or
e. Through sites that extend from one street to a second, parallel street.
D. Block and Special Lot Conditions. This Section provides a description and design standards for each special parcel condition identified in above Section 4.14.C.
4.14. BLOCK AND SPECIAL LOT DESIGN STANDARDS
A. Purpose. This Section establishes standards to ensure new development on sites over certain sizes and configurations are consistent with the City's goals for an interconnected and walkable network of streets and blocks that support new development that consists of ensembles of buildings of various scales and character, rather than monolithic, overwhelming, place-less buildings.
B. Definitions. The following terms are used in this Section:
1. Site. A legal parcel as shown in Figure 4-10 on page 4:69.
2. Building Site. Smaller sites within the legal parcel, as shown in Figure 4-11 on page 4:69, subdivided per the building size requirements of Sections 4.3.1.F, 4.3.2.F, 4.3.3.F, 4.3.4.F, 4.3.5.F, and 4.4.6.F. Building Sites are established for design purposes in order to meet the minimum and maximum area requirements needed to effectively design buildings that meet the intended physical character of the applicable zone. The permanence of the building site lines as legal lots is not required by these standards.
C. Applicability.
1. The requirements of this Section 4.14 shall apply to all sites and/or developments that meet any one or more of the
following criteria:
a. Megablocks over 3.5 acres in area, including sites smaller than 3.5 acres in area that are located on megablaocks larger than 3.5 acres in area;
b. Sites two (2) acres or more in area;
c. Sites with street frontage over 150 in length in the Village Corridor (COR), Neighborhood General 1 (NG1), and
Neighborhood General 2 (NG2) zones.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 438 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:69
A pedestrian street through a megablock.
A new street and central promenade.
1. Megablocks over 3.5 Acres in Area
a. Definition. Blocks (whether containing a single parcel or multiple parcels) or sites larger than 3.5 acres in area.
b. Design Standards. Blocks within Downtown Redlands and the surrounding historic neighborhoods range in area between approximately two acres in the Downtown commercial district (300 x 300 foot blocks) to approximately 3.5 acres in the pre-World War II neighborhoods to the south of Downtown (265 x 585 foot blocks).
These block sizes provide a comfortable environment for pedestrians to walk from one place not another, while accommodating automobiles, bicycles, and other emerging transportation technologies. They also disperse traffic by providing a variety of vehicular and pedestrian routes to various destinations. To ensure new development on parcels or blocks large than 3.5 acres are consistent with Redlands' historic street and block network, the following development standards shall apply. i. New Streets and Alleys
(a) New development on blocks or sites larger than 3.5 acres in size shall provide new streets, curbs, gutters and sidewalks as shown in Figure 4-18 and Figure 4-19.
(b) New Streets, curbs, gutters, and sidewalks shall be designed per the requirements of Chapter 5, Section 5.6 (Street Types) and Section 4.15 (Street and Streetscape Design Standards). Street trees shall be provided and specified per the requirements of Chapter 7, Sections 7.4 (Streetscape) and 7.5 (Trees and Planting).
(c) Alleys may be introduced to provide access to parking and services as shown in Figure 4-20 below.
(d) All new and modified blocks shall be designed per the following requirements:
(i) Length: 585 ft. max.
(ii) Width: 585 ft. max.
(iii) Maximum Area: 3.5 acres
(iv) Blocks longer than 300 ft. shall provide a pedestrian passage or alley that connects the Front Street to the Rear Street or the Side Street to the opposite Side Street.
(g) The location of new streets and blocks shall be generally consistent with Chapter 5, Figure 5-1 (Proposed Street Network Improvements).
(h) The location of streets and rights-of-way may be adjusted provided:
(i) The altered block size(s) conform to the block size standards of above Section 4.14.D.1.b.i.(d).
(ii) The assigned street type per Chapter 5, Section 5.6 (Street Types) remains unchanged.
(iii) A Street Plan and Site Plan that illustrates compliance with the requriements of this Section 4.14, along with the other requirements of this Specific Plan, is submitted per
Section 4.1.1.I (Submittal Requriements).
ii. Site and Building Site Design. The design of the resultant Building Sites, as shown in Figure 4-20 below, shall be subject to the following additional standards:
(a) Building Sites two (2) acres or larger: see Section
4.14.D.2.
(b) Building Sites in the Village Corridor (COR),
Neighborhood General 1 (NG1), and Urban
Neigborhood General 2 (NG2) zones that are 150 feet
or longer: see Section 4.14.D.3.
(c) Building Sites in the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), and Village General (VG) zones that are twohundred feet or longer: see Section 4.14.D.3. (d) Building Sites that extend from one street to a second, parallel street: see Section 4.14.D.4.
SITE BOUNDARY
STREET
STREET
STREET
FIGURE 4-10. ORIGINAL SITE FIGURE 4-11. INTRODUCE STREETS
SITE BOUNDARY
STREET
STREET
NEW STREET
STREET
SITE BOUNDARY
NEW STREET
STREET
STREET
STREET
FIGURE 4-12. INTRODUCE ALLEYS PASEOS,
PEDESTRIAN CORRIDORS
SITE
BUILDING SITE BUILDING SITE
BUILDING SITE BUILDING SITEBUILDING SITE BUILDING SITEBUILDING SITE BUILDING SITE Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 439 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:70
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Individual buildings designed with different heights and wall colors.
Individual buildings designed with different massing, frontage elements, and wall and window colors. Taller buildings are at rear of site.
FIGURE 4-21. CREATE "DESIGN PARCELS" FIGURE 4-22. INTRODUCE BUILDINGS
SITE BOUNDARY
NEW STREET
STREET
STREET
STREET
SITE BOUNDARY
NEW STREET
STREET
STREET
STREET
2. Sites over Two Acres in Area
a. Definition. A contiguous site that is two (2) acres or more in area.
b. Design Standards. Approximately two acres in size (300 x 300 feet), Downtown Redlands' historic blocks contain multiple parcels that have been developed incrementally over time with a variety of pedestrian-oriented buildings. These blocks, their eclectic mix of buildings, and the tree-lined streets they face, are the essential components of Redlands' small-town character. The Development Standards in Sections 4.3 – 4.7 of this Development Code are designed to guide the design of new buildings that are compatible with the town-scale and eclectic character of these urban blocks. Development on sites larger than this – especially if the exact same building design is repeated multiple times without variation – can, however, be detrimental to this townscale. To ensure new development on sites two (2) acres or more in size is consistent with Redlands' town-scale character, the following development standards shall apply.
i. Conceptual Subdivision. Divide the parcel into smaller "design" parcels in order to establish a framework that accommodates town-scale urban buildings (see Figure 4-21). Parcels are intended for design purposes, but may be recorded as separate, legal parcels.
ii. Multiple Buildings. Introduce multiple buildings and open spaces according to the development standards of Sections 4.3 – 4.7 (see Figure 4-22).
iii. Building Differentiation. Differentiate individual buildings and their open spaces according to the following design strategies:
(a) Vary the design of each open space (plant species, path and landscape placement, amenities, etc.), per Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Standards).
(b) Use varied articulation and massing strategies for each building, per Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing Standards).
(c) Vary each building's frontage element type, design, and/or detailing, per Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards).
(d) Assign unique architectural styles or design treatments to individual buildings. See Section 4.7 (Building Design
Standards).
(e) Accentuate corner buildings and/or provide corner plazas, per Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards).
iv. Relate to Public Realm and Neighbors. Design buildings to be compatible with the massing and scale of neighboring buildings and building across the street, especially historic character buildings. See Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards). v. Building Length.
(a) Within the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), and Village General (VG) zones: only one (1) lined "black box" building (parking garage, movie theater, or big box store) per total site may exceed the maximum building length allowed by Section
4.3.1.F (VC Zone), Section 4.3.2.F (DT Zone), and 4.3.3.F (VG Zone). Street-facing facades of black box buildings must be lined with occupiable commercial or residential uses.
(b) Within the Village Corridor (COR), Neighborhood General 1 (NG1), and Neighborhood General 2 (NG2) zones: all
buildings must adhere to the maximum building length
standards of Section 4.3.4.F (COR Zone), Section 4.3.2.F (NG1 Zone), and 4.3.3.F (NG2 Zone).
vi. Residential Types. A minimum of 30% of residential buildings must be designed with direct access to each ground floor dwelling unit via a stoop or porch frontage type, per Section 4.5.D (Frontage Standards). Remaining residential buildings units may be accessed via common lobbies.
vii.Building Fronts and Backs. All
building fronts (the building face
with public rooms such a living
rooms, dining rooms, and entry
lobbies) shall face other building
fronts. Under no circumstances
shall a building front face the rear
of another building dominated by
service uses and garages.
4.14. BLOCK AND SPECIAL LOT DESIGN STANDARDS (CONTINUED) Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 440 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:71
Through parcel with development.
Long site with development.
Long site.
Through parcel.
4. Through Parcels
a. Definition. A Site that extends from one street to a second, parallel street.
b. Design Standards. In cases where a Site extend between two parallel streets, the character of the urban form along each street in terms of building setbacks, massing, and building types can be very different.
To ensure new development is in character with these two contexts, the following additional development standards shall apply. i. Relate to Public Realm and Neighbors. Ensure buildings are compatible with prevalent setbacks and respectful of the massing and scale of neighboring buildings, especially historic character buildings, per Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards). ii. Building Differentiation. Differentiate individual buildings and their open spaces. Appropriate strategies include::
(a) Vary the design of each open space (plant species, path and landscape placement, amenities, etc.), per Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Standards).
(b) Use different articulation and massing strategies for each building, per Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing Standards).
(c) Vary each building's frontage element type, design, and detailing, per Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards).
(d) Assign unique architectural styles or design treatments to each building, and in response to frontage types on neighboring buildings. See Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards). (e) Accentuate corner buildings and/or provide corner plazas, per Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards).
3. Long Sites
a. Definition. A continuous development site that is over 150 feet in length in the Village Corridor (COR), Neighborhood General 1 (NG1), and Neighborhood General 2 (NG2) zones, and over 200 feet in length in the Village Center (VC), Downtown (DT), and Village General (VG) zones. b. Design Standards. Historic parcel within Downtown Redlands and its surrounding neighborhoods typically range between 25 and 200 feet in width, establishing the framework for Redlands' small-town urban form.
To ensure development on parcels above this size range are compatible with Redlands' built urban fabric, the following additional development standards shall apply.
i. Multiple Buildings. Introduce multiple buildings and opens spaces according to the development standards of Sections 4.3 – 4.7. ii. Building Differentiation. Differentiate individual buildings and their open spaces. Appropriate strategies include:
(a) Vary the design of each open space (plant species, path and landscape placement, amenities, etc.), per Section 4.4 (On-Site Open Space Standards).
(b) Use varied articulation and massing strategies for each building, per Section 4.5 (Building Articulation and Massing Standards). (c) Vary each building's frontage element type, design, and/or detailing, per Section 4.6 (Frontage Standards).
(d) Assign unique architectural styles or design treatments to each building. See Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards).
(e) Accentuate corner buildings and/or provide corner plazas, per Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards).
iii. Relate to Public Realm and Neighbors. Ensure buildings are compatible with prevalent setbacks and respectful of the massing and scale of neighboring buildings, especially historic character buildings, per Section 4.7 (Building Design Standards).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 441 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:72
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Benches are placed perpendicular to the curb between the pedestrian throughway and parked cars.
A mid-block crosswalk leads to mid-block pedestrian passage.
4.15. STREET AND STREETSCAPE DESIGN STANDARDS
A. Purpose. This Section establishes standards to ensure new streets and new streetscapes along existing streets are consistent with the City's goals for walkable streets that support the intended physical character, land use activity, and quality envisioned by this Specific Plan.
B. Applicability. This section 4.15 shall apply to all new streets, new buildings, and additions that are twenty (20) percent or more of existing floor area in size.
1. All news streets and all new streetscape along existing streets shall be designed in compliance with the applicable
requirements of this Section 4.15, Chapter 5, Section 5.6 (Street Types), and Chapter 7, Sections 7.4 (Streetscape) and 7.5 (Trees and Planting).
2. New buildings and additions that are 50 percent or more of existing floor area in size shall remove and replace dead or overgrown landscaping, construct sidewalks per the
requirements of this Section 4.15 and Chapter 5, Section 5.6 (Street Types), and plant street trees per the requirements of Chapter 7, Sections 7.4 (Streetscape) and 7.5 (Trees and Planting).
3. All other projects requiring planning permits/approval shall remove and replace missing or dead landscaping (including street trees).
C. Street and Streetscape Design Standards.
1. Street Trees and Parkways. Proposed development shall include sidewalks and street trees as follows:
a. Street Tree Spacing. Tree spacing is determined by the mature canopy spread of the species selected. Street tree spacing shall be between 20 feet and 45 feet on center with adjustments in spacing according to acular tree species and pursuant to City standards.
b. Street Tree Location. Street trees shall be planted according to the following location requirements:
Streetscape Element Distance
i. Curb line of perpendicular
street at intersection
25 ft. min.
ii. Street Light Midway between adjacent
trees but 10 ft. min.
iii. Stop or yield sign 20 ft. min.
iv. Directional Signage 10 ft. min.
v. Fire Hydrant 10 ft. min.
vi. Alley margins and driveway 5 ft. min.
vii. Underground utilities 5 ft. min.
b. Tree Species. Street trees shall be specified for each street as indicated in Chapter 7 (Public Realm of Open Space and
Landscape), Figure 7-11 (Street Tree Plan: New York Street/Esri Station Area), (Figure 7-12 (Street Tree Plan: Downtown Station Area), and Figure 7-13 (Street Tree Plan: University Street Station Area).
c. Tree Size at Initial Planting. Street trees at initial planting shall be a minimum 24 inch box size.
d. Runoff. All runoff from public right-of-way shall be treated per the current water quality standards of the San Bernardino County Stormwater Program Water Quality Management Plan, and as approved by the City.
e. Parkways and Tree Wells.
i. Irrigation to parkways or tree wells shall be provided as an extension of the on-site system and is the responsibility of the property owner.
ii. Tree wells shall be a minimum of 4 ft. x 6 ft. with the long side oriented parallel to the curb. Tree well widths may be reduced to ensure that the sidewalk between the edge of the tree well and the adjacent building face is a minimum of 5 ft. wide.
iii. Parkway landscape materials.
(a) Plant materials shall not be installed within 24 inches of public street trees as measured from the base of the
street trunk. Only mulch is allowed within this area.
(b) Plant materials must not present a danger to the public; they shall not be poisonous, noxious, or invasive.
(c) Plant materials must not have exposed, rigid spines; spikes; barbs; or thorns.
(d) Plant materials shall be maintained to keep their height at 24 inches maximum.
(e) No edible plant materials are allowed.
(f) No boulder, or any rock over six inches in height, is allowed.
(g) Non-vegetative groundcover and/or flat stone paving materials shall provide uniform, firm, even, and
reasonably walkable surface. Examples include bark
chips, mulch, decomposed granite, gravels, or
decorative pavers.
(h) Bark, mulch, or decomposed granite is only permitted in parkway areas with a slope less than 5% in any
direction. They shall not run off into the street.
(i) Decorative pavers are not allowed within three feet of any public streetlight pole, pull box, or other utility facilities.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 442 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:73
Dog Park. Metal outdoor restaurant chairs and tables.
(j) Synthetic (artificial) turf must be maintained, cleaned, re-brushed and replenished with new approved infill per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Street Lights.
a. Pedestrian-scaled street lighting shall be provided along public sidewalks and public park pathways. The bottom of pedestrianscaled lamps along a sidewalk or other path being lighted should not be more than 14 feet above the sidewalk or path finished grade.
3. Street Furnishings
a. Street furnishings are allowed within the public right-of-way (R.O.W.) as pedestrian amenities within the Village Center (VC) zone, the Village General (VG) zone, and within all parks and open spaces.
b. Street furnishings include but are not limited to: benches, waste receptacles, bicycle racks and similar items that help to define pedestrian use areas. Additional and optional amenities include:
tables, chairs, umbrellas, kiosks, and planters.
c. The following materials should be used for street furnishings:
i. Benches should be made of wood, metal, stone, terra cotta, cast stone, cast concrete, hand-sculpted concrete, or composite materials that resemble wood.
ii. Trash cans and bike racks should be made of metal.
iii. Planters and pots should be made of metal, stone, terra cotta, cast stone, cast concrete, hand-sculpted concrete, or composite material that resemble wood.
iv. Outdoor restaurant chairs and tables may be wood, metal, stone, or high quality plastic, subject to approval of Director of Development Services.
d. Street furnishings such as tables and chairs should not be stored in a location that is visible from the street.
e. Advertising on street furnishings within the public right-of-way is prohibited.
f. The following street furnishings are not permitted within the public right-of-way or open space area(s):
i. Vending machines;
ii. Photo booths;
iii. Automated machines such as, but not limited to, penny crunching machines, blood pressure machines, fortune-telling machines, video games, animated characters and other such machines that are internally illuminated, or have moving parts, or make noise, or have flashing lights.
4. Outdoor Seating Areas, Cafes, and Restaurants
a. Outdoor seating areas, cafes, and restaurants on private property are encouraged provided they do not interfere with pedestrian flow and circulation along adjacent sidewalks, from public ways to building entries, or with amenities, such as bicycle racks and benches.
b. Required or proposed railings for outdoor areas, sidewalk cafés, and outdoor restaurants shall be designed to
complement the adjoining buildings.
5. Crosswalks and Curb Extensions
a. Crosswalks should be clearly marked with high contrast “zebra” or "continental" striping, or materials with
contrasting colors and textures such as unit pavers and colored concrete.
b. Curb extensions should be provided to reduce the
pedestrian crossing distance and time, thus improving
pedestrian comfort and safety.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 443 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:74
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
Neighborhood Park. A small neighborhood park.
5. Landscape and Lighting
a. Variations of landscape, hardscape, and public art elements in coordination with the City's "Art in Public Places" program should be used to improve the quality of public parks, plazas, and open spaces.
b. The majority of plant materials shall consist of drought tolerant and/or native plants with minimum water
requirements. Ease of maintenance should also be
considered.
c. The use of canopy trees for shading and cooling is encouraged to mitigate the urban heat island effect. Sufficiently sized tree pits or planting beds and appropriate planting medium to provide for healthy tree growth should be provided.
d. Artificial trees, shrubs, turf, or plants are prohibited. e. Pedestrian scaled light fixtures are required along paths within all parks, plazas, and open spaces.
f. Paving materials.
i. Paving materials shall be permanent in nature (such as brick, stone, permeable pavers, and scored concrete).
ii. Asphalt is not permitted.
iii. Unnecessarily complicated and distracting paving patterns are discouraged.
g. Decorative water features shall use re-circulating water and, where available, shall use recycled water.
h. Public art, in coordination with the City's "Art in Public Places" program, is encouraged as an integral part of the design approach to these spaces.
6. Interactive Elements. Tables, chairs, umbrellas, trellises, water features, etc.
7. Building and Improvements
a. Commercial Plazas:
i. Permitted amenities: pedestrian and bicycle amenities such as benches, tables, garbage cans, drinking fountains, bike racks, public art or a water features.
ii. Permitted buildings and structures: kiosks, a bandstand, an informal stage (a raised area that could be used as a stage). b. Parks:
i. Amenities: Pedestrian amenities (benches, tables, drinking fountains, etc.), bike racks, playground equipment, informal athletic courts, water features that provide a focus to the park may be provided.
ii. Buildings and structures: pergolas, picnic shelters may be provided.
A. Purpose. This Section provides standards for the design of parks, plazas, and open spaces that are safe, accessible from adjacent public streets and transit, conveniently-located, and are compatible with the urban form of adjacent buildings and land uses.
B. Applicability. All new public open spaces, including parks and plazas, shall comply with the applicable requirements of this section and with the general open space locations identified in Figure 7-1 (Public Realm Plan) and the applicable requirements of this Section
4.16. C. Park and Plaza Design Standards
1. Location and Size
a. Parks, plazas, and open spaces shall be provided per the general locations shown in requirements Figure 7-1 (Public Realm Plan).
b. Parks, plazas, and open spaces shall remain open to the public year-round and in perpetuity, and shall be accessible to pedestrians. All such spaces shall comply with ADA
accessibility standards.
c. Parks, plazas, and open spaces shall have a minimum width of 40 ft. and a minimum length of 125 ft.
d. The size and location of parks, plazas, and open spaces may deviate per the requirements of Section 4.1.2.C (Minor
Deviations).
2. Access from Public Streets
a. Access shall be provided from the adjacent sidewalk(s) by accessible paths that are consistent with the design theme for the particular park, plaza, or open space.
b. Adjacent pedestrian crossings shall coordinate with the access points of the park, plaza, or open space.
3. Frontage
a. Parks, plazas, and open spaces shall front at least one (1) public street.
b. Visibility from one side of the plaza, park, or open space to the other is required. Hedges and low walls shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
c. Adjacent buildings shall front the plaza with windows, doors, and appropriate frontage types.
4. Parking
a. On-street parking is permitted along park, plaza, or open space street frontages.
b. On-site parking is strongly discouraged.
4.16. PARK, PLAZA, AND OPEN SPACE DESIGN STANDARDS
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 444 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:75
and/or Base Flood Plain elevation. Building height shall be measured every 60 feet along the building frontage. Chimneys, elevator shafts, and vents may project beyond the maximum building height as allowed by the California Building Code.
Building Identification Sign: A wall sign placed at the top floor of a multi-story commercial building on the parapet or just below the eve.
Building identification signs identify the building name or the principal tenant.
Building Length: The length of the building as measured parallel to the front property line.
Building Placement: the maximum horizontal envelope available for placing a building on a lot.
Building Site: smaller sites within the legal parcel (see "Site"). Building sites are established for design purposes in order to meet the minimum and maximum area requirements needed to effectively design buildings that meet the intended physical character of the applicable zone. The permanence of the building site lines as legal lots is not required by this Development Code.
Bulkhead: a low partition located between the grade and the glazed opening(s) for the display of merchandise.
Building Footprint: The area resulting from the application of building placement requirements and as further articulated by particular building design. In calculating the area, only the conditioned floor space shall be counted for purposes of calculating allowable upper floor area, the area occupied by covered passages may be counted as "ground floor/footprint."
Canopy: a flat, metal awning that extends perpendicular from the building and parallel to the sidewalk. The canopy's frame is connected to the wall and spanned by a variety of materials, including metal lattice, glass, and metal slats.
Canopy Sign: A pedestrian-oriented sign that is mounted on top of a horizontal awning parallel to the sidewalk.
Cantilevered Room: an upper floor room or rooms that projects from the building facade providing additional upper floor square footage and contributing to the articulation of the facade.
Civic: the term defining not-for-profit organizations dedicated to the arts, culture, education, government, transit and municipal parking facilities.
Colonnade: a series of columns similar to an arcade but spanned by straight lintels rather than arches, linked together, usually as an element of a building.
Context: the particular combination of elements that creates a specific environment. A neighborhood zone (e.g. NG-1 Zone) is administratively similar to the land-use zones in conventional zoning ordinances, except that in addition to specifying the building use, density, height and setback, all the relevant elements and characteristics of the intended environment are integrated. The integration includes the characteristics of the private lot and building as well as those of the enfronting public streetscape. This approach is applied accordingly to the other components of this plan: open space types, streetscapes and public realm; thoroughfare types and the street network; building types and block types.
Court: A semi-public, shared open space within a lot, for use by more than one resident or tenant. It is a well-defined, coherent area that is an essential component of the project's design, not merely space left over after the building mass is placed. Courts generally provide visitor access from the street to dwellings, retail or office spaces, and/or buildings within the lot that lack direct frontal access from the street.
A. Purpose. This Section provides definitions of terms and phrases used in this Development Code that are technical or specialized, or that may not reflect common usage. If any of the definitions in this Section conflict with definitions in RMC Chapter 18.08 (Definitions and Construction), these definitions shall control for the purposes of this Development Code. If a word is not defined in this Section, refer to RMC Chapter 18.08 (Definitions and Construction) for the applicable definition.
B. Definitions of Specialized Terms and Phrases.
Alley: a low capacity thoroughfare with one shared lane and no parking lanes, designed and intended for service and/or secondary access purposes (the rural version of an alley is a ‘lane’).
Apartment: a dwelling sharing a building and a lot with other dwellings and/or uses. Apartments may be for rent or for sale as condominiums.
Arcade: a facade with a ground floor colonnade that supports the upper stories of the building or, for one-story buildings, the roof.
Arcades contain ground-floor shopfronts, making them ideal for retail or restaurant use, as the arcade shelters the pedestrian while shading the storefront glass, preventing glare that might obscure views of merchandise
Awning: a cloth cover fastened to a building or structure and supported by a frame that is used to protect pedestrians from the sun or rain.
Awning Sign: a sign in which a tenant's name and/or logo that is applied to the lower vertical portion ("valance") of a canvas awning projecting from a facade.
Back Yard: a private, landscaped open space located behind a single family or multi-family building that is for the use of the residents of one or more dwellings. For buildings with two or more units, Backyards may be divided into separated private yards, provided each private yard is located directly adjacent to the dwelling unit.
Base Flood Plain Elevation: the level surface water is anticipated to reach during a base flood. “Base flood” refers to a flood that has a one percent chance of being either equaled or exceeded in a given area in a given year.
Bay Window: a large window or series of windows projecting from the outer wall of a building and forming a recess within.
Balcony: a platform enclosed by a wall or balustrade on the outside of a building, with access from an upper-floor door.
Blade Sign: a vertically-oriented two-sided sign that projects from the facade over a sidewalk, public open space, or other public right-ofway and may project above the building’s parapet. This type of sign is intended for viewing along the sidewalk and down the street from the adjacent block.
Block: the aggregate of private lots, passages, common drives and, lanes, circumscribed by thoroughfares. Block dimensions are measured along private property lines.
Block Face: the aggregate of all the building facades on one side of a block. The block face provides the context for establishing architectural harmony.
Building Height: the vertical extent of a building. Building Height shall be measured at the front of the building between the finished sidewalk, Finished Grade, and/or the Base Flood Plain elevation and the Top of Plate of the top floor of the building. For buildings located at the back of Sidewalk, Building Height shall be measured from the adjacent Sidewalk and/or the Base Flood Plain Elevation.
For building located behind front yard setbacks, Building Height shall be measured from the average elevation of the Finished Grade
4.17. DEFINITIONS
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 445 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:76
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
place to greet one's neighbors and for informal play. Access to buildings from the sidewalk also occurs through the front yard. Frontyards may be visually continuous with adjacent yards with a common landscape, or enclosed by a low fence, wall, or hedge.
Gallery: a facade with ground floor colonnades that support a cantilevered shed roof or a deck that covers the sidewalk. Galleries contain ground floor storefronts, making them ideal for retail use. Railing on top of the gallery is only required if the gallery roof is accessible as a deck.
Gross Area: the sum of the gross horizontal areas of all floors, mezzanines and lofts of the building. Horizontal dimensions shall be taken from the exterior faces of the exterior walls of the building and shall include all enclosed and conditioned areas except stairways and elevators.
Ground Floor: the floor of a building located nearest to the level of the existing grade around the building.
Historic Resource: A building, site or feature that is a local, State, or National historic landmark, or anything that is determined to be a Historic Resource under CEQA.
Lot: a separately platted subdivision of land held privately, usually intended for the purposes of building.
Lot Width: the frontage of a parcel which is used to identify the parcel for street address purposes, and the physical dimension necessary for allowed building type. For corner lots, the width is measured along the narrower street frontage.
Marquee Sign: A sign that projects from the facade to express a figural design and message to motorists and pedestrians. Marquees may be configured as a Marquee Blade Sign, a Marquee Display Sign, or a combination of the two. .
Mural: A sign or graphic that is mounted to or painted on facades fronting an alley, pedestrian passage, or street.
Park-Once Garage or Lot: a garage (below or above-grade) or surface lot which provides the public with parking spaces for commercial, service and office uses.
Paseo: a pedestrian passage or walkway, covered or uncovered Pedestrian Passage: an at-grade pedestrian connector passing between buildings, providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting rear parking areas to frontages.
Pedestrian Shed: an area defined by the average distance that may be traversed at an easy pace from its edge to its center in approximately 5 minutes. This distance is used to determine the size of a neighborhood. This dimension averages one quarter of a mile or approximately 1400 feet for generally flat terrain.
Planter: The element of the public streetscape that accommodates landscaping, including street trees. Planters may be continuous or individual (Tree Well).
Podium: a raised building platform that serves as a courtyard for access to uses above subterranean, ground floor, or first floor uses or parking garage.
Porch: A roofed, unenclosed room attached to the exterior of a building that provides a physical transition between the sidewalk and the building. Porches may be provided on buildings that are set back from the Primary and/or Side Street property lines and may encroach into the front yard and side street yard. .
Porch Sign: a pedestrian-oriented sign that is attached to the porch and hangs or is otherwise suspended between columns supporting the porch roof. The sign is prominent within a bay created by the porch columns without obstructing view from inside the building or from the porch.
Curb: the edge of the vehicular pavement detailed as a raised curb or a swale. The curb usually incorporates the drainage system.
Density: the number of dwelling units within a standard measure of land area, usually as units per acre.
Directory Sign: Directory signs are small wall signs located at pedestrian eye level and intended to identify multiple tenants within a building or complex, particularly those that do not have a ground floor street frontage or that are located on upper floors of a building.
Apartment intercom call boxes are considered directory signs.
Dooryard: an elevated or at-grade garden or terrace that is located in the front yard setback and that is enclosed by a low wall located at or near the property line. For elevated Door Yards, access from the sidewalk to the Door Yard is via a stair or ramp. The Door Yard can accommodate a variety of activities, ranging from dining patios for commercial uses to patios for residential uses. In addition, the interior building spaces are separated from the adjacent sidewalk by the depth of the Door Yard and in the case of raised Door Yards, by the terrace height.
Driveway: a vehicular lane within a lot, usually leading to a garage.
Elevation (Building): the exterior walls of a building not along a frontage. Also referred to as 'Facade' when the elevation is along a frontage line.
Entrance (Building): the principal point of access of pedestrians to a building. In the support of pedestrian activity, the Principal Entrance should face the frontage rather than the parking.
Facade: The exterior wall of a building adjacent to a street or public open space.
Facade increment. a portion of a long building facade that has been divided into smaller, visually discrete design compositions that extend from the ground floor to the top of the facade. Individual facade increment designs may incorporate multiple bays as well as various architectural elements, such as balconies, bay windows, projecting rooms, loggias, and trellises, to articulate the increment and to distinguish individual increments from one another.
Fenestration: Transparent glass openings in a building face.
Farmers Market: open air markets, approved by the County Agricultural Commissioner and County Health Department, in which farmers sell their crops directly to the public. Certified Farmers Markets are generally conducted once weekly. To participate in these markets, farmers must obtain a certificate from the County Agricultural Commissioner verifying that they grow the items they sell.
Finished Grade: the elevation of the surface of the ground adjoining the building after final grading and normal settlement.
Frontage Line: those lot lines that coincide with a public frontage line. One shall be designated as the Principal Frontage Line. Facades along Frontage Lines define the public realm and are therefore more highly regulated than the elevations that coincide with other lot lines.
Frontage lines are subject to the Urban Standards (Section 5.4), Architectural Standards (Section 5.5), Sign Standards (Section 5.6), and Subdivision Standards (Section 5.8).
Frontage Type: the architectural element of a building between the public right-of-way and the private property associated with the building. Frontage Types combined with the public realm create the perceptible streetscape.
Front Yard: the area between the Primary Street facing building facade and the Primary Street property line and/or back of sidewalk.
On corner lots, the Frontyard also includes the area between the Side Street facing facade and the Side Street property line up to the fence enclosing the back yard. Frontyards provide a physical separation between the street and buildings on the site, while presenting a
4.17. DEFINITIONS (CONTINUED)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 446 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:77
Sidewalk Sign: A two-sided, non-illuminated, portable and temporary sign placed outside a storefront on the adjacent sidewalk for viewing at close range. The sidewalk sign is intended for use by retailers, office tenants, theaters, restaurants, cafes, and other food-oriented businesses.
Site: a legal parcel.
Stoop: a stair and landing leading directly from the sidewalk to a building entrance. The ground floor of the building is typically raised to provide increased privacy for the rooms facing the public street.
Accordingly, stoops are ideal frontage types for ground floor housing that is near the street.
Streetscape: The elements of a street that combine to form the street's character. The streetscape is composed of thoroughfares (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians), street trees, street lighting, and other elements such as benches and landscape planters.
Streetwall: an opaque, freestanding wall built along the Frontage Line, or coplanar with the facade, often for the purpose of masking a parking lot from the adjacent thoroughfare. Street walls are between
3.5 and 8 feet in height, and constructed of a material matching the adjacent building facade. The wall may be replaced by a hedge, subject to City Approval. Street walls may have openings no larger than necessary to allow automobile and pedestrian access.
Through Lot: a lot having a frontage on, and rights of vehicular access to, two parallel or approximately parallel streets. For the purposes of determining vehicular access to parallel streets pursuant to this definition, alleys are not streets.
Top of Plate: the top horizontal member of a building frame to which the rafters are fastened. Building Height is measured to the Top of Plate.
Trellis: A wood or metal frame that supports thin overhead wooden or metal strips or latticework. Trellises provide shade and can support climbing plants. They may be free-standing or affixed to buildings over balconies, porches, window and door openings, pedestrian passages, or roof decks.
Urban Fabric: The physical makeup of an urban setting, including buildings, streets and their streetscape, and open spaces.
Vernacular: the common language of a region, particularly in reference to the architectural tectonics. Through time and use, the vernacular has intrinsically resolved the architectural response to climate, construction technique, and to some extent, social mores.
Wall Sign: a sign painted or applied directly to the wall, typically above the storefront. This type consists of a single externally illuminated panel or individual letters and/or logo and does not include cabinet signs. This type of sign is intended for viewing from across the street, along the sidewalk, or from an internal plaza or pedestrian passageway.
Window Sign: A temporary or permanent sign painted or applied directly to the storefront window(s) and/or door(s). Window signs also include posters for advertisements and sales, product merchandise posters, open and closed signs, and painted or etched business names and logos.
Yard Sign: A pedestrian-oriented sign that is located within the front yard and is supported by a post or posts.
Primary Street: the street where the highest level of vehicular and/or pedestrian activity is anticipated, relative to the other streets immediately around it. It also generally is the street where the building’s primary address is assigned.
Projecting Sign: A double-sided, pedestrian-oriented sign that projects perpendicular to the building facade from a mounted wall brace or from the ceiling of a balcony or arcade. Projecting signs typically project into the public right-of-way, plaza, or pedestrian passageway, and are intended for viewing by pedestrians approaching the shop.
Public Open Space: Off-street outdoor space that is either owned by the City and intended for public use, or is on a private parcel, immediately adjacent to a right of way, and functions as a public space.
Public Realm: all publicly owned and Publicly Accessible streets, sidewalks, pathways, paseos, passages, alleys, open spaces (such as neighborhood parks, plazas, and greens) and civic and public buildings (such as City Hall, public libraries, and neighborhood community centers). The public realm is the space between privately owned buildings and is where people travel from one place to another and interact with one another.
Publicly Accessible: open spaces or streets that are open / available to the public. Whether publicly or privately owned, publicly accessible streets are generally available during all times, where as open space availability may be limited to certain times of the day.
Regulation Plan: a zoning map that shows the zones, overlays, special districts, streets, and required intersections subject to regulation by the Design and Development Standards in this chapter.
Roof Deck: A rooftop open space that may be assigned to individual units or a shared open space available for use by all residents or tenants. Amenities can include trellises, landscaping, seating areas, BBQ islands, and/or outdoor fireplaces, and the like. .
Roof Sign: a sign erected upon, against, or directly above a roof or above the parapet of a building. Roof signs are intended to help emphasize the identity and presence of the particular Station Area and Downtown, especially to rail passengers and passing motorists.
Setback: the area of a lot measured from a lot line to a building facade or elevation that must be maintained clear of permanent structures excepting galleries, fences, garden walls, arcades, porches, stoops, balconies, bay windows, terraces and decks (that align with the first floor
level) which are permitted to encroach into the Setback.
Shopfront: large openings in a building facade that are enclosed with large transparent windows and doors that provide direct, atgrade access to ground floor commercial/retail uses. The basic required architectural elements of shopfronts include large windows, doors with glass, transom windows, and a solid base (bulkhead).
Optional elements include awnings, canopies, signage, lighting, and cornices.
Side Garden: A landscaped open space along one side of a lot. Side Gardens may be semi-private spaces through which occupant and visitor access is provided to one or more buildings or dwellings.
Side Gardens of single-family dwellings are private, primarily landscaped open spaces. For multi-family buildings, Side Gardens may be designed for the shared use of all residents.
Side Street: a street on which lower levels of vehicular or pedestrian activity is anticipated, relative to the nearby Primary Street it connects to.
Sidewalk: the paved area of the public frontage dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity.
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 447 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
4:78
4. DEVELOPMENT CODE
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 448 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
5:1
5.0. INTRODUCTION
This Chapter describes the Transit Villages Specific Plan strategy for creating multi-modal streets that accommodate a variety of users, including pedestrians, cyclists, transit riders, and motorists. It describes improvements that will make connections to the three transit stations and between various destinations within and around the Plan area – Downtown, Esri, the University of Redlands, Sylvan Park, Smiley Park safe – convenient, safe, and enjoyable for all users.
This Transportation and Circulation Chapter is comprised of the following sections:
5.1. Transportation Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:2
5.2. Transportation and Circulation Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:2
5.3. Pedestrian Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:4
5.4. Bicycle Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:6
5.5. Transit Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:9
5.6. Street Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:13 A downtown street with on-street parking and active sidewalks. A bike rider unloading his bike from a bus.
An sidewalk activated with storefronts and sidewalk dining. A dedicated bike lane separated from traffic with a planter.
CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 449 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
5:2
A mixed-use street with parallel parking along both sides.
Lively sidewalk with outdoor dining.
An arterial street with two lanes in each direction, a center median, and on-street parking
A boulevard with a landscaped median down its center.
5. TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION
5.1. TRANSPORTATION OBJECTIVES
Capitalizing on the coming Redlands passenger rail system, the Redlands Transit Villages Specific Plan provides a framework for the development of a walkable, mixed-use environment that connects people to trains at the New York/Esri, Downtown, and University Street stations. A key component of this framework is a network of complete, multi-modal streets that provide a positive environment for all users, including pedestrians, cyclists, transit patrons, and motorists; generate a unique sense of place; calm traffic in pedestrian-oriented areas; maintain vehicular flow capacity; and accommodates emergency vehicles. The principal characteristics of this kind of network are:
• Interconnected streets that enable a variety of alternative paths of movement between destinations.
• A diversity of individual thoroughfare types, each designed according to the adjacent building intensities and uses and each with its own unique character.
• Short block lengths and strategically located street offsets to calm traffic without the need for post-construction interventions (such as speed bumps). Offset blocks also provide an opportunity to introduce buildings on parcels that occupy the terminus of the offset, enhancing the overall sense of place.
• Streets that accommodate two-way traffic and on-street parking to facilitate navigation, provide convenient parking in front of stores and residences, reduce the amount of required off-street parking, and calm traffic speeds.
• Narrow lane widths, tight curb radii, and short street crossings to calm traffic and provide a more comfortable and safe environment for pedestrians, cyclists, and automobiles.
• Ample sidewalks, street trees, and generous streetscapes that provide shady, comfortable, and inviting places for pedestrians to walk, while defining the Village’s unique and memorable sense of place. • Lighting that generates an inviting and safe environment for pedestrians, cyclists, and commerce.
• Convenient access to the train stations, whether by foot, bicycle, scooter, bus, car, or transit network companies such as Uber and Lyft.
5.2. TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION IMPROVEMENTS
Based on robust input from stakeholders, the community, City staff, and City review bodies, the following transportation improvements have been identified for each station area:
A. New York Street/Esri Station.
• Transform New York Street north of the New York Street/Esri Station into a gateway into a new transit-oriented residential neighborhood and/or office district.
• Provide east-west bicycle connectivity by introducing bike lanes along Redlands Boulevard, Colton Avenue, and completing the Orange Blossom Trail through Downtown.
• Provide north-south bicycle connectivity by accommodating bicycles along New York Street and Texas Street.
• As large blocks redevelop, introduce new streets to generate walkable blocks in keeping with Redlands traditional street and block pattern. • Improve pedestrian connectivity by introducing pedestrian safety improvements, including introducing a crosswalk at the intersection of Redlands Boulevard and New York Street, upgrading existing crosswalks, and introducing pedestrian bulb-outs at key intersections (See Section 5.3).
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 450 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
5:3
FIGURE 5-1. FUTURE STREET NETWORK IMPROVEMENTS
LEGEND
Arrow Passenger Rail and Station
Gateway Street
New Street
Specific Plan Boundary
1/4 Mile Pedestrian Shed
1/2 Mile Pedestrian Shed
Redlands Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Cajon St.
Stuart Ave.
Tennessee St.
Kansas St.
Brookside Ave.
Olive Ave.
Cypress Ave.
Alabama St.
Eureka St.
Orange St. Orange St.
Sixth St.
Church St.
University St.
Grove St.
Judson St.
Texas St. Texas St.
Colton Ave.
Colton Ave.
Route 10
State St.
State St.
Park Ave.
Citrus Ave. Citrus Ave.
Sylvan Blvd.
Redlands Blvd.
Pine Ave.
Brockton Avenue
Route 10
B. Downtown Station.
• Transform Orange Street into a gateway street into Downtown by introducing a landscaped median down its center. Also consider reducing the number of vehicular travel lanes from two in each direction to one, and introducing buffered bike lanes.
• Restore the historic street network on the existing Redlands Mall site by reintroducing State Street and Third into and through the site. • In conjunction with the introduction of streets within the Redlands Mall site, turn State Street between Orange Street and Seventh Street into a two-way street to provide more efficient circulation and facilitate access to businesses along the entire length of State Street. • Work with the owner of the Studio Movie Grill Theater to detail the parking aisle along the Shoppers Lane alignment between Third Street and Eureka Street as a street with sidewalks and street trees in order to provide a more formal, urban connection between Eureka Street, future development that occurs west of Eureka Street, and the Downtown Station.
• Provide east-west bicycle connectivity by introducing bike lanes along Redlands Boulevard, Colton Avenue, and completing the Orange Blossom Trail through Downtown.
• Provide north-south bicycle connectivity by introducing bike lanes along Orange Street, or if Orange Street retains two vehicular lanes in each direction, along Sixth Street and along Eureka Street. • As large blocks redevelop, introduce new streets to generate walkable blocks in keeping with Redlands traditional street and block pattern. • Improve pedestrian connectivity by introducing upgraded crosswalks, introducing pedestrian bulb-outs at key intersections (designed in conjunction with bike lanes, where present), and introducing improved lighting in the underpasses (see Section 5.3). • Reroute existing bus transit so it provides direct access to trains arriving and departing from the Downtown Station (see Section 5.5). • Introduce a traffic signal at the intersection of Orange Street and Shoppers Lane to enable convenient and safe pedestrian access to the Downtown Station, and depending on the bus routing, enable buses to turn left onto or off of Orange Street.
• Preserve the Third Street right-of-way across the railroad tracks as a pedestrian crossing – see Chapter 7 (Public Realm).
C. University Station.
• Transform University Street into a gateway to the University of Redlands.
• Introduce new streets that generate an interconnected network of walkable blocks.
• Improve east-west bicycle connectivity by completing the Orange Blossom Trail.
• Improve north-south bicycle connectivity by introducing bike lanes along University Street and designating Grove Street a bike route. • Improve pedestrian connectivity by introducing new and/or upgrading existing crosswalks (especially along University Street) and making the freeway underpasses more appealing for pedestrians (see Section 5.3).
• As University Village develops, work with Omnitrans to reroute existing bus transit to provide direct access to the Village and/or the University Station (see Section 5.5).
• Explore the potential benefits of introducing a roundabout at Cypress Avenue and the terminus of the westbound Cypress Avenue off-ramp.
New York St.
Multi-modal Street
Convert to Two-Way
Potential Cypress Ave.
Roundabout
Redlands Regular Meeting of 10-18-22 451 of 1815
Transit Villages Specific Plan
Redlands, California
5:4
A crosswalk with continental striping, bulb-outs, and drought-tolerant landscaping.
A central median provides an area of respite for pedestrians crossing street.
The Redlands Mall and its parking lots was built over six Downtown city blocks.
Missing sidewalks along University Street and the inadequately lighted freeway underpass.
5.3. PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS
A. Existing Pedestrian Facilities. Portions of the Plan Area – primarily within the historic Downtown east of Orange Street – consist of an interconnected street network that facilitates walking. However, the majority of the Plan Area is characterized by a number of challenges and deficiencies, including:
• Megablocks. Substantial portions of the Plan Area consist of megablocks (blocks measuring more than 500 feet by 500 feet) that contain vacant and underutilized land or suburban developments with large, street-facing parking lots. These megablocks create hostile environments for pedestrians, who must walk long distances with limited crossing opportunities.
Megablocks also limit connectivity for cars, buses, and bicycles by reducing opportunities for turning movements.
• Car-oriented Intersections. Many intersections, especially along Redlands Boulevard, Eureka Street, and University Street are wide, have large turning radii (which enable cars to take turns at higher speeds), poorly-marked crosswalks, and signal timing that favors automobiles.
• Unwelcoming Underpasses. The I-10 underpasses are
inhospitable to pedestrians due to inadequate lighting and the placement of the sidewalk immediately next to fast-moving traffic. • Missing sidewalks. Sidewalks are absent from several streets within the Plan area, including Redlands Boulevard adjacent to the New York Street/Esri Station and University Street next to the University Street Station.
• Deficient sidewalks. Sidewalks within the Plan Area tend to be narrow and in many instances are located immediately adjacent to the curb.
B. Pedestrian Facility Improvements. To enhance the pedestrian environment within the Specific Plan area, the following improvements, shown in Figure 5-2, should be implemented:
• Pedestrian-scaled blocks. New development built on the Plan Area’s megablocks includes new streets that form blocks less than 500 feet by 500 feet. These streets provide sidewalks and ample street trees.
• Intersection Improvements. Intersection improvements are recommended at intersections along corridors with higher vehicular volumes, many of which consist of older pedestrian crossing designs. At a minimum these should be updated
to continental stripes, which improve the visibility of the crossing. Other features to be considered include: bulb-outs (to reduce crossing distances and increase pedestrian visibility at intersections) and pedestrian priority signal intervals (pedestrian crossings begin before the light for cars turns green). • Mid-block Intersection Crossings. Visibility of existing mid-block crossings or crossings at unsignalized intersections should be improved with better lighting and the installation of pedestrian activated caution lights (high-intensity activated crosswalk or “HAWK” beacons). New mid-block crossings should provide continental striping, adequate lighting, and HAWK beacons. • New Signalized Intersections. New signals should be introduced to provide safer pedestrian crossing opportunities and facilitate vehicular turn movements, such as at the intersection of Shoppers Lane and Orange Street. This would facilitate station access and improve pedestrian connectivity by creating crossing opportunities every 400 feet along Orange Street between Redlands Boulevard and Stuart Avenue.